Skip to main content

Full text of "The anatomy of negation"

See other formats


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVlicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/anatomyofnegatioOOsaltrich 


/3  r 


jc^'     l^-fKp     i^'-   "^^-^'^   Hm^eP 


irwiL, 


gg  tfejt  samt  gittt^or. 


THE 

PHILOSOPHY  OF  DISENCHANTMENT. 

Crown  8vo,  oilt  top. 

"Mr.  Saltus  is  a  scientific  pessimist,  as  witty,  as  bitter,  as 
satirical,  as  interesting,  and  as  insolent  to  humanity  in  general 
as  are  his  great  teachers,  Schopenhauer  and  Von  Hartmann."— 
Worcester  Spy. 

"The  author  has  brought  to  his  part,  which  was  to  show  the 
principles  of  pessimism  according  to  their  greatest  exponents,  a 
treatment  whose  unique  quality  is  an  attractiveness  of  style  that 
commands  attentive  reading  of  what  in  itself  is  otherwise  a  most 
difficult,  if  not  a  disagreeable  study.    The  style  is  original  and 

brilliant,  and  illustrative  of  rare  art  as  an  essayist It  contains 

the  gentlest  satire  and  humour,  but  it  is  deep,  searching,  critical, 
and  clearly  expoaitive."— Boston  Globe. 

"  ilr.  Saltus  argues  his  case  well,  and  casts  himself  with  a  fine 
literaiTT  spirit  into  the  subject.  It  does  not  read  like  a  lament 
over  life  so  much  as  an  eulogy  of  death,  and  we  are  ready  to 
ascribe  to  TiItti  the  sentiment  he  quotes  from  Pascal,  that  'he 
who  writes  down  glory,  still  desires  the  glory  of  writing  it  down 
well'  Mr.  Saltus  has  written  as  though  he  expected  to  live  for 
ever,  at  least  in  literature.  He  has  a  graceful  style  and  a  keen 
analytical  mind ;  he  has  studied  his  theme  with  great  ability,  and 
presented  it  with  almost  startling  attractions."— Proe»d«nce  Tele- 
gram. 

"If  it  is  ever  heavy,  it  is  only  with  the  weight  of  ynt."—New 
York  Evening  Telegram, 

IN  PRBPABATION, 

CIMMEEIA. 


THE    ANATOMY    OF 
NEGATION. 


BY 

EDGAR   SALTUS. 


"Quoy  qu'on  nous  presche,  il  fauldroit 
toujours  se  souvenir  que  c'est  I'honime 
qui  donne  et  rhomme  qui  reQoit." 

Montaigne. 


WILLIAMS    AND    NORGATE, 

14,  Henrietta  Street,  Covent  Garden,  London  ; 
AND  20,  South  Frederick  Street,  Edinburgh. 

1886. 


LONDON : 

PRINTED  BY  C.   GREEN   AND  SON, 

178,   STRAND. 


3827 
£2> 


TO 


C.  A. 


THESE  PAGES  ARE  AFFECTIONATELY  INSCRIBED. 


iVi652116 


^ 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I.  PAGK 

The  Revolt  of  the  Orient   s '. i 

Kapila — The  Buddha — Laou-tze. 

CHAPTER  II. 

The  Negations  of  Antiquity 33 

Theomachy— Scepticism — Epicurism — Atheism. 

CHAPTER  III. 

The  Convulsions  of  the  Church    67 

Galilee — Rome. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

The  Dissent  of  the  Seers ni 

Spinoza — The  Seven  Sages  of  Potsdam — Hol- 
bach  and  his  Guests. 

CHAPTER  V. 

The  Protests  of  Yesterday  157 

Akosmism — Pessimism — Materialism — Positivism. 

CHAPTER  VI. 

A  Poet's  Verdict 206 

Romantics  and  Parnassians. 

Bibliography 227 


II  est  un  jour,  une  heure,  ou  dans  le  chemin  rude, 
Courbe  sous  le  fardeau  des  ans  multiplies, 
L' Esprit  humain  s' arret e,  et  pris  de  lassitude, 
•  Se  retourne  pensif  vers  les  jours  oublies. 

La  vie  a  fatigue  son  attente  infeconde ; 
Desabuse  du  Dieu  qui  ne  doit  point  venir, 
II  sent  renaitre  en  lui  la  jeunesse  du  monde ; 
II  ecoute  ta  voix,  6  sacre  souvenir ! 

Mais  si  rien  ne  repond  dans  I'immense  etendue 
Que  le  sterile  echo  de  I'eternel  desir, 
Adieu,  deserts,  ou  I'ame  ouvre  une  aile  eperdue ! 
Adieu,  songe  sublime,  impossible  a  saisir ! 

Et  toi,  divine  Mort,  oh  tout  rentre  et  s'efFace, 
Accueille  tes  enfants  dans  ton  sein  etoile ; 
Affranchis-nous  du  temps,  du  nombre  et  de  I'espace, 
Et  rends-nous  le  repos  que  la  vie  a  trouble ! 

Leconte  de  Lisle. 


PREFATORY    NOTE. 


The  accompanying  pages  are  intended  to  convey 
a  tableau  of  anti-theism  from  Kapila  to  Leconte  de 
Lisle.  The  anti-theistic  tendencies  of  England  and 
America  have  been  treated  by  other  writers ;  in  the 
present  volume,  therefore,  that  branch  of  the  subject 
is  not  discussed. 

To  avoid  misconception,  it  may  be  added  that  no 
attempt  has  been  made  to  prove  anything. 


Biarritz,  i^th  September^  1886. 


THE 

ANATOMY   OF    NEGATION, 


CHAPTER   I. 

THE  REVOLT  OF  THE  ORIENT. 

Man,  as  described  by  Quatrefages,  is  a  reli- 
gious animal.  The  early  naturalists  said  the 
same  thing  of  the  elephant ;  but  while  this  state- 
ment, which  contains  all  the  elements  of  a  libel, 
has  fallen  into  disrepute,  the  former,  little  by 
Uttle,  has  assumed  the  purple  among  accepted 
facts. 

Man's  belief  in  the  supernatural  antedates 
chronology.  It  was  unfathered  and  without  a 
mother.  It  was  spontaneous,  natural,  and  un- 
assisted by  revelation.  It  sprang  into  being  with 
the  first  flight  of  fancy. 

The  characteristic  trait  of  primitive  man  seems 
to  have  been  that  of  intellectual  passivity.  He 
was  never  astonished  :  if  he  noticed  anything,  it 
was  his  own  weakness ;  the  power  of  the  elements 
he  accepted  as  a  matter  of  course.  The  pheno- 
mena that  he  witnessed,  the  sufferings  that  he 
endured,  were  to  him  living  enemies  whose  vio- 

B 


2  The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

lence  could  be  conjured  by  prayers  and  dona- 
tions. Everything  had  its  spectre;  phantoms 
were  as  common  as  leaves.  There  was  not  a 
corner  of  the  earth  unpeopled  by  vindictive 
demons.  In  sleep  he  was  visited  by  them  all, 
and  as  his  dreams  were  mainly  nightmares,  his 
dominant  sensation  was  that  of  fright. 

As  his  mind  developed,  frontiers  were  outlined 
between  the  imaginary  and  the  real ;  the  animate 
and  the  inanimate  ceased  to  be  identical.  In- 
stead of  attributing  a  particular  spirit  to  every 
object,  advancing  theology  conceived  a  number 
of  aggrandised  forces.  The  earth,  sea  and  sky 
were  laid  under  contribution,  and  the  phenomena 
of  nature  were  timidly  adored.  In  the  course  of 
time  these  open-air  deities  were  found  smitten 
by  a  grave  defect — they  were  visible.  The  fear 
of  the  unseen  demanded  something  more  mys- 
terious, a  hierarchy  of  invisible  divinities  of  whom 
much  might  be  suspected  and  but  little  known. 
It  was  presumably  at  this  point  that  the  high- 
road to  polytheism  was  discovered;  and  when 
man  grew  to  believe  that  the  phenomena  which 
his  ancestors  had  worshipped  were  but  the  un- 
conscious agents  of  higher  powers,  the  gods  were 
born. 

Consecutive  stages  of  development  such  as 
these  have  evidently  been  far  from  universal. 
There  are  races  whose  belief  in  the  supernatural 
is  so  accidental  that  any  classification  is  impos- 
sible. There  are  others  in  whose  creeds  the 
transition  from  animism  to  broader  views  is  still 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  3 

unmarked.  In  the  equatorial  regions  of  Africa, 
in  Madagascar,  Polynesia,  and  among  certain 
Tartar  tribes,  animism  and  its  attendant  fetishism 
is  reported  to  be  still  observable.  The  distinc- 
tion between  the  palpable  and  the  impalpable, 
the  separation  between  what  is  known  to  be  ma- 
terial and  that  which  is  conceived  to  be  divine, 
"does  not  necessarily  exist  even  in  countries  that 
have  reached  a  high  degree  of  civilisation.  In 
India,  the  dance  of  the  bayaderes  before  the 
gilded  statues,  and  the  top -playing  that  is  to 
amuse  a  stone  Krishna,  are  cases  in  point.  But 
these  instances  are  exceptions  to  the  general  rule. 
It  seems  well  established  that  man,  in  proportion 
to  his  intelligence,  passed  out  of  animism,  loitered 
in  polytheism,  and  drifted  therefrom  into  mono- 
theistic or  pantheistic  beliefs. 

The  race  whose  beliefs  have  held  most  stead- 
fast from  their  incipiency  to  the  present  day  is 
the  Hindu.  In  their  long  journey  these  beliefs 
have  encountered  many  vicissitudes  ;  they  have 
been  curtailed,  elaborated  and  degraded,  but  in 
the  main  they  are  still  intact.  At  the  contact 
with  fresher  faiths,  the  primitive  religions  of  other 
lands  have  either  disappeared  abruptly  or  gra- 
dually faded  away.  It  is  India  alone  that  has 
witnessed  an  autonomous  development  of  first 
theories,  and  it  is  in  India  that  the  first  denying 
voice  was  raised.  To  appreciate  the  denial  it  is 
necessary  to  understand  what  was  affirmed.  For 
this  purpose  a  momentary  digression  may  be 
permitted.  ^ 

B  2 


4  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  Vedic  period,  Nature 
in  her  entirety  was  held  divine.  To  the  deUcate 
imagination  of  the  early  Aryan,  the  gods  were  in 
all  things,  and  all  things  were  gods.  In  no  other 
land  have  myths  been  more  fluid  and  transparent. 
Mountains,  rivers  and  landscapes  were  regarded 
with  veneration ;  the  skies,  the  stars,  the  sun,  the 
dawn  and  dusk  were  adored,  but  particularly  Agni, 
the  personification  of  creative  heat.  Through 
lapse  of  time  of  which  there  is  no  chronology, 
this  charming  naturalism  drifted  down  the  cur- 
rents of  thought  into  the  serenest  forms  of  pan- 
theistic beliefs. 

The  restless  and  undetermined  divinities,  om- 
nipresent and  yet  impalpable,  the  wayward  and 
changing  phenomena,  contributed  one  and  all  to 
suggest  the  idea  of  a  continuous  transformation, 
and  with  it,  by  implication^  something  that  is 
transformed.  Gradually  the  early  conception  of 
Agni  expanded  into  'a  broader  thought.  From 
the  spectacle  of  fire  arose  the  theory  of  a  deva, 
one  who  shines  j  and  to  this  deva  a  name  was 
given  which  signified  both  a  suppliant  and  a  sup- 
plication— Brahma.  In  this  metamorphosis  all 
vagueness  was  lost.  Brahma  became  not  only  a 
substantial  reality,  but  the  creator  of  all  that  is. 
Later,  the  labour  of  producing  and  creating  was 
regarded  as  an  imperfection,  a  blemish  on  the 
splendour  of  the  Supreme.  It  was  thought  a 
part  of  his  dignity  to  be  majestically  inert,  and 
above  him  was  conceived  the  existence  of  a  still 
higher  being,  a  being  who  was  also  called  Brahma; 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  5 

yet  this  time  the  name  was  no  longer  mas- 
culine, but  neuter  and  indeclinable — neuter  as 
having  no  part  in  life,  and  indeclinable  because 
unique.* 

This  conception  of  a  neuter  principle,  eternal, 
inactive,  and  a  trifle  pale  perhaps,  was  not  reached 
during  the  period  assigned  to  the  Vedas.  It  was 
the  work  of  time  and  of  fancy,  but  it  was  unas- 
sisted. The  religion  of  India  is  strictly  its  own  ; 
its  systems  were  founded  and  its  problems  solved 
almost  before  the  thinkers  of  other  lands  were 
old  enough  to  reflect.  In  Greece,  which  was 
then  in  swaddling  clothes,  Anaxagorus  was  the 
first  who  thought  of  a  pure  Intelligence,  and  this 
thought  he  contented  himself  with  stating;  its 
development  was  left  to  other  minds,  and  even 
then  it  remained  unadorned  until  Athens  heard 
the  exultant  words  of  Paul.  Nor  could  the 
Hindus  have  gathered  their  ideas  from  other 
countries.  Their  brothers,  the  Persians,  were 
watching  the  combat  between  Ahura-Mazda  and 
Ahriman.  With  the  Hebrews  there  was  no  chance 
nor  rumour  of  contact :  Elohim  had  not  given 
way  to  Jehovah.  Chaldea  was  celebrating  with 
delirious  rites  the  nuptials  of  Nature  and  the 
Sun;  while  far  beyond  was  Egypt,  and  on  her 
heart  the  Sphinx. 

It  seems,  then,  not  unsafe  to  say  that  the 
Vedas  and  the  theories  that  were  their  after- 
growth  have   no   connection  with  any  foreign 

*  Burnouf:  Essai  sur  le  Veda.     Taine:  Essais. 


6  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

civilisation.  Beyond  this  particular,  Brahmanism 
enjoys  over  all  other  religions  the  peculiar  dis- 
tinction of  being  without  a  founder.  Its  germ, 
as  has  been  hinted,  was  in  the  Vedas ;  but  it 
was  a  germ  merely  that  the  priests  planted  and 
tended,  and  watched  develop  into  a  great  tree, 
which  they  then  disfigured  with  unsightly  engraft- 
ments. 

Emerson  recommended  us  to  treat  people  as 
though  they  were  real,  and  added,  "Perhaps  they 
are."  But  the  doubt  that  lingered  in  the  mind  of 
the  stately  pantheist  never  entered  into  that  of 
the  Hindu.  In  its  purest  manifestation  the  creed 
of  the  latter  was  a  negation  of  the  actuality  of  the 
visible  world.  The  forms  of  matter  were  held  to 
be  illusive,  and  the  semblance  of  reality  possessed 
by  them  was  considered  due  to  Maya.  Maya 
originally  signified  Brahma's  longing  for  some- 
thing other  than  himself;  something  that  might 
contrast  with  his  eternal  quietude ;  something 
that  should  occupy  the  voids  of  space;  some- 
thing that  should  lull  the  languors  of  his  infinite 
ennui.  From  this  longing  sprang  whatever  is,  and 
it  was  through  Maya,  which  afterwards  became 
synonymous  with  illusion,  that  a  phantom  uni- 
verse surged  before  the  god's  delighted  eyes,  the 
mirage  of  his  own  desire. 

This  ghostly  world  is  the  semblance  of  reality 
in  which  man  dwells :  mountains,  rivers,  land- 
scapes, the  earth  itself,  the  universe  and  all 
humanity,  are  but  the  infinite  evolutions  of  his 
fancy.     The  ringing  lines  that  occur  in   Mr. 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  y 

Swinburne's  "Hertha"  may  not  improperly  be 
referred  to  him : 

"  I  am  that  which  began ; 
Out  of  me  the  years  roll ; 
Out  of  me,  God  and  man ; 
I  am  equal  and  whole. 
God  changes,  and  man,  and  the  form  of  them  bodily. 
I  am  the  soul. " 

Familiarly,  Brahma  is  the  spider  drawing  from 
his  breast  the  threads  of  existence ;  emblemati- 
cally, a  triangle  inscribed  in  a  circle ;  poetically, 
the  self-existing  supremacy  that  is  enthroned  on 
a  lotus  of  azure  and  gold ;  and  theologically,  the 
one  really  existing  essence,  the  eternal  germ  from 
which  all  things  issue  and  to  which  all  things  at 
last  return. 

From  man  to  Brahma,  a  series  of  higher  forms 
of  existence  are  traceable  in  an  ascending  scale 
till  three  principal  divinities  are  reached.  These, 
the  highest  manifestations  of  the  First  Cause, 
Brahma  the  Creator,  Vishnu  the  Preserver,  and 
Siva  the  Destroyer,  constitute  the  Tri-murti,  the 
Trinity,  typified  in  the  magically  mystic  syllable 
Om.  To  these  were  added  a  host  of  inferior 
deities  and  even  local  gods  similar  to  those  which 
the  Romans  recognised  in  later  years.  Such  was 
and  still  is  the  celestial  hierarchy.  In  the  eyes 
of  the  Hindu,  none  of  these  gods  are  eternal. 
At  the  end  of  cycles  of  incommensurable  dura- 
tion, the  universe  will  cease  to  be,  the  heavens 
will  be  rolled  up  like  a  garment,  the  Tri-murti 
dissolved  ',  while  in  space  shall  rest  but  the  great 


8  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

First  Cause,  through  whose  instrumentality,  after 
indefinite  kalpas,  life  will  be  re-beckoned  out  of 
chaos  and  the  leash  of  miseries  unloosed. ' 

This  delicious  commingling  of  the  real  and  the 
ideal  degenerated  with  the  years.  Like  Olympus, 
it  was  too  fair  to  last.  Brahma,  Vishnu  and  Siva, 
once  regarded  as  various  manifestations  of  the 
primal  essence,  became  in  lapses  of  time  concrete. 
Female  counterparts  were  found  for  them,  and 
the  most  poetic  of  the  creeds  of  man  was  lowered 
into  a  sensuous  idolatry.  To-day  there  is  nothing, 
however  monstrous  or  grotesque,  that  is  deemed 
unfit  for  worship.  In  Benares  there  is  a  shrine 
to  small-pox ;  in  Gaya  there  is  one  to  the  police ; 
and  it  may  be  that  somewhere  between  Cape 
Comorin  and  the  Himalayas  an  altar  has  been 
raised  to  those  who  dull  digestion  with  the  after- 
dinner  speech. 

This,  however,  is  the  work  of  the  priest.  In 
earlier  days  the  higher  castes  of  man,  the  younger 
brothers  of  the  gods,  were  thought  capable  of 
understanding  the  perfection  that  resides  in 
Brahm.  It  was  held  that  they  might  ascend  to 
the  rank  of  their  elders,  and  with  them  at  last  be 
absorbed  in  the  universal  spirit.  The  one  path- 
way to  this  goal  was  worship,  and  over  it  the 
priests  constituted  themselves  the  lawful  guides. 

The  laws  which  they  codified  were  numberless, 
and  an  infraction  of  any  one  of  them  was  severely 
visited  on  the  transgressor.  For  each  fault, 
whether  of  omission  or  commission,  there  was 
an  expiation  to  be  undergone,  and  it  was  taught 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  g 

that  the  unatoned  violation  of  a  precept  precipi- 
tated the  offender  into  one  of  twenty-eight  hells 
which  their  inflammable  imaginations  had  created. 
In  the  face  of  absurdities  such  as  these,  it  is 
permissible  to  suppose  that,  like  the  Roman 
augurs,  the  educated  Brahmans  could  not  look 
at  each  other  without  laughing ;  yet,  however 
this  may  be,  it  seems  certain  that  many  of  the 
laity  laughed  at  them.  Already  in  the  Rig- Veda 
mention  was  made  of  those  who  jeered  at  Agni. 
The  question  as  to  whether  there  is  really  another 
life  seems  to  have  been  often  raised,  and  that 
too  in  the  Brahmanas.  Yaska,  a  venerable  sage, 
found  himself  obliged  to  refute  the  opinions  of 
sages  far  older  and  more  venerable  than  himself, 
who  had  declared  the  Vedas  to  be  a  tissue  of 
nonsense.  This  scepticism  had  found  many 
adherents.  The  name  given  to  these  early  dis- 
believers was  Nastikas — They  who  deny.  Like 
other  sects,  they  had  aphorisms  and  slokas  of 
their  own,  which  with  quaint  derision  they  attri- 
buted to  the  tutor  of  the  gods.  The  aphorisms 
appear  to  have  been  markedly  anti-theistic,  while 
the  slokas  were  captivating  invitations  to  the 
pleasures  of  life. 

"  Vivons,  ouvrons  nos  coeurs  aux  ivresses  nouvelles  : 
Dorinir  et  boire  en  paix,  voila  I'unique  bien. 
Buvons  !     Notre  sang  brule  et  nos  femmes  sont  belles : 
Demain  n'est  pas  encore,  et  le  passe  n'est  rien  1 " 

Among  those  who  laughed  the  loudest  was 
Kapila.  His  life  is  shrouded  in  the  dim  magni- 
ficence of  legends.   There  let  it  rest ;  yet  if  little 


lO  TJu  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

can  be  said  of  the  man,  his  work  at  least  is  not 
unfamiliar  to  students.  The  Sankhya  Karika, 
which  bears  his  name,  is  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant and  independent  relics  of  Indian  thought. 
In  its  broadest  sense,  Sankhya  means  rationalism 
or  system  of  rational  philosophy.  In  India  it  is 
known  as  the  philosophy  Niriswara,  the  philoso- 
phy without  a  god. 

Kapila  was  the  first  serious  thinker  who  looked 
up  into  the  archaic  skies  and  declared  them  to 
be  void.  In  this  there  was  none  of  the  modera- 
tion of  scepticism,  and  less  of  the  fluctuations  of 
doubt.  Kapila  saw  that  the  idea  of  a  Supreme 
Being  was  posterior  to  man;  that  Nature,  anterior 
to  her  demiurge,  had  created  him ;  and  he  reso- 
lutely turned  his  back  on  the  Tri-murti,  and 
denied  that  a  deity  existed,  or  that  the  existence 
of  one  was  necessary  to  the  order  and  manage- 
ment of  the  world.  The  motor-power  he  held 
to  be  a  blind,  unconscious  force,  and  of  this 
force  life  was  the  melancholy  development.  If 
he  had  disbelieved  in  transmigration,  Schopen- 
hauer would  not  have  startled  the  world  with  a 
new  theory. 

Kapila's  purpose  was  to  relieve  man  from 
pain.  There  were  no  rites  to  be  observed. 
Knowledge  and  meditation  were  alone  required. 
He  recognised  but  three  things — the  soul,  matter 
and  pain.  Freedom  from  pain  was  obtainable, 
he  taught,  by  the  liberation  of  the  soul  from  the 
bondage  of  matter.  According  to  his  teaching, 
the  heavens,  the  earth  and  all  that  in  them  is, 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  1 1 

are  made  up  of  twenty-five  principles,  and  of 
these  principles  matter  is  the  first  and  the  soul 
the  last.  Matter  is  the  primordial  element  of 
universal  life,  the  element  that  animates  and 
sustains  all  things.  The  principles  that  succeed 
it  are  simply  its  developments.  Of  these,  the 
soul  is  the  chief.  It  is  for  matter  to  act  and  for 
the  soul  to  observe.  When  its  observations  are 
perfect  and  complete,  when  it  has  obtained  a 
discriminative  knowledge  of  the  forms  of  matter, 
of  primeval  matter  and  of  itself,  then  is  it  pre- 
pared to  enter  into  eternal  beatitude. 

On  the  subject  of  eternal  beatitude,  each  one 
of  the  systems  of  Eastern  thought  has  had  its 
say.  That  which  Kapila  had  in  view  is  not 
entirely  clear.  He  gave  no  description  of  it 
otherwise  than  in  hinting  that  it  was  a  state  of 
abstract  and  unconscious  impassabiUty,  and  he 
appears  to  have  been  much  more  occupied  in 
devising  means  by  which  man  might  be  delivered 
from  the  evils  of  life  than  in  mapping  charts  of 
a  fantastic  paradise. 

The  sentiment  of  the  immedicable  misery  of 
life  is  as  prominent  in  the  preface  of  history  as 
on  its  latest  and  uncompleted  page.  The  problem 
of  pain  agitated  the  minds  of  the  earliest  thinkers 
as  turbulently  as  it  has  those  of  the  latest  comers. 
In  attempting  to  solve  it,  in  endeavouring  to 
find  some  rule  for  a  law  of  error,  the  Hindu 
accepted  an  unfathered  idea  that  he  is  expiating 
the  sins  of  anterior  and  unremembered  existences, 
and  that  he  will  continue  to  expiate  them  until 


12  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

all  past  transgressions  are  absolved  and  the  soul 
is  released  from  the  chain  of  its  migrations. 
According  to  the  popular  theory,  the  chain  of 
migrations  consists  in  twenty-four  lakhs  of  birth, 
a  lakh  being  one  hundred  thousand. 

Apparently  such  beatitude  as  lay  beyond  the 
tomb  consisted  to  Kapila  in  relief  from  trans- 
migration, and  this  relief  was  obtainable  by  the 
ransomed  soul,  only,  as  has  been  hinted,  through 
a  knowledge  acquired  of  matter  and  of  itself. 
Garmented  in  the  flesh  of  him  that  constitutes 
its  individuality,  the  soul  was  to  apply  itself  to  an 
understanding  of  Nature,  who,  with  the  coquetry 
of  a  bayadere,  at  first  resists  and  then  unveils 
her  beauties  to  the  eyes  of  the  persistent  wooer. 
This  knowledge  once  obtained,  the  soul  is  free. 
It  may  yet  linger  awhile  on  earth,  as  the  wheel 
of  the  spinner  turns  for  a  moment  after  the 
impulse  which  put  it  in  motion  has  ceased  to 
act ',  but  from  that  time  the  soul  has  fulfilled  all 
the  conditions  of  its  deliverance,  and  is  for  ever 
afiranchised  from  the  successive  migrations  which 
the  unransomed  soul  must  still  undergo. 

In  his  attack  on  official  theology,  Kapila  paid 
little  attention  to  its  rites  and  observances.  He 
probably  fancied  that  if  the  groundwork  was  un- 
dermined, the  superstructure  would  soon  totter. 
In  this  he  was  partially  correct,  though  the  result 
of  his  revolt  was  entirely  different  from  what  he 
had  expected.  The  climax  of  his  philosophy  is 
a  metaphysical  paradox :  "  Neither  I  am,  nor  is 
aught  mine,  nor  is  there  any  I" — a  climax  which 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  1 3 

must  have  delighted  Hegel,  but  one  which  it  is 
difficult  to  reconcile  with  the  report  of  the  phi- 
losophy's present  popularity.  And  that  it  is  popu- 
lar there  seems  to  be  no  doubt.  There  is  even  a 
common  saying  in  India  that  no  knowledge  is 
equal  to  the  Sankhya,  and  no  power  equal  to  the 
Yoga,  which  latter,  a  combination  of  mnemonics 
"and  gymnastics,  is  a  contrivance  for  concentrat- 
ing the  mind  intently  on  nothing. 

But  whatever  popularity  the  Sankhya  may  now 
enjoy,  it  is  evident  that,  like  other  systems  of 
Eastern  thought,  it  was  understood  only  by 
adepts ;  and  even  had  the  science  which  it  taught 
been  offered  to  the  people,  it  was  not  of  a  nature 
to  appeal  to  them.  The  masses  to-day  are  as 
ignorant  as  carps,  and  at  that  time  they  were  not 
a  whit  more  intelligent.  Besides,  it  was  easier  to 
understand  the  Tri-murti  than  twenty-five  abstract 
principles.  Brahma  was  very  neighbourly,  and 
his  attendant  gods  were  known  to  tread  the  aisles 
of  night.  The  languid  noons  and  sudden  dawns 
were  sacred  with  their  presence.  What  could  be 
more  reasonable  ?  If  Hfe  was  an  affliction,  that 
very  affliction  carried  the  sufferer  into  realms  of 
enchantment,  where  Brahma  was  enthroned  on 
a  lotus  of  azure  and  gold. 

It  is  small  wonder  then  that  Kapila's  lessons 
left  the  established  religion  practically  unharmed. 
Kant's  "  Kritik"  did  not  prevent  the  Konigsber- 
gians  from  listening  to  the  Pfarrer  with  the  same 
faith  with  which  their  fathers  had  listened  before 
them.  And  Kant,  it  may  be  remembered,  was  not 


14  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

only  a  popular  teacher,  he  was  one  that  was 
revered.  But  aside  from  any  influence  that 
Kapila's  philosophy  may  have  exerted,  it  was 
evidently  smitten  by  a  grave  defect.  Concern- 
ing the  soul's  ultimate  abiding-place  it  was  silent. 
This  silence  enveloped  the  entire  system  in  an 
obscurity  which  another  and  a  greater  thinker 
undertook  to  dissipate. 

It  has  been  said  before,  and  with  such  wisdom 
that  the  saying  will  bear  repetition,  that  revolu- 
tions are  created,  not  by  the  strength  of  an  idea, 
but  by  the  intensity  of  a  sentiment.  In  great 
crises  there  is  a  formula  that  all  await ;  so  soon 
as  it  is  pronounced,  it  is  accepted  and  repeated ; 
it  is  the  answer  to  an  universal  demand.  Toward 
the  close  of  the  sixth  century  before  the  present 
era,  at  Kapilavastu,  a  city  and  kingdom  situated 
at  the  foot  of  the  mountains  of  Nepal,  a  prince 
of  the  blood,  after  prolonged  meditations  on  the 
misfortunes  of  life,  pronounced  a  watchword  of 
this  description. 

The  name  of  this  early  Muhammad  was  Sid- 
dartha.  He  was  the  heir  of  the  royal  house  of 
Sakya,  and  in  later  years,  in  remembrance  of  his 
origin,  he  was  called  Sakya-Muni,  Sakya  the  An- 
chorite, to  which  was  added  the  title  of  Buddha, 
the  Sage.  The  accounts  of  his  life  are  contained 
in  the  Lalita  Vistara,  a  collection  of  fabulous 
episodes  in  which  the  supernatural  joins  hands 
with  the  matter-of-fact.  It  is  said,  for  instance, 
that  he  was  born  of  an  immaculate  conception, 
and  died  of  an  indigestion  of  pork.     Apart  from 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  1 5 

the  mythical  element,  his  life  does  not  appear  to 
have  been  different  from  that  of  other  religious 
reformers,  save  only  that  he  is  supposed  to  have 
been  born  in  a  palace  instead  of  a  hovel.  To 
his  twenty-ninth  year  Siddartha  is  represented  as 
living  at  court,  surrounded  by  all  the  barbaric 
ease  and  gorgeousness  of  the  Ind.  Yet  even  in 
his  youth  his  mind  appears  to  have  been  haunted 
by  great  thoughts.  He  took  no  part  in  the  sports 
of  his  companions,  and  was  accustomed,  it  is 
said,  to  wander  away  into  the  solitudes  of  the 
vast  forests  of  bamboo,  and  there  to  linger,  lost 
in  meditation. 

In  the  course  of  time  he  was  married  to  a 
beautiful  girl,  but  even  in  her  fair  arms  his 
thoughts  were  occupied  with  the  destinies  of  the 
world.  During  the  succeeding  festivals  and 
revels,  amid  the  luxury  of  the  palace  and  the 
enticements  of  love,  he  meditated  on  the  miseries 
of  life.  In  Brahmanism  he  found  no  consolation. 
At  its  grotesqueness  he  too  smiled,  but  his  smile 
was  nearer  to  tears  than  to  laughter.  The  melan- 
choly residue  of  his  reflections  was  with  him  even 
in  dream,  and  one  night — so  runs  the  legend — 
he  was  encouraged  in  a  vision  to  teach  man- 
kind a  law  which  should  save  the  world  and 
establish  the  foundation  of  an  eternal  and  uni- 
versal rest. 

A  combination  of  fortuitous  circumstances, 
the  play  of  the  merest  hazard,  appear  to  have 
strengthened  the  effect  of  this  vision.  On  the 
high-roads  about  Kapilavastu  he  encountered  a 


1 6  The  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

man  bent  double  with  age,  another  stricken  by- 
fever,  and  lastly  a  corpse.  "A  curse,"  he  cried, 
"  on  youth  that  age  must  overcome ;  a  curse  on 
health  that  illness  destroys ;  a  curse  on  life  which 
death  interrupts  !  Age,  illness,  death,  could  they 
but  be  for  ever  enchained  ! "  Soon  after,  he  dis- 
appeared, and  seeking  the  jungles,  which  at  that 
time  were  peopled  with  thinkers  of  ken,  he  devoted 
himself  to  the  elaboration  of  his  thoughts.  It 
was  there  that  he  seems  to  have  acquired  some 
acquaintance  with  the  philosophy  of  Kapila.  He 
divined  its  significance  and  saw  its  insufficiency. 
Thereafter  for  six  years  he  gave  himself  up  to 
austerities  so  severe  that,  in  the  naive  language 
of  the  legend,  they  startled  even  the  gods.  These 
six  years  are  said  to  have  been  passed  at  Ouru- 
vilva,  a  place  as  famous  in  Buddhist  annals  as 
Kapilavastu.  In  this  retreat  he  arranged  the 
principles  of  his  system,  and  perfected  the  laws 
and  ethics  which  were  to  be  its  accompaniment. 
Yet  still  the  immutable  truth  that  was  to  save  the 
world  escaped  him.  A  little  longer  he  waited 
and  struggled.  The  Spirit  of  Sin,  with  all  his 
seductive  cohorts,  appeared  before  him.  The 
cohorts  were  routed  and  the  Spirit  overcome; 
the  struggle  was  ended ;  and  under  a  Bodhi-tree 
which  is  still  shown  to  the  pilgrim,  Siddartha 
caught  the  immutable  truth,  and  thereupon  pre- 
sented himself  as  a  saviour  to  his  fellows. 

Such  is  the  popular  legend.  Its  main  incidents 
have  been  recently  and  most  felicitously  conveyed 
in  The  Light  of  Asia.   As  a  literary  contribution, 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  ly 

Mr.  Arnold's  poem  is  simply  charming;  as  a 
page  of  history,  it  has  the  value  of  a  zero  from 
which  the  formative  circle  has  been  eliminated. 
The  kingdom  of  Kapilavastu,  or  rather  Kapila- 
vatthu,  was  an  insignificant  hamlet.  The  Buddha's 
father  was  a  petty  chieftain,  the  raja  of  a  handful 
of  ignorant  savages.  Palaces  he  had  none ;  his 
wealth  was  his  strength  j  and  could  his  concubine 
be  recalled  to  Hfe,  she  would,  had  she  any  sense 
of  humour,  which  is  doubtful,  be  vastly  amused 
at  finding  that  she  had  been  given  a  role  in  the 
solar  myth. 

There  can,  however,  be  no  doubt  that  the 
Buddha  really  lived.  His  existence  is  as  well 
established  as  that  of  the  Christ.  To  precisely 
what  an  extent  he  was  a  visionary  is  necessarily 
difficult  of  conjecture.  Yet  unless  all  beHef  in 
him  be  refused,  it  seems  almost  obligatory  to 
assume  that  after  years  of  reflection  he  considered 
himself  in  possession  of  absolute  knowledge. 
The  truth  which  he  then  began  to  preach  was 
not  a  doctrine  that  he  held  as  personal  and 
peculiar  to  himself,  but  rather  an  eternal  and 
changeless  law  which  had  been  proclaimed  from 
age  to  age  by  other  Buddhas,  of  whom  he  fancied 
himself  the  successor. 

To  speak  comparatively,  it  is  only  with  recent 
years  that  the  attention  of  Western  students  has 
been  attracted  to  Buddhist  literature.  To-day, 
however,  thanks  to  translations  from  the  Pali  and 
kindred  tongues,  it  is  possible  for  any  one  to  study 
the  doctrine  from  the  sacred  books  themselves. 
c 


1 8  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

There  are  verses  in  the  Yedas  which  when  recited 
are  said  to  charm  the  birds  and  beasts.  Compared 
with  them,  the  Buddhist  Gospels  are  often  lack- 
ing in  beauty.  To  be  the  better  understood,  the 
priests,  who  addressed  themselves  not  to  initiates 
but  to  the  masses,  employed  a  language  that  was 
simple  and  familiar.  There  are  in  consequence 
many  repetitions  and  trivial  digressions,  but  there 
are  also  parables  of  such  exquisite  colour,  that  in 
them  one  may  feel  the  influence  of  a  bluer  sky 
than  ours,  the  odour  of  groves  of  sandal,  the 
green  abysses  of  the  Himalayas,  and  the  gem- 
like splendour  of  white  Thibetian  stars. 

The  Buddha  believed  neither  in  a  personal 
nor  an  impersonal  God.  The  world  he  compared 
to  a  wheel  turning  ceaselessly  on  itself.  Of 
Brahman  tenets  he  preserved  but  one,  that  of 
the  immedicable  misery  of  life.  But  the  doctrine 
which  he  taught  may  perhaps  best  be  summarised 
Bs  resting  on  three  'great  principles — Karma, 
Arahatship  and  Nirvana.  When  these  principles 
are  understood,  the  mysteries  of  the  creed  are 
dissolved,  and  the  need  of  esoteric  teaching 
diminished. 

It  may  be  noted,  by  way  of  proem,  that  the 
theory  of  the  transmigration  of  souls  is  not  ad- 
vanced in  the  Vedas.  It  is  a  part  of  Brahman 
teaching,  but  Brahmanism  and  Vedaism  are  not 
the  same.  The  Yedas  are  claimed  as  the  out- 
come of  direct  revelation,  while  all  that  part  of 
post-Vedic  literature  in  which  Brahmanism  is 
enveloped  is  held  to  be  purely  traditional     The 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  19 

origin  of  the  theory  of  the  transmigration  is  in- 
discoverable,  but  it  is  one  which  has  been  shared 
by  many  apparently  unrelated  races.  It  was  a 
part  of  the  creed  of  the  Druids ;  the  Australian 
savage,  as  well  as  some  of  the  American  abori- 
gines, held  to  the  same  idea ;  thinkers  in  Egypt 
and  in  Greece  advanced  identical  tenets  \  it  is 
alluded  to  in  the  Talmud,  and  hinted  at  in  the 
Gospel  which  bears  the  name  of  St.  John.  Pos- 
sibly it  was  held  by  the  pre-Aryan  inhabitants  of 
India,  and  in  that  case  it  is  equally  possible  that 
it  was  through  them  that  the  doctrine  descended 
into  Brahmanism.  But  whether  or  not  its  en- 
graftment  came  about  in  this  way  is  relatively  a 
matter  of  small  moment.  The  important  point 
to  be  observed  is  that  it  was  not  received  by  the 
Buddhists.  The  popular  idea  to  the  contrary  is 
erroneous. 

Spinoza  noted  that  there  is  in  every  man  a 
feeling  that  he  has  been  what  he  is  from  all  eter- 
nity, and  this  feeling  has  not  left  the  Buddhist 
unaffected.  But  between  such  a  sentiment  and 
a  belief  in  transmigration  the  margin  is  wide. 
The  popular  error  in  which  the  two  are  confused 
has  presumably  arisen  from  a  misunderstanding 
of  the  laws  of  Karma  and  Vipaka,  the  laws  of 
cause  and  effect.  The  difference  therein  dis- 
coverable amounts  in  brief  to  this  :  in  the  theory 
of  transmigration  the  soul  is  held  to  be  eternal ; 
in  Buddhism  the  existence  of  the  soul  is  denied. 
In  the  one,  the  ego  resurrects  through  cycles  of 
unremembered  lives ;  in  the  other,  nothing  sur- 
c  2 


20  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

vives  save  the  fruit  of  its  actions.  In  the  one, 
every  man  is  his  own  heir  and  his  own  ancestor ; 
in  the  other,  the  deeds  of  the  ancestor  are  con- 
centrated in  a  new  individual.  In  each  there  is 
a  chain  of  existences,  but  in  the  one  they  are 
material,  in  the  other  they  are  moral.  One 
maintains  the  migration  of  an  essence,  the  other 
the  results  of  causality ;  one  has  no  evidence  to 
support  it,  the  other  accords  with  the  law  of  the 
indestructibihty  of  force.  One  is  metempsy- 
chosis, the  other  palingenesis ;  one  is  beautiful, 
and  the  other  awkward ;  but  one  is  merely  a 
theory,  and  the  other  is  almost  a  fact. 

From  this  chain  the  Hindu  knew  no  mode  of 
relief  Prior  to  the  Buddha's  advent,  there  was 
an  unquestioned  belief  that  man  and  all  that 
encompasses  him  rolled  through  an  eternal  circle 
of  transformation ;  that  he  passed  through  all  the 
forms  of  Hfe,  from  the  most  elementary  to  the 
most  perfect ;  that  the  place  which  he  occupied 
depended  on  his  merits  or  demerits ;  that  the  vir- 
tuous revived  in  a  divine  sphere,  while  the  wicked 
descended  to  a  yet  darker  purgatory;  that  the 
recompense  of  the  blessed  and  the  punishment 
of  the  damned  were  of  a  duration  which  was 
limited  ;  that  time  effaced  the  merit  of  virtue  as 
well  as  the  demerit  of  sin ;  and  that  the  law  of 
transmigration  brought  back  again  to  earth  both 
the  just  and  the  unjust,  and  threw  them  anew 
into  a  fresh  cycle  of  terrestrial  existences,  from 
which  they  could  fight  free  as  best  they  might. 

When  the  Buddha  began  to  teach,  he  endea- 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  2 1 

voured  to  bring  his  new  theories  into  harmony 
with  old  doctrines.  Throughout  life,  man,  he 
taught,  is  enmeshed  in  a  web  whose  woof  was 
woven  in  preceding  ages.  The  misfortunes  that 
he  endures  are  not  the  consequences  of  his  imme- 
diate actions;  they  are  drafts  which  have  been 
drawn  upon  him  in  earlier  days — drafts  which  he 
-still  must  honour,  and  against  which  he  can  plead 
no  statute  of  limitations.  Karma  pursues  him  in 
this  life,  and  unless  he  learns  its  relentless  code 
by  heart,  the  fruit  of  his  years  is  caught  up  by 
revolving  chains,  and  tossed  back  into  the  hfe  of 
another.  How  this  occurred,  or  why  it  occurred, 
is  explainable  only  by  a  cumbersome  process 
from  which  the  reader  may  well  be  spared  j  and 
it  may  for  the  moment  suffice  to  note  that  while 
the  Buddha  agreed  with  the  Brahmans  that  life 
formed  a  chain  of  existences,  it  was  the  former 
who  brought  the  hope  that  the  chain  might  be 
severed. 

The  means  to  the  accomplishment  of  this  end 
consist  in  a  victory  over  the  lusts  of  the  flesh, 
the  desire  for  life  and  the  veils  of  illusion.  When 
these  have  been  vanquished,  the  Arahat,  the 
victor,  attains  Nirvana. 

Nirvana,  or  Nibbana  as  it  stands  in  the  Pali, 
is  not  a  paradise,  nor  yet  a  state  of  post-mortem 
trance.  It  is  the  extinction  of  all  desire,  the 
triple  victory  of  the  Arahat,  which  precedes  the 
great  goal,  eternal  death.  The  fruit  of  earlier 
sins  remain,  but  they  are  impermanent  and  soon 
pass  away.     Nothing  is  left  from  which  another 


22  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

sentient  being  can  be  called  into  existence.  The 
Arahat  no  longer  lives;  he  has  reached  Para 
Nirvana,  the  complete  absence  of  anything,  that 
can  be  likened  only  to  the  flame  of  a  lamp  which 
a  gust  of  wind  has  extinguished. 

The  Buddha  wrote  nothing.  It  was  his  dis- 
ciples who,  in  councils  that  occurred  after  his 
death,  collected  and  arranged  the  lessons  of  their 
master.  In  these  synods  the  canon  of  sacred 
scripture  was  determined.  It  consisted  of  three 
divisions,  called  the  Tri-pitaka,  or  Three  Baskets, 
and  contained  the  Suttas,  the  discourses  of  the 
Buddha — the  Dharmas,  the  duties  enjoined  on 
the  masses — and  lastly  the  Vinayas,  the  rules  of 
discipline. 

The  Dharmas  contain  the  four  truths  whose 
discovery  is  credited  to  the  Buddha.  The  first 
is  that  suffering  is  the  concomitant  of  life.  The 
second,  that  suffering  is  the  resultant  of  desire. 
The  third,  that  Telief  from  suffering  is  obtained 
in  the  suppression  of  desire.  And  fourth,  that 
Nirvana,  which  succeeds  the  suppression  of  de- 
sire, is  attainable  only  through  certain  paths. 
These  paths  are  eight  in  number;  four  of  which — 
correctness  in  deed,  word,  thought  and  sight — 
were  recommended  to  all  men  ;  the  remainder — 
the  paths  of  application,  memory,  meditation  and 
proper  life — are  reserved  for  the  eremites. 

For  the  use  of  the  faithful,  the  four  truths  have 
been  condensed  in  a  phrase :  "Abstain  from  sin, 
practise  virtue,  dominate  the  flesh — such  is  the 
law  of  the  Buddha."  The  recognition  of  the  four 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  23 

truths  and  the  observance  of  the  eight  virtues  are 
obligatory  to  all  who  wish  to  reach  Nirvana.  The 
neophyte  renounces  the  world  and  lives  a  men- 
dicant. Yet  inasmuch  as  a  society  of  saints  is 
difficult  to  perpetuate,  members  are  admitted 
from  whom  the  usual  vows  of  continence  and 
poverty  are  not  exacted. 

The  charm  of  primitive  Buddhism  was  in  its 
simplicity.  The  faithful  assembled  for  meditation 
and  not  for  parade.  The  practice  of  morality 
needed  no  forms  and  fewer  ceremonies.  But 
with  time  it  was  thought  well  to  make  some  con- 
cession to  popular  superstitions;  and  although 
the  Buddha  had  no  idea  of  representing  himself 
as  a  divinity,  every  moral  and  physical  perfection 
was  attributed  to  him.  The  rest  was  easy.  Ido- 
latry had  begun.  To  the  right  and  left  of  a  saint 
elevated  to  the  rank  of  God  Supreme,  a  glowing 
Pantheon  was  formed  of  the  Buddhas  that  had 
preceded  him.  A  meaningless  worship  was  esta- 
blished; virtues  were  subordinated  to  ceremonies; 
and  to-day  before  a  gilded  statue  a  wheel  of 
prayers  is  turned,  while  through  the  dim  temples, 
domed  like  a  vase,  the  initiates  murmur,  "  Life  is 
evil." 

In  attempting  to  convert  the  multitude,  the 
Buddha  made  no  use  of  vulgar  seductions.  From 
him  came  no  flattery  to  the  passions.  The  re- 
compense that  he  promised  was  not  of  the  earth 
nor  material  in  its  nature.  To  his  believers  he 
offered  neither  wealth  nor  power.  The  psychic 
force,  the  seemingly  supernatural  faculties,  that 


24  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

knowledge  and  virtue  brought  to  those  who  had 
reached  superior  degrees  of  sanctity,  were  shared 
by  the  Brahmans  as  well ;  they  were  an  appanage, 
not  a  bait.  The  one  reward  of  untiring  efforts 
was  an  eternal  ransom  from  the  successive  horrors 
of  Karma.  The  paradise  which  he  disclosed  was 
the  death  of  Death.  In  it  all  things  ceased  to  be. 
It  was  the  ultimate  annihilation  from  which  life 
was  never  to  be  re-beckoned. 

It  is  not  surprising  that  the  captivating  quiet 
of  a  goal  such  as  this  should  forcibly  appeal  to 
the  inclinations  of  the  ascetic ;  the  wonder  of  it 
is  that  it  could  be  regarded  for  a  moment  as 
attractive  to  the  coarse  appetites  of  the  crowd. 
Nor  does  it  seem  that  the  Christ  of  Chaos  made 
this  mistake.  It  was  the  after-comers  who  under- 
took to  lift  the  commonplace  out  of  the  humdrum. 
The  Buddha's  hope  of  the  salvation  of  all  man- 
kind was  a  dream  extending  into  the  indefinite 
future;  the  theory  of  immediate  emancipation 
was  never  shared  by  him.  For  the  plain  man, 
he  laid  down  a  law  which  was  a  law  of  grace  for 
all,  that  of  universal  brotherhood.  If  its  practice 
was  insufficient  to  lead  him  to  Nirvana,  it  was 
still  a  preparation  thereto,  a  paving  of  the  way 
for  the  travellers  that  were  yet  to  come. 

The  method  which  he  employed  to  convert  his 
hearers  seems  to  have  been  a  tender  persuasion, 
in  which  there  was  no  trace  of  the  dogmatic.  He 
did  not  contend  against  strength,  he  appealed  to 
weakness,  varying  the  insinuations  of  his  para- 
bles according  to  the  nature  of  the  listener,  and 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  25 

charming  even  the  recalcitrant  by  the  simplicity 
and  flavour  of  his  words.  In  these  lessons  there 
were  no  warnings,  no  detached  maledictions ;  but 
there  were  exhortations  to  virtue,  and  pictures  of 
the  sweet  and  sudden  silence  of  eternal  rest.  His 
struggle  was  never  with  creeds,  but  with  man, 
with  the  flesh  and  its  appetites;  and  from  the 
memory  of  his  victorious  combat  with  himself 
there  came  to  him  precepts  and  maxims  of  in- 
comparable delicacy  and  beauty.  These  were 
his  weapons.  His  teaching  was  a  lesson  of  infi- 
nite tenderness  and  compassion ;  it  was  a  lesson 
of  patience  and  resignation  and  abnegation  of 
self,  and  especially  of  humility,  which  in  its  re- 
nouncement of  temporal  splendours  opens  the 
path  to  the  magnificence  of  death. 

In  the  ears  of  not  a  few  modern  thinkers, 
this  promise  of  annihilation  has  sounded  Hke  a 
gigantic  paradox.  It  has  seemed  inconceivable 
that  men  could  be  found  who  would  strive  unre- 
mittingly their  whole  lives  through  to  reach  a 
goal  where  nothing  was.  And  yet  there  were 
many  such,  and,  what  is  more  to  the  point,  their 
number  is  constantly  increasing.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  has  been  argued  that  to  those  who  knew 
no  prospect  of  supernal  happiness  and  who  had 
never  heard  of  an  eternity  of  bliss,  the  horror  of 
life  might  be  of  such  intensity  that  they  would 
be  glad  of  any  release  whatever.  But  the  value 
of  this  argument  is  slight.  The  spectacle  of  a 
Buddhist  converted  to  Christianity  is  the  most 
infrequent  that  has  ever  gladdened  the  heart  of 


26  The  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

a  missionary.  Per  contra,  the  number  of  those 
who  turn  from  other  creeds  to  that  of  Buddhism 
is  notoriously  large.  The  number  of  its  converts, 
however,  is  not  a  proof  of  its  perfection.  And 
Buddhism  is  far  from  perfect :  its  fantastic  shackles 
may  be  alluring  to  the  mystic,  but  they  are  mean- 
ingless to  the  mathematician.  It  may  be  charm- 
ing to  hold  a  faith  which  has  put  pessimism  into 
verse,  and  raised  that  verse  into  something  more 
than  literature ;  but  it  is  useless.  The  pleasure 
of  utter  extinction  is  one  which  we  will  probably 
all  enjoy,  and  that  too  without  first  becoming 
Arahats ;  and  yet,  again,  we  may  not.  The  veil 
of  Maya  is  still  unraised.  The  most  we  can  do 
to  lift  it  is  to  finger  feebly  at  the  edges.  Sakya- 
Muni  taught  many  an  admirable  lesson,  but  in 
his  flights  of  fancy,  like  many  another  since,  he 
transcended  the  limits  of  experience.  Let  those 
who  love  him  follow. 

Charity  is  the  New  Testament  told  in  a  word. 
When  it  was  preached  on  the  Mount  of  Olives 
it  must  have  brought  with  it  the  freshness  and 
aroma  of  a  first  conception.  Before  that  time, 
the  Galileans  had  heard  but  of  Justice  and  Jeho- 
vah ;  then  at  once  they  knew  of  Christ  and  Com- 
passion ;  and  ever  since  the  name  and  the  virtue 
have  gone  hand-in-hand.  And  yet  five  hundred 
years  before,  a  sermon  on  charity  was  preached 
in  Nepal. 

The  charity  which  Sakya-Muni  taught  was  not 
the  ordinary  liberality  which  varies  from  a  furtive 
coin  to  a  public  bequest.     It  was  a  boundless 


The. Revolt  of  the  Orient,  27 

sympathy,  a  prodigality  of  abandonment  in  which 
each  creature,  however  humble,  could  find  a 
share,  and  which,  once  entered  in  the  heart  of 
man,  extinguished  every  spark  of  egotism.  This 
sentiment  of  universal  compassion  was  one  which 
the  two  greatest  of  the  world's  reformers  sought 
alike  to  instil.  Between  the  Prince  of  Kapila- 
vastu  and  Jesus  of  Nazareth  there  are  many 
resemblances,  but  none,  it  may  be  taken,  more 
striking  than  this.  Beyond  the  common  legend 
of  their  birth,  both  were  supposed  to  have  been 
tempted  by  the  devil;  and  by  the  Buddha,  as  the 
Christ,  the  devil  was  vanquished.  Their  lessons 
in  ethics  were  nearly  the  same ;  both  were  nihil- 
ists ;  both  held  that  the  highest  duty  is  to  be  at 
variance  with  self;  both  struck  a  blow  at  the 
virility  of  man,  and  neither  of  them  wrote.  About 
the  lives  of  each  the  myth-makers  have  been  at 
work ;  both  were  deified ;  and  if  to-day  the  be- 
lievers in  the  Buddha  largely  outnumber  those 
of  the  Christ,  it  is  only  fair  to  note  that  the  former 
have  enjoyed  advantages  which  the  latter  have 
never  possessed.  Through  none  of  their  wide 
leisures  have  they  ever  held  it  a  blasphemy  to 
think. 

Another  religion  without  a  God,  and  one  which 
is  a  twin-sister  to  Buddhism,  is  that  of  the  Gainas. 
Explanatory  documents  concerning  it  are  infre- 
quent, and  in  search  of  information  the  student 
is  usually  obliged  to  turn  to  Brahman  sources. 
The  Gainas  are  the  believers  in  Gina,  the  Vic- 
torious, as  the  Buddhists  are  believers  in  Buddha, 


28  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

the  Sage.  A  Gina — in  Buddhism  this  term  is 
one  of  the  many  synonyms  of  Sakya-Muni — is  a 
prophet  who,  having  attained  omniscience,  comes 
to  re-establish  the  law  of  salvation  when  it  has 
become  corrupted  through  the  march  of  time. 
There  are  said  to  have  been  twenty-four  Ginas, 
including  the  most  recent;  and  as  the  Gainas 
maintain  that  the  Buddha  was  a  disciple  of  the 
founder  of  their  creed,  the  number  corresponds 
to  that  of  Siddartha  and  his  twenty-three  prede- 
cessors. The  Gainas,  like  the  Buddhists,  deny 
the  authority  of  the  Vedas  j  they  consider  them 
apocryphal,  and  oppose  in  their  stead  a  collection 
of  Angas  of  their  own.  No  sect  has  been  more 
rigorous  than  they  in  the  respect  of  everything 
that  lives.  They  eat  no  flesh ;  and  it  is  reported 
that  the  stricter  devotees  filter  their  water,  breathe 
through  a  veil,  and  as  they  walk  sweep  the 
ground  before  them,  that  no  insect,  however 
insignificant,  may  be.  destroyed.  Among  the 
customs  in  which  they  differ  from  Buddhism, 
suicide  is  the  one  worth  noting.  For  a  long 
period  this  rite  seems  to  have  been  decorously 
observed.  On  most  other  points  the  two  beliefs 
are  in  apparent  agreement.  The  Gainas,  too,  are 
atheists.  They  admit  of  no  Creator,  and  deny 
the  existence  of  a  perfect  and  eternal  Being.  The 
Gina,  like  the  Buddha,  has  become  perfect,  but 
it  is  not  thought  that  he  has  always  been  so. 
This  negation  has  not  prevented  a  particular 
division  of  the  faith  from  affecting  a  kind  of  here- 
tical and  schismatic  deism.     Like  the  Nepalese, 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient  29 

who  have  imagined  an  Adibuddha,  a  supreme 
Buddha,  they  also  have  invented  a  Ginapati,  a 
perfect  Gina,  whom,  in  opposition  to  their  canoni- 
cal Angas,  they  regard  as  primordial  creator.  The 
Angas  teach  that  man  possesses  a  soul,  and  that 
this  soul,  although  a  pure  and  an  immortal  intel- 
ligence, is  yet  the  prey  of  illusion,  and  for  that 
"reason  condemned  to  bear  the  yoke  of  matter 
through  an  indefinite  series  of  existences.  In 
Gainism  it  is  not  existence  that  is  an  affliction, 
it  is  life ;  and  the  Nirvana  is  less  an  annihilation 
than  an  entrance  into  eternal  beatitude.  To 
distinguish  between  the  two  faiths,  the  Brahmans 
called  the  Buddhists,  "  They  who  affirm,"  and  the 
Gainas,  "They  who  say.  Perhaps."* 

The  Chinese,  who  are  our  elders  in  little  else 
than  corruption,  feel  as  much  need  for  a  religion 
as  a  civilian  does  for  a  military  uniform.  From 
the  threshold  of  history  to  the  present  day,  the 
inhabitants  of  the  Celestial  Empire  have  had  no 
term  wherewith  to  designate  a  deity.  The  name 
of  God  has  not  entered  into  their  philosophy. 
As  a  rule,  then,  when  an  educated  Chinese  is 
asked  what  his  creed  is,  he  answers,  that  not  being 
a  priest,  he  has  none  at  all.  The  clergy  have 
three :  the  official  religion — originated  by  Con- 
fucius— Buddhism  and  Tauism.  The  latter  faith 
was  founded  by  Laou-tze. 

The  life  of  this  early  thinker  has  been  as  libe- 
rally interwoven  with  legends   as  that  of  the 

*  Dictionnaire  des  sciences  religieuses,  art.  Jainisme. 


30  TJu  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

Buddha.  The  Orient  seems  to  have  had  a  mania 
for  attributing  the  birth  of  reformers  to  immacu- 
late conceptions ;  and  one  learns  with  the  weari- 
ness that  comes  of  a  thrice-told  tale,  that  the 
mother  of  Laou-tze,  finding  herself  one  day  alone, 
conceived  suddenly  through  the  vivifying  influ- 
ence of  Nature.  But  though  the  conception  was 
abrupt,  the  gestation  was  prolonged,  lasting,  it  is 
said,  eighty-four  years ;  and  when  at  last  the 
miraculous  child  was  born,  his  hair  was  white — 
whence  his  name,  Laou-tze,  the  Aged  Baby.  This 
occurred  six  hundred  years  before  the  present 
era. 

The  philosophy  of  this  prodigy,  contained  in 
the  Taou-teh-king,  the  Book  of  Supreme  Know- 
ledge and  Virtue,  is  regarded  by  OrientaHsts  as 
the  most  profound  and  authentic  relic  of  early 
Chinese  literature.  The  most  profound,  as  rival- 
ling the  works  of  Confucius  and  Mencius ;  and 
the  most  authentic,  in  that  it  was  the  only  one 
said  to  have  been  exempt  from  the  different 
edicts  commanding  the  destruction  of  manu- 
scripts. 

Laou-tze  was  probably  the  first  thinker  who 
established  the  fact  that  it  is  not  in  the  power 
of  man  to  conceive  an  adequate  idea  of  a  First 
Cause,  and  the  first  to  show  that  any  efforts  in 
that  direction  result  merely  in  demonstrating 
human  incompetence  and  the  utter  vainness  of 
the  endeavour.  When,  therefore,  he  was  obliged 
to  mention  the  primordial  essence  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  be  understood  by  his  hearers,  the 


The  Revolt  of  the  Orient.  3 1 

figurative  term  which  he  employed  was  Tau. 
*'  Tau,"  he  said,  "  is  empty,  in  operation  exhaust- 
less.  It  is  the  formless  mother  of  all  things." 
And  to  this  description  Spinoza  found  little  to 
add. 

Laou-tze  appears  to  have  dipped  into  all  the 
philosophies  then  in  vogue,  and  after  taking  a 
little  eclectic  sip  from  each,  elaborated  a  system 
so  cleverly  that  he  may  safely  be  regarded  as  the 
earliest  moralist.  His  doctrine  was  thoroughly 
pantheistic.  Man,  he  taught,  is  a  passing  and 
inferior  phase  of  the  Great  Unity  which  is  the 
beginning  and  end  of  all  things,  and  into  which 
the  soul  is  absorbed.  Happiness,  he  added,  is 
like  paradise,  an  imaginary  Utopia,  a  fiction  of 
the  non-existent  extending  beyond  the  border- 
lands of  the  known.  And  on  the  chart  which  he 
drew  of  life,  he  set  up  a  monitory  finger-post, 
warning  men  that  the  only  real  delights  were 
those  that  consist  in  the  absence  of  pain.  Enter- 
prise, effort  and  ambition,  were  so  many  good, 
old-fashioned  words  which  to  this  early  pessimist 
represented  merely  a  forethought  for  a  future 
generation.  And  of  a  future  generation  he  saw 
little  need.  The  one  laudable  aim  was  in  the 
avoidance  of  suffering.  After  all,  what  was  there 
in  life  ?  Nothing  save  a  past  as  painful  as  the 
present,  with  hope  to  breed  chimeras  and  the 
future  for  a  dream. 

Like  Buddhism,  the  doctrine  of  Laou-tze  de- 
generated with  the  years.  Their  common  sim- 
plicity was  too  subtle  for  the  canaille,  and  to 


32  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

each  gaudy  superstitions  have  been  added.  Yet 
in  their  primal  significance  they  are  as  ushers  of 
negation,  the  initial  revolt  at  the  supernatural, 
the  first  reasoned  attempts  to  rout  the  spectres 
from  the  mind  of  man. 

In  earlier  Hinduism,  life  was  a  nightmare,  and 
the  universe  a  phantasm  that  vaunted  itself  real. 
In  an  effort  to  escape,  Kapila  lost  himself  in 
abstractions,  the  Buddha  ordered  Death  to  stand 
a  lackey  at  the  door  of  Peace,  while  Laou-tze 
turned  his  almond  eyes  within  and  descended 
the  stair  of  Thought.  To  the  first,  salvation  lay 
in  metaphysics ;  to  the  second,  in  virtue ;  to  the 
third,  in  indifference.  Had  their  theories  been 
fused,  the  revolt  might  not  have  been  so  vain. 


CHAPTER   II. 

THE   NEGATIONS   OF   ANTIQUITY. 

The  clamour  of  life  and  thought  entered 
Greece  through  Asia  Minor,  Quinet  has  called 
the  itinerary  of  the  tribes  that  took  possession  of 
her  hills  and  vales,  an  itinerary  of  the  gods.  That 
somnambulist  of  history  has  seen,  as  in  a  vision, 
their  passage  marked,  here  by  a  temple,  there 
by  a  shrine.  While  the  tribes  dispersed,  the  gods 
advanced.  Orpheus  has  told  the  story  of  their 
youth ;  but  now  Orpheus  is  indiscoverable,  and 
the  days  of  which  he  sang  are  as  vague  as  the 
future.  When  the  gods  entered  folk-lore,  they 
had  already  ascended  Olympus,  and  the  divinity 
of  Jupiter  was  attested  in  traditions  out  of  which 
Homer  formed  another  Pentateuch.  The  name 
of  the  Ionian  Moses  is  as  unsubstantial  as  that 
of  Orpheus ;  but  if  his  personality  is  uncertain, 
it  is  yet  a  matter  of  common  knowledge  that  his 
epics  formed  the  articles  of  an  indulgent  creed, 
and  that  from  them  the  infant  Greece  first  learned 
the  pleasures  that  belong  to  dream.  At  this  time 
the  mysteries  of  the  archaic  skies  were  dissolved. 
Dread  had  vanished ;  in  its  place  was  the  Ideal. 

D 


34  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

Throughout  the  mellow  morns  and  languid  dusks 
there  was  an  unbroken  procession  of  the  gayest, 
the  -most  alluring  divinities ;  their  fare  was  am- 
brosia, their  laughter  was  inextinguishable.  Virtue 
was  rewarded  on  earth,  and  Nemesis  pursued  the 
wrong-doer.  The  dower  of  men  and  maidens  was 
beauty ;  love  was  too  near  to  nature  to  know  of 
shame;  religion  was  more  aesthetic  than  moral, 
more  gracious  than  austere.  The  theologians 
were  poets :  first  Orpheus,  Musaeus  and  Linus, 
then  Homer  and  Hesiod;  mirth,  magnificence 
and  melancholy  they  gave  in  fee. 

Homer  was  not  only  a  poet,  he  was  an  historian 
as  well ;  and  it  is  a  fact  amply  demonstrated  that 
he  believed  as  little  in  the  sacerdotal  legends  as 
Tennyson  in  the  phantom  idyls  of  Arthur.  At 
that  time  no  semblance  of  revealed  religion  was 
affected  :  the  people,  however,  like  all  others 
before  and  since,  would  have  gods,  and  gods 
they  got;  yet  in  displaying  them  to  the  infant 
race.  Homer  laughed  at  the  divinities,  and  pre- 
dicted that  their  reign  would  some  day  cease. 

This  prescience  of  the  incredulity  that  was  to 
come  is  significant.  The  history  of  Greece  is 
one  of  freedom  in  art,  in  action,  but  particularly 
in  thought.  The  death  of  Socrates,  the  flight  of 
Aristotle,  are  among  the  exceptions  that  make 
the  rule.  In  its  broad  outlines,  the  attitude  of 
Hellenic  thought  was  one  of  aggressive  scepti- 
cism. This  attitude  may  have  been  due  to  the 
fact  that  there  was  nothing  which  in  any  way 
resembled  a  national   faith;   each  town,   each 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  35 

hamlet,  each  upland  and  valley,  possessed  myths 
of  its  own,  and  such  uniformity  as  existed  appears 
to  have  been  ritualistic  rather  than  doctrinal. 
But  perhaps  the  primal  cause  is  best  attributable 
to  that  nimble  spirit  of  investigation  which  was 
at  once  a  characteristic  of  the  Greek  intellect  and 
a  contrast  to  the  cataleptic  reveries  of  the  Hindu. 

It  goes  without  the  need  of  telling  that  the 
philosophers  put  Jupiter  aside  much  as  one  does 
an  illusion  of  childhood,  and  possibly  with  some- 
thing of  the  same  regret.  But  this  leniency  on 
their  part  was  not  universally  imitated.  The  story 
of  Prometheus,  the  most  ancient  of  fables,  traces 
of  which  have  been  discovered  in  the  Vedas, 
became  in  the  hands  of  ^schylus  a  semi- histo- 
rical, semi-cosmological  legend,  in  which  the 
Titan,  as  representative  of  humanity,  mouths 
from  the  escarpolated  summits  of  Caucasus  his 
hatred  and  defiance  of  Jove.  Euripides,  too,  was 
well  in  the  movement.  There  was  not  an  article 
of  Hellenic  faith  that  he  did  not  scoff  at.  Then 
came  the  farce.  Aristophanes  found  nothing  too 
sacred  for  his  wit ;  with  the  impartiality  of  genius 
he  joked  at  gods  and  men  alike. 

While  the  poets  and  dramatists  were  pulling 
down,  the  philosophers  were  building  up.  If  the 
belief  in  an  eternal  fancy  ball  on  Olympus  was 
untenable,  something,  they  felt,  should  be  sug- 
gested in  its  place.  In  lieu,  therefore,  of  the 
theory  that  Jupiter  was  the  first  link  in  the  chain 
of  the  universe,  Thales  announced  that  the  be- 
ginning of  things  was  watery  Anaximenes  said 
D  2 


36  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

air ;  Heraclitus  preferred  fire.  Anaximinder  held 
to  an  abstraction,  the  Infinite.  Pythagoras,  who, 
like  all  his  countrymen,  dearly  loved  a  quibble, 
declared  that  the  First  Cause  was  One.  This  One, 
Xenophanes  asserted,  was  a  self-existent  Mind. 
Empedocles  gave  as  definition  a  sphere  whose 
centre  was  everywhere  and  circumference  no- 
where, a  definition  which  Pascal  revived  as  an 
attribute  of  the  Deity.  Anaxagoras,  who  was 
banished  for  his  pains,  believed  in  a  pure  Intel- 
ligence. This  pure  Intelligence  was  not  a  deity, 
except  perhaps  in  the  sense  of  a  deus  ex  machina; 
it  was  an  explanation,  not  a  god.  But  even  so, 
it  looked  like  one ;  there  were  already  too  many 
unknown  gods,  and  the  idea  was  not  received 
with  enthusiasm.  Among  those  who  opposed  it 
with  particular  vehemence  was  Diagoras,  he  who 
first  among  the  Greeks  received  the  name  of 
atheist.  This  reasoner  chanced  one  day  to  be 
at  sea  during  a  heavy  storm.  The  sailors  attri- 
buted the  storm  to  him.  All  that  they  were 
enduring  was  a  punishment  for  conveying  such 
an  impious  wretch  as  he.  **  Look  at  those  other 
ships  over  there,"  said  Diagoras.  "  They  are  in 
the  same  storm,  aren't  they?  Do  you  suppose 
that  I  am  in  each  of  them  ?" 

Diagoras  had  learned  his  lessons  from  Demo- 
critus,  a  thinker  who  in  certain  schools  of  thought 
holds  to-day  a  position  which,  if  not  superior,  is 
at  least  equal  to  that  of  Plato.  The  reason  of 
this  admiration  is  not  far  to  seek.  Democritus 
is  the  grandsire  of  materialism.     Materialism  is 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  37 

out  of  fashion  to-day,  but  to-morrow  it  may  come 
in  again.  During  a  long  and  continually  reju- 
venated career,  it  has  been  a  veritable  hydra. 
Every  time  its  head  seemed  severed  for  all  eter- 
nity, there  has  sprouted  a  new  one,  and  one 
more  sagacious  than  the  last. 

The  theory  of  atoms  announced  in  the  remote 
past  and  repeated  in  recent  years  underwent  a 
baptism  of  fire  at  the  beginning  of  the  present 
century.  Dalton  applied  it  to  the  interpretation 
of  chemical  laws,  and  a  little  later  a  band  of 
German  erudites  embellished  it  with  the  garlands 
of  new  discoveries.  Contemporary  science  treats 
it  with  scant  respect ;  but  all  who  are  of  a  liberal 
mind  admit  that  its  conclusions  have  been  useful 
implements  of  progress.  Its  originator,  Demo- 
critus,  was  a  contemporary  of  Sakya-Muni.  It 
is  even  possible  that  he  sat  at  the  Buddha's  feet ; 
he  is  said  to  have  wandered  far  into  the  East ; 
and  it  is  also  recorded  that  he  visited  Egypt, 
whither  he  had  been  preceded  by  Pythagoras, 
and  where  his  questioning  eyes  must  have  met 
the  returning  stare  of  the  Sphinx. 

At  that  time  travelling  was  not  necessarily 
expensive,  yet  in  his  journeys  Democritus  squan- 
dered his  substance  with  great  correctness ;  and 
when  after  years  of  absence  he  returned  to  his 
home,  he  found  himself  amenable  to  a  law  of  the 
land  which  deprived  of  the  honours  of  burial 
those  who  had  dissipated  their  patrimony.  A 
statute  of  this  description  was  not  of  a  nature  to 
alarm  such  a  man  as  Democritus.     He  invited 


38  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

all  who  cared  to  do  so,  to  meet  him  in  the  public 
square,  and  there,  through  the  wide  leisures  of 
Thracian  days,  he  recited  passages  from  Diakos- 
mos,  his  principal  work.  This  procedure,  toge- 
ther with  the  novelty  of  the  ideas  which  he 
announced,  so  impressed  his  hearers,  that  they 
made  for  him  a  purse  of  five  hundred  talents, 
and  after  his  death  erected  statues  in  his  honour. 
Those  indeed  were  the  good  old  days. 

In  the  system  which  Democritus  suggested  to 
his  countrymen,  matter  was  pictured  as  the  union 
of  an  infinite  number  of  indivisible  elements, 
which  in  the  diversity  of  their  forms  represent 
the  phenomena  of  nature.  Beyond  these  indi- 
visible elements,  space  held  but  voids.  Atoms 
and  emptiness  is  the  theory  in  a  phrase.  The 
voids  are  the  absence  of  obstacles,  and  the  atoms 
continually  passing  through  them  are  the  consti- 
tuents of  all  that  is.  In  their  eternal  voyage 
through  space,  "these  atoms  meet,  unite  and  sepa- 
rate, unruled  save  by  the  laws  of  unconscious 
and  mechanical  necessity.  To  their  chance  clash 
is  due  the  world ;  the  universe  is  one  of  their 
fortuitous  combinations,  and  the  hazard  which 
presided  at  its  formation  will  some  day  see  it 
again  dissolved.  The  word  hazard,  it  may  be 
noted,  is  used  from  lack  of  a  better  term.  In 
exact  speech  there  seems  to  be  nothing  which  at 
all  resembles  it.  The  accident  that  occurs  in  the 
street,  the  rambles  of  the  ball  on  the  roulette- 
table,  may  seem  the  play  of  chance;  but  were 
the  predisposing  causes  understood,  the  accident 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  39 

would  be  recognised  as  the  result  of  a  cause  in 
which  chance  had  no  part,  and  in  the  rambles  of 
the  ball  the  operations  of  consistent  laws  would 
be  discerned.  Dubois  Reymond  has  noted  that 
if,  during  a  short  though  determined  space  of 
time,  an  intelligent  man  were  able  to  mark  the 
exact  position  and  movement  of  every  molecule, 
he  could,  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  mecha- 
nics, foresee  the  whole  future  of  the  world.  In 
the  same  manner  that  an  astronomer  can  foretel 
the  date  on  which  a  comet,  after  years  of  remote 
wanderings,  will  re-visit  our  heavens,  so  in  his 
equations  could  this  imaginary  individual  read 
the  precise  day  when  England  shall  burn  her 
last  bit  of  coal,  and  Germany  brew  her  last  keg 
of  beer. 

Beyond  this  theory,  which  as  a  matter  of  course 
includes  the  denial  that  man  is  a  free  agent, 
Democritus  was  accustomed  to  assert  that  out  of 
nothing,  nothing  comes — an  axiom  which  one 
does  not  need  to  be  a  mathematician  to  agree 
with,  though  it  is  one  that  somewhat  impairs  the 
scientific  value  of  the  first  chapter  of  Genesis. 
And  were  it  otherwise,  if  things  sprang  from 
nothing,  the  producing  cause  would  be  limitless ; 
men  might  issue  from  the  sea,  and  fish  from  the 
earth.  In  the  fecundity  of  chaos,  everything, 
even  to  the  impossible,  would  be  possible.  But 
in  a  system  such  as  this,  in  which  the  operations 
of  nature  are  represented  as  effected  by  invisible 
corpuscles  which  possess  in  themselves  the  laws 
of  all  their  possible  combinations,  there  is  room 


40  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

only  for  the  actual ;  the  universe  explains  itself 
more  or  less  clearly,  and  that  too  without  recourse 
to  a  First  Cause  or  an  over- watching  Providence.* 

Democritus  was  one  of  the  first  quietists,  but 
he  was  quietist  without  leanings  to  mysticism. 
He  was  among  the  earliest  to  note  that  it  is  the 
unexpected  that  occurs ;  and  he  barricaded  him- 
self as  best  he  might  against  avoidable  misfor- 
tune by  shunning  everything  that  was  apt  to  be 
a  source  of  suffering  or  annoyance.  Beyond 
mental  tranquillity,  he  appears  to  have  praised 
nothing  except  knowledge ;  and  it  is  stated  that 
he  hunted  truth  not  so  much  for  the  pleasure  of 
the  chase  as  for  the  delight  which  the  quarry 
afforded. 

The  negations  of  Democritus  had  been  well 
ventilated  when  the  stage  of  history  was  abruptly 
occupied  by  a  band  of  charlatan  nihilists,  who 
personified  the  spirit  of  doubt  with  ingenious 
effrontery.  These  were  the  sophists.  To  be 
called  a  sophist  was  originally  a  compliment.  It 
meant  one  who  was  a  master  in  wisdom  and 
eloquence.  But  when  Greece  found  herself  im- 
posed upon  by  a  company  of  mental  gymnasts, 
who  in  any  argument  maintained  the  pros  and 
cons  with  equal  ease,  who  made  the  worst  appear 
the  best,  who  denied  all  things  even  to  evidence, 
and  affirmed  everything  even  to  the  absurd,  and 
who  took  sides  with  the  just  and  the  unjust  with 

*  Nolen :  La  philosophic  de  Lange.  Wurtz :  La  theorie 
atomique. 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  41 

equal  indifference — then  the  title  lost  its  lustre 
and  degenerated  into  a  slur.  This  possibly  was 
a  mistake.  A  disapproval  of  the  paradoxes  of 
these  dialecticians  is  almost  a  praise  of  the  com- 
monplace. Yet  the  sophists  deserve  small  appro- 
bation. Their  efforts  to  show  that  all  is  true  and 
all  is  false,  and,  above  all,  the  brilliancy  of  their 
depravity,  undermined  thought  and  morals  to 
such  an  extent  that  philosophy,  which  had  taken 
wings,  might  have  flown  for  ever  away,  had  it  not 
been  re-beckoned  to  earth  by  the  familiar  reform 
instituted  by  Socrates. 

Socrates  was  as  ungainly  as  a  satyr,  but  the 
suppleness  of  his  tongue  was  that  of  a  witch.  At 
the  hands  of  this  insidious  Attic,  the  sophists 
fared  badly.  He  brought  their  versatilities  into 
discredit ;  and  in  reviewing  and  enlarging  a  for- 
gotten theory  of  Anaxagoras,  purified  thought 
with  new  lessons  in  virtue.  This  reaction  seems 
to  have  been  of  advantage  to  moral  philosophy, 
but  detrimental  to  metaphysics ;  so  much  so,  in 
fact,  that  his  hearers  turned  their  backs  on  theory, 
and  devoted  themselves  to  ethics.  "  Give  me 
wisdom  or  a  rope,"  cried  Antisthenes,  presumably 
to  appreciative  ears ;  and  when  Diogenes  lit  his 
dark  lantern  in  broad  daylight,  he  found  every 
one  eager  to  aid  him  in  the  ostentatious  bizarrerie 
of  that  immortal  farce. 

In  the  midst  of  these  pre-occupations  there 
appeared  a  thinker  named  Pyrrho,  to  whom 
every  sceptic  is  more  or  less  indebted.  Pyrrho 
was  born  at  Elis.     His  people  were  poor,  and 


42  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

doubtless  worthy;  but  their  poverty  compelled 
him  to  seek  a  livelihood,  which  for  a  time  he 
seems  to  have  found,  with  the  brush.  By  nature 
he  was  sensitive,  nervous,  as  are  all  artists,  and 
passionately  in  love  with  solitude.  From  some 
reason  or  another,  but  most  probably  from  lack 
of  success,  he  gave  up  painting,  and  wandered 
from  one  school  to  another,  until  at  last  a  sudden 
introduction  to  Democritus  turned  the  whole 
current  of  his  restless  thought.  For  this  intro- 
duction he  was  indebted  to  Anaxarchus,  a  phi- 
losopher who  went  about  asserting  that  all  is 
relative,  and  confessing  that  he  did  not  even 
know  that  he  knew  nothing.  But  in  this  there 
was  possibly  some  little  professional  exaggeration. 
He  was  a  thorough  atomist,  and  very  dogmatic 
on  the  subject  of  happiness,  which,  with  broad 
good  sense,  he  insisted  was  found  only  in  the 
peace  and  tranquillity  of  the  mind. 

In  Alexander's  triumphant  suite,  Pyrrho  went 
with  this  scholar  to  Asia,  and  together  they 
visited  the  magi  and  the  reflective  gymnosophists. 
The  abstracted  impassability  of  these  visionaries 
caused  him,  it  is  said,  an  admiration  so  intense 
that  he  made  from  it  a  rule  of  daily  conduct ; 
and  one  day  when  his  master,  with  whom  he  was 
walking,  fell  into  a  treacherous  bog,  Pyrrho  con- 
tinued calmly  on  his  way,  leaving  Anaxarchus  to 
the  mud  and  his  own  devices.  It  may  be  that 
in  this  there  was  some  prescience  of  the  modern 
aphorism  that  any  one  is  strong  enough  to  bear 
the  misfortunes  of  another ;  but  even  so,  Pyrrho, 


The  Negations  of  Antiqtiity.  43 

when  it  was  necessary,  could  be  brave  in  his 
own  behalf,  and  one  of  the  few  anecdotes  that 
are  current  represent  his  unmurmuring  endurance 
of  an  agonising  operation.  This  occurred  before 
any  one  was  aware  of  the  imperceptibility  of  pain : 
the  stoics  were  yet  unborn. 

During  his  long  journey,  Pyrrho  acquired  all, 
or  nearly  all,  that  the  East  had  to  teach.  He 
listened  to  Brahman  and  Buddhist,  and  took 
from  each  what  best  they  had  to  give.  The  im- ' 
passability  of  the  one  appealed  to  him  forcibly, 
the  ethics  of  the  other  seemed  to  him  most  admi- 
rable ;  and  with  these  for  luggage,  packed  toge- 
ther with  an  original  idea  of  his  own,  he  returned 
to  his  early  home,  where  his  fellow-citizens,  as  a 
mark  of  their  appreciation,  elevated  him  to  the 
rank  of  high-priest,  a  dignity  which  may  have 
caused  him  some  slight,  if  silent,  amusement. 

At  that  time  Greece  was  rent  by  wars  and 
revolutions.  In  the  uncertainty  of  the  morrow 
and  the  instability  of  all  things,  there  was  a 
general  effort  to  enjoy  life  while  enjoyment  was 
yet  to  be  had,  and  to  make  that  enjoyment  as 
thorough  as  possible.  When,  therefore,  Pyrrho 
announced  his  intention  to  teach  the  science  of 
happiness,  he  found  his  audience  ready-made. 

The  doctrine  which  he  then  unfolded  was 
received  at  first  with  surprise,  but  afterwards 
with  sympathetic  attention ;  it  gained  for  him 
wide  praise,  and  also  fervent  followers.  These 
followers,  to  whom  the  thanks  of  posterity  are 
due,  took  to  themselves  the  duty  of  preserving 


44  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

his  teaching;  for,  like  Socrates,  Pyrrho  wrote 
nothing. 

It  has  been  hinted  that  Pyrrho  accepted  the 
materialism  of  Democritus,  admired  the  hedonism 
of  Anaxarchus,  and  practised  the  impassability 
of  the  Hindus.  These  elements,  which  formed 
what  may  be  termed  the  angles  of  his  system, 
were  rounded  and  completed  by  an  original  doc- 
trine, which  represented  doubt  as  an  instrument 
of  wisdom,  moderation  and  personal  welfare. 
Before  this  time  there  had  been  much  scepticism, 
but  it  had  been  of  a  vacillating  and  unordered 
kind,  the  indecision  of  the  uncertain,  and  no 
one  had  thought  of  making  it  a  stepping-stone 
to  happiness.  This  Pyrrho  did,  and  in  it  lies 
his  chief  originality. 

The  scepticism  which  Pyrrho  instituted  was  an 
unyielding  doubt,  and  one,  paradox  as  it  may 
seem,  which  was  highly  logical.  In  it  Kant 
found  the  outlines  of  his  Criticism  traced  in  ad- 
vance, and  that  too  by  a  master-hand.  Pyrrho 
admitted  no  difference  between  health  and  ill- 
ness, life  and  death.  He  expected  nothing,  asked 
for  nothing,  believed  in  nothing.  If  he  ever 
struggled  with  himself,  the  struggle  was  a  silent 
combat,  of  which  his  heart  was  the  one  dumb 
witness.  He  was  not  simply  a  sceptic,  nor  yet 
merely  a  cynic ;  he  was  a  stoic,  with  a  leaven  of 
both.  To  the  eternal  question,  "  What  am  I  ?" 
he  answered,  "  It  matters  not."  He  had  but  one 
true  successor — Montaigne.  The  everlasting 
refrain,  Que  s^ay  ie  ?  is  an  echo,  faint  it  may  be, 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  45 

but  still  an  echo,  of  his  own  unperturbed  indif- 
ference. The  only  refuge  in  the  midst  of  the 
uncertainties  to  which  man  is  ever  a  prey,  lay, 
Pyrrho  held,  in  an  entire  suspension  of  judgment. 
Between  assertion  and  denial  he  did  not  so  much 
as  waver  \  he  balanced  his  opinion  in  a  perfect 
equipoise.  As  there  is  no  criterion  of  truth,  his 
position  was  impregnable. 

"  There  is,"  he  taught,  '*  nothing  that  is  inhe- 
rently beautiful  or  ugly,  right  or  wrong,  and  hence 
nothing  that  can  be  defined  as  an  absolute  truth. 
Things  in  themselves,"  he  added,  "are  diverse, 
uncertain  and  undiscernible.  Neither  sensation 
nor  thought  is  capable  of  teaching  the  difference 
between  what  is  true  and  what  is  false.  As  a 
consequence,  the  verdict  of  mind  and  of  senses 
should  be  equally  distrusted ;  an  opinionless  im- 
passability  should  be  observed  j  nothing  should 
be  denied,  nothing  should  be  affirmed ;  or  if  one 
of  the  two  seems  necessary,  let  the  affirmation 
and  the  denial  be  concurrent." 

And  happiness  ?  some  one  may  ask.  But  that 
is  happiness.  Where  there  is  indifference  and 
apathy,  there  too  is  ataraxia,  the  perfect  and 
unruffled  serenity  of  the  mind.  If  in  act,  word 
and  thought,  an  entire  suspension  of  judgment 
be  maintained, — if  men,  and  women  too,  and 
events  and  results  and  causes,  concerning  all  of 
which  we  may  have  our  fancies  and  our  theories, 
but  whose  reality  escapes  us,  are  treated  with 
complete  indifference, — then  do  we  possess  an 
independent  freedom,  an  unroutable  calm.   Once 


46  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

freed  from  beliefs  and  prejudices,  an  exterior 
influence  is  without  effect ;  perfect  impassability 
is  obtained;  and  with  it  comes  the  passionless 
serenity,  the  ataraxia,  which  is  the  goal  of  the 
sage. 

Such  in  its  broad  outlines  was  Pyrrho's  doc- 
trine. Confute  it  who  may.  For  the  details  the 
reader  must  turn  to  back  book-shelves  where 
speculative  spiders  are  the  only  hosts,  and  there 
thumb  the  mildewed  pages  of  Sextus  Empiricus, 
Aristocles  and  Diogenes  Laertius.  It  should  be 
noted  that  Pyrrho's  scepticism  did  not  extend  to 
virtue,  which  he  was  fond  of  saying  is  the  one 
thing  whose  possession  is  worth  the  gift.  At  an 
advanced  age  he  died,  greatly  esteemed  by  his 
townsmen,  who  to  do  him  honour  exempted  all 
philosophers  from  taxation.  But  elsewhere  he 
was  forgotten,  and  at  the  time  of  his  death  his 
brilliancy  was  eclipsed  by  the  rising  glories  of 
Epicurus. 

When  Epicurus  addressed  the  public,  he  was 
no  longer  a  young  man.  His  early  life  had  been 
an  unbroken  journey.  No  sooner  was  he  settled 
in  one  place,  than  circumstances  compelled  him 
to  seek  another.  These  inconveniences  did  not 
prevent  him  from  cultivating  philosophy,  for 
which  from  boyhood  he  evidenced  a  marked 
predilection.  "  In  the  beginning  was  chaos,"  his 
first  tutor  announced.  ''  And  where  did  chaos 
come  from?"  asked  Epicurus.  But  to  this,  the 
tutor  had  no  answer,  and  the  boy  turned  to 
Democritus. 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  47 

To  this  master  much  of  his  subsequent  philo- 
sophy is  attributable,  but  his  personal  success 
was  due  to  the  charm  of  his  manner  and  the 
seduction  of  his  words.  Syrians  and  Egyptians 
flocked  to  Athens  to  hear  him  speak,  and  few 
among  them  went  away  dissatisfied. 

At  that  time  the  riot  of  war  had  demoralised 
society.  The  echoes  from  a  thousand  battle- 
fields had  banished  all  sense  of  security.  Greece, 
moreover,  was  as  tired  of  speculations  as  of  con- 
flicts ;  the  subtleties  of  the  Lyceum  had  out- 
wearied  the  most  intrepid.  In  the  midst  of  the 
general  enervation,  Epicurus  came,  like  another 
Pyrrho,  to  tell  the  secret  of  Polichinelle,  to  paint 
pleasure  and  describe  happiness.  In  the  telling 
he  made  no  mysteries ;  his  hearers  approached 
him  without  eflbrt.  Pleasure,  he  held,  was  too 
simple  and  unaffected  to  need  logical  demonstra- 
tions ;  and  to  make  her  acquaintance,  common- 
sense  was  a  better  letter  than  mathematics.  But 
pleasure  should  not  be  sought  merely  for  plea- 
sure's sake.  It  should  be  regarded  as  a  means 
to  an  end.  Between  pleasure  and  pleasure  there 
is  always  a  choice.  There  are  pleasures  that 
should  be  shunned,  and  there  are  trials  that  should 
be  endured.  There  is  the  pleasure  that  is  found 
in  the  satisfaction  of  the  flesh,  and  there  is  the 
pleasure  which  is  found  in  the  tranquillity  of  the 
mind.  The  one  lasts  but  a  moment,  and  wanes 
in  repetition ;  the  other  endures  through  life, 
and  increases  with  the  years.  All  this  Epicurus 
thoroughly  understood.    He  had  a  maxim  to  the 


48  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

effect  that  wealth  does  not  consist  in  the  vastness 
of  possessions,  but  in  the  limitation  of  desires. 
He  did  not  restrict  his  hearers  to  scanty  enjoy- 
ments ;  on  the  contrary,  he  preached  their  mul- 
tiplication, but  it  was  a  multiplication  which  was 
both  a  lure  and  a  prohibition.  He  wished  men 
to  live  so  simply  that  pleasure,  when  it  came, 
might  seem  even  more  exquisite  than  it  is.  Of 
all  the  high-roads  to  happiness,  he  pointed  to 
prudence  as  the  surest  and  most  expeditious. 
The  prudent  are  temperate  in  all  things,  unam- 
bitious and  of  modest  requirements,  and  through 
this  very  prudence  maintain  the  health  of  mind 
and  body  which  in  itself  is  the  true  felicity  of  the 
wise. 

The  Epicurean  doctrine  was  one  long  lesson 
in  mental  tranquillity.  Anything  that  ministered 
to  contentment  was  welcomed,  and  all  things  that 
disturbed  it  were  condemned.  Among  the  latter 
were  the  gods/ 

"Ces  dieux  que  I'liomme  a  fait,  et  qui  n'ont  pas  fait 
rhomme." 

The  proper  way  to  treat  them  was  a  difficult 
question.  Epicurus  had  no  taste  for  hemlock, 
and  he  found  his  garden  very  pleasant.  He  had 
no  wish  to  flee,  like  Aristotle,  in  the  night,  nor 
mope,  like  Anaxagoras,  in  a  dungeon.  He  was 
a  teacher,  not  a  martyr.  His  position,  therefore, 
was  one  of  extreme  delicacy.  On  the  one  hand, 
he  was  obliged  to  consider  his  personal  incon- 
venience j  on  the  other,  the  superstitions  of  the 
masses.     To  respect  the  former  and  banish  the 


The  Negations  of  Antiqtiity.  49 

latter,  Epicurus  took  the  gods  and  juggled  with 
them,  and  in  the  legerdemain  they  mounted  to 
such  altitudes  that  from  them  the  vulgar  had 
nothing  left  to  hope  or  to  fear.  Their  existence 
was  openly  admitted,  and  their  intervention  as 
openly  denied.  In  words  of  devout  piety  he 
took  from  them  the  reins  of  government,  and 
pictured  their  idleness  as  an  ideal  impassability. 
After  that,  Olympus  was  to  let. 

The  early  legends  say  that  the  first  created 
thing  was  fear.  After  routing  the  gods,  Epicurus 
undertook  to  banish  dread ;  //  tiinor  della  paura^ 
as  the  Italians  have  it  in  their  insidious  tongue— 
the  fear  of  fright,  or  at  least  that  particular  form 
with  which  hallucinated  antiquity  was  accus- 
tomed to  terrify  itself  into  repentant  spasms. 
Aided  by  the  materialism  of  his  master,  Epicurus 
looked  across  the  tomb,  and  announced  that 
there  no  tormenting  phantoms  lurked  in  ambush. 
The  dissolution  of  the  atoms  composing  the  body 
was  also  a  dissolution  of  the  atoms  composing 
the  soul.  This  affirmation  of  nothing  divested 
life  of  a  constant  anxiety.  It  took  from  it  one 
more  care.  It  made  the  tranquillity  of  the  mind 
easier,  and  assured  it  against  an  idle  pre-occu- 
pation. 

This  doctrine,  far  from  giving  free  play  to  the 
passions,  held  them  well  in  check.  Epicurus 
could  see  two  sides  to  a  question  as  well  as  ano- 
ther. Morality  and  temperance  even  to  absti- 
nence were  praised.     His  hearers  were  enjoined 

£ 


50  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

to  limit  their  desires,  and  at  all  times  to  be 
just  and  to  be  charitable.  The  virtues,  too,  were 
praised ;  and  this  not  so  much  perhaps  on  ac- 
count of  their  inherent  beauty,  as  because  they 
were  safeguards  against  mental  disturbance. 

In  disclosing  his  ideas,  Epicurus  necessarily 
refuted  other  theories ;  but  his  candour,  his  un- 
alterable placidity  and  his  luminous  good  faith, 
disconcerted  his  adversaries,  whose  infrequent 
reprisals  he  answered,  if  at  all,  with  an  epigram. 

In  disinteresting  his  adherents  from  all  things 
and  even  from  themselves,  it  was  the  wish  of 
Epicurus  to  create,  not  a  school  of  thought,  but  a 
something  whose  status  should  approach  that  of 
a  general  disbelief.  It  was  to  be  a  religion  whose 
one  dogma  was  repose.  In  this  purpose  he  very 
nearly  succeeded.  By  the  terms  of  his  will,  his 
garden,  his  writings  and  authority  descended  from 
one  disciple  to  another  in  perpetuity.  There  was 
then  no  statute  of  mortmain,  and  the  terms  of  the 
testament  remained  in  force  for  seven  hundred 
years — in  fact,  down  to  the  last  gasp  of  classic 
antiquity. 

The  continuity  which  it  enjoyed  is  perhaps  less 
attributable  to  its  dogmas  than  to  a  sentiment  of 
great  delicacy  which  pervaded  it.  Christianity 
teaches  that  all  men  are  brothers,  but  Epicurism 
practised  the  lesson  before  it  was  taught.  Its 
bonds  were  those  of  friendship.  Cicero  has 
given  it  to  history  that  the  Epicureans  had  one 
to  another  the  most  unselfish  sentiments.   There 


The  Negations  of  A  fitiquity.  5 1 

was  no  community  of  goods.  Friendship  gave 
its  own  from  a  sense  of  pleasure  and  not  from 
constraint. 

During  its  long  reign,  Epicurism  attracted 
many  converts  from  other  sects,  but  lost  none 
of  its  own  adherents.  This  singularity  was 
explained  by  a  wit  of  the  baths,  who,  adjusting 
his  toga,  noted  with  the  light  banter  of  the  day 
that  it  was  easy  enough  to  make  a  eunuch  of  a 
man,  but  another  matter  to  make  a  man  of  a 
eunuch.  It  is  possible  that  this  bel  esprit  had 
grasped  the  doctrine  better  than  his  hearers. 
Certainly  it  has  not  always  been  thoroughly 
understood.  Montesquieu  accused  it  of  cor- 
rupting Rome ;  but  the  accusation  is  groundless, 
for  at  its  advent  the  Eternal  City  was  one  vast 
lupanar. 

Seneca  said  of  Epicurus  that  he  was  a  hero 
disguised  as  a  woman,  and  it  is  in  this  disguise 
that  he  is  usually  represented.  The  doctrine 
which  he  gave  to  the  world  seemed  to  praise 
sensuality  where  in  reality  it  preached  repose. 
Idlers  in  all  times  have  halted  at  the  appearance 
and  omitted  to  go  further.  For  this  reason,  if 
for  none  that  is  better,  there  has  always  been  a 
false  and  a  true  Epicurism.  Unhappily,  the 
bastard  has  been  best  received,  and  in  its  recep- 
tion it  has  managed  to  discredit  both  the  philo- 
sopher and  the  philosophy. 

Over  the  gateway  to  his  olive-gardens  Epicurus 
had  written  :  "  Enter,  stranger ;  here  all  is  fair ; 
Pleasure  lords  the  day."  The  sign  was  a  bait, 
E  2 


52  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

and  of  a  flavour  far  different  from  the  repellent 
severity  of  the  notice  which  swung  from  the 
Academe.  There  admittance  was  refused  to 
those  who  did  not  know  geometry.  But  when  the 
stranger,  attracted  by  the  proffered  allurement, 
entered  the  gardens,  he  found  that  the  lording  of 
pleasure  meant  health  of  body  and  of  mind. 

There  were  some  who  entered,  and  who, 
delighted  at  the  teaching,  remained.  There 
were  others  who  entered  at  one  gate  and  passed 
out  discomfited  at  another ;  and  there  was  also 
a  third  class,  who,  noting  the  tenor  of  the  invi- 
tation, and  knowing  that  the  host  was  a  philo- 
sopher, passed  on  charmed  with  the  idea  that 
the  gratification  of  the  senses  possessed  the  sanc- 
tion of  metaphysics.  These  latter  necessarily 
compromised  Epicurus ;  and  when  his  doctrine 
passed  from  Athens  to  Rome,  it  had  been  pre- 
ceded by  a  bad  reputation.  For  this  the  excuse 
is,  seemingly,  small.  -  Epicurus  was  as  volumi- 
nous a  writer  as  Voltaire;  and  if  the  Romans 
misunderstood  him,  it  is  either  because  their 
knowledge  of  Greek  was  slight,  or  else  because 
they  were  content  to  accept  his  teaching  on 
hearsay.  Toward  the  close  of  the  republic,  the 
system — such  little  at  least  as  was  generally 
known — became  largely  the  fashion;  and  the 
elegance  of  Rome,  like  the  indolence  of  Athens, 
cloaked  its  corruption  with  a  mind-woven  mantle 
of  imaginary  philosophy. 

In  descending  the  centuries,  its  reputation  has 
not  improved.     Epicurism  is  not  now  synony- 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  53 

mous,  as  it  once  was,  with  refined  debauchery ; 
yet  at  the  dinner-tables  of  contemporary  club- 
land there  are  many  still  unaware  that  he  who  is 
claimed  as  patron-saint  had  tastes  so  simple  that 
his  expense  for  food  was  less  than  an  obolus  a 
day,  while  Metrodorus,  his  nearest  friend,  ex- 
pended barely  a  lepton  more.  Now  and  then, 
on  high-days  and  festivals,  a  bit  of  cheese  was 
eaten  with  sensual  reUsh ;  but  it  is  a  matter  of 
history  that  the  ordinary  fare  of  these  voluptuaries 
was  bread  dipped  in  water. 

The  national  divinity  of  the  Romans  is  un- 
known. To  all  but  the  hierophants  his  name 
was  a  secret.  Cicero  has  admitted  that  to  him 
it  was  undisclosed.  A  tribune  was  even  put  to 
death  for  having  pronounced  it.  If,  in  such  a 
matter,  conjectures  were  worth  anything,  it  would 
not  be  irrational  to  fancy  that  the  deity  who 
ranked  as  Jupiter's  superior  was  Pavor,  Fright. 

The  hardiest  and  foremost  conquerors  in  the 
world,  the  descendants  of  a  she-wolf's  nursling, 
were  timid  as  children  before  the  unintelligibility 
of  the  universe.  Their  earliest  gods  were  revealed 
in  the  thunder ;  their  belief  was  a  panic ;  and 
when  the  panic  subsided,  it  was  succeeded  by  a 
dull,  unreasoning  dread. 

No  other  land  has  seen  a  vaster  Pantheon. 
There  were  so  many  divinities  that  Petronius 
said  it  was  easier  for  the  traveller  to  meet  a  god 
than  a  man.  The  more  there  were,  the  less  in- 
secure they  felt.  When  they  conquered  a  country, 
they  took  the  gods  as  part  of  the  spoils,  but  they 


54  The  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

treated  them  with  great  reverence  \  the  temples 
were  left  standing  and  the  altars  unharmed.  This 
moderation  was  probably  due  less  to  a  sense  of 
duty  than  to  fear.  They  were  afraid  of  their  own 
gods  ;  they  were  afraid  of  those  of  other  nations ; 
and  those  of  whom  they  knew  the  least  seem  to 
have  frightened  them  most. 

In  those  days  there  was  no  iconoclasm,  nor 
was  there  any  attempt  to  make  proselytes.  The 
whole  sentiment  of  Roman  antiquity  was  opposed 
to  the  suppression  of  a  creed,  and  such  an  idea 
as  supplanting  one  religion  by  another  was  un- 
known. This  liberality  was  particularly  manifest 
during  the  latter  part  of  the  republic.  At  that 
time  a  statue  to  Isis  was  erected  vis-k-vis  to 
Jupiter.  Sylla  escorted  a  Syrian  goddess  to 
Rome,  and  Mithra,  who  had  been  lured  from 
the  East,  became  very  popular  among  the  lower 
classes.  But  all  this  occurred  after  triumphant 
campaigns.  When  Rome  was  young,  her  gods, 
if  equally  numerous,  were  less  concrete. 

The  religion  of  the  Sabines  and  the  Latins  was 
the  naturalism  of  their  Aryan  ancestors.  In  it 
the  gods,  if  emblematic,  were  unimaged;  they 
were  manifestations  of  the  divine,  but  not  actual 
divinities.  Each  new  manifestation  was  a  fresh 
revelation,  to  which  the  early  Italiot  was  quick 
to  give  a  name  and  found  a  worship ;  but  in  the 
worship  there  was  more  of  dread  than  of  hope, 
the  dread  of  the  unknown  and  the  invisible. 

Gradually  the  gods  became  less  abstract,  but, 
as  M.  Boissier  has  hinted,  they  were  probably 


The  Negations  of  A  ntiquity.  5  5 

as  lack-lustre  as  the  imagination  of  the  labourers 
that  conceived  them,  and  so  remained  dully 
and  dimly  perceived  until  peddlers  from  Cumae 
and  Rhegium  came  over  with  wares  and  legends. 
To  their  tales  the  Romans  listened  with  marvel- 
ing surprise.  Their  gods,  like  themselves,  were 
poor  and  prosaic  j  they  had  no  history,  no  myths ; 
and  with  a  pleasant  and  liberal  sense  of  duty, 
they  robed  them  with  the  shreds  and  tatters  of 
Ionian  verse. 

At  precisely  what  epoch  this  occurred  is  un- 
certain ;  but  as  the  art  of  writing  was  familiar  to 
the  Romans  in  very  ancient  times,  and  as  it  has 
been  shown  that  the  Roman  alphabet  was  drawn 
from  Eolo-Dorian  characters,  it  is  not  unreason- 
able to  infer  that  relations  between  the  two  races 
were  established  at  a  comparatively  early  date. 

The  gods  to  whom  the  freedom  of  the  city 
was  thus  unwarily  granted,  grew  and  expanded 
with  it,  but  their  native  charm  had  been  lost 
in  crossing  the  sea.  The  serene  mythology 
in  which  they  were  nursed  was  supplanted  by 
gloomy  superstitions ;  the  gay  and  gracious  fic- 
tions were  dulled  with  grave  chronicles  ;  and 
the  gods,  who  at  home  were  cordial  and  indul- 
gent, developed  under  the  heavy  hand  of  their 
adopters  into  an  inquisitive  and  irritable  police. 

Instead  of  being  loved,  they  were  feared,  and 
the  fear  they  inspired  was  the  heartrending  fright 
of  a  child  pursued. 

To  the  untrained  minds  of  their  supplicants 
they  lurked  everywhere,  even  in  silence.     They 


56  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

were  cruel  and  vindictive ;  they  tormented  the 
Roman  out  of  sheer  wantonness,  and  for  the 
mere  pleasure  of  seeing  him  writhe.  Plutarch 
has  confided  to  posterity  that  in  those  days  a 
man  could  not  so  much  as  sneeze  without 
exposing  himself  to  their  anger.  Under  such 
circumstances,  worship  was  not  merely  a  moral 
obligation,  it  was  a  matter  of  business,  a  form  of 
insurance  against  divine  risks,  in  which  the  wor- 
shipper with  naive  effrontery  tried  to  bargain 
with  the  gods  that  they  should  hold  him  harm- 
less. This  effort  was  solemnised  by  a  religious 
ceremony  whose  meaning  had  been  forgotten, 
and  during  which  the  priests  mumbled  prayers 
in  a  jargon  which  they  did  not  understand. 

With  a  retrospect  even  of  two  thousand  years, 
it  is  a  little  difficult  to  fancy  that  the  Romans 
pinned  their  faith  to  these  mummeries,  yet  such 
seems  to  have  been  the  case.  In  Greece  there 
was  much  incredulity,'  but  it  was  the  laughing 
incredulity  of  a  boy  who  has  disentangled  him- 
self from  the  illusions  of  the  nursery.  That  of 
the  Romans  took  a  different  form;  it  was  an 
irritated  scepticism  which  vacillated  between 
defiant  negation  and  fervent  beHef.  Doubtless 
there  were  enlightened  men  who  took  it  all  easily 
and  with  several  grains  of  Attic  salt ;  but  they 
were  infrequent ;  incredulity  seems  to  have  been 
the  exception  and  in  no  wise  the  rule. 

When  the  Roman,  angered  to  exasperation, 
braved  the  gods  with  a  sacrilege,  at  the  first  sign 
of  impending  danger  he  was  quick  to  implore 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  57 

their  protection.  Sylla,  feeling  in  the  humour, 
sacked  Delphos  and  insulted  Apollo;  all  of 
which,  Plutarch  says,  did  not  prevent  him,  the 
first  time  he  was  frightened,  from  praying  to  the 
very  god  whose  temple  he  had  pillaged.  And 
Sylla,  it  may  be  remembered,  was  the  last  one  to 
harbour  any  unnecessary  superstitions.  If  re- 
morse was  felt  by  such  an  accomplished  ruffian 
as  he,  what  could  be  expected  of  the  mass  of  his 
compatriots,  who,  if  equally  ruffian,  were  far  less 
accomplished  ? 

In  reading  back  through  history,  it  seems  as 
though  the  Romans  hated  their  divinities  and 
yet  were  afraid  to  show  their  hatred;  and  it 
seems  too  that  had  one  of  them  met  a  god  alone, 
that  god  would  have  fared  badly.  Indeed,  it  is 
probable  that  the  majority  were  animated  with  a 
feeling  of  displeasure  like  to  that  of  the  Norse 
warrior  who  ardently  wished  to  meet  Odin  that 
he  might  attack  and  slay  him.  Nevertheless,  they 
attended  to  their  religious  ceremonies;  though 
they  did  so,  perhaps,  very  much  as  most  people 
pay  their  taxes.  Of  two  evils,  they  chose  the 
least.  But  when  it  was  found  that  Evemerus  had 
announced  that  the  gods  were  ordinary  bullies, 
who  had  been  deified  because  every  one  was 
afraid  of  them,  it  was  very  generally  thought  that 
the  right  nail  had  been  struck  full  on  the  head. 
In  any  event  the  idea  was  highly  relished ;  and 
when  in  a  certain  play  an  individual  was  intro- 
duced who  denied  that  there  was  such  a  thing  as 
a  Providence,  the  applause  of  the  audience  was 


58  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

appreciatively  eruptive.     It  was  like  the  sight  of 
a  sail  to  shipwrecked  sailors. 

This,  however,  was  all  very  well  in  comedy, 
where  any  little  blasphemy  brought  with  it  the 
thrill  and  flavour  of  forbidden  fruit ;  but  tragedy 
was  a  different  matter.  There,  it  is  said,  when 
the  hero  announced  his  escape  from  the  infernal 
regions,  children  screamed  and  women  shuddered. 
And  indeed  the  contemporary  pictures  of  the 
land  of  shades  seem  well  calculated  to  terrify 
even  the  valiant.  In  the  imagination  of  the 
people,  any  life  beyond  the  tomb  was  nearly 
synonymous  with  an  eternal  nightmare.  Of 
actual  and  physical  torture  there  was  none,  or 
at  least  none,  they  believed,  for  them.  The  ven- 
geance of  Jupiter  descended  only  on  Titans  and 
insurgent  kings  j  it  disdained  the  insignificance 
of  the  vulgar. 

Nor  was  there  any  hope  of  happiness.  The 
beatitude  of  the  Elysian  Fields  was  only  for  the 
anointed.  The  common  mortal  received  neither 
reward  nor  punishment.  The  just  and  the  unjust 
were  plunged  into  the  grotesque  horrors  of  a 
fantastic  night,  from  which,  save  on  the  stage, 
there  was  no  escape. 

The  poets,  admittedly,  gave  pictures  of  after- 
life that  were  other  and  more  alluring  than  this, 
but  their  pictures  were  discredited  j  and  besides, 
between  the  conceptions  of  the  dreamer  and  the 
opinions  of  the  masses  there  is  a  chasm  that  is 
never  bridged.  To  the  general  public  the  idea 
of  immortality  does  not  seem  to  have  been  a 


The  Negations  of  Antiqtdty.  59 

consolation.  Probably  it  partook  something  of 
the  character  of  an  embarrassing  dilemma.  On 
the  one  hand  was  the  liberty  to  accept  it  for 
what  it  was  worth ;  on  the  other  was  the  privilege 
to  disbelieve  in  it  entirely.  There  were  doubtless 
not  a  few  who  took  the  latter  course,  and  whose 
consequent  freedom  of  thought  must  have  been 
a  cause  of  shuddering  envy  to  the  orthodox ;  but 
so  inextinguishable  is  the  love  of  life,  that  the 
majority  seem  to  have  preferred  to  believe  that 
existence,  however  miserable,  was  continued  be- 
yond the  tomb,  to  adopting  any  theory  which 
savoured  of  extinction.  They  were  afraid,  Seneca 
said,  to  go  to  Hades,  and  equally  afraid  not  to 
go  anywhere. 

Toward  the  latter  part  of  the  republic,  the 
credulity  of  the  masses  was  somewhat  impaired. 
Echoes  of  the  obita  dicta  of  the  enlightened 
reached  their  ears.  Besides,  there  was  then  little 
time  for  devotional  exercises.  Rome  was  in  a 
ferment ;  the  tramp  of  soldiery  was  continuous ; 
cities  were  up  at  auction ;  nations  were  outlawed ; 
institutions  were  falling ;  laws  were  laughed  at ; 
might  was  right,  and  magnificent  vice  triumphant. 
The  field,  then,  was  prepared  for  nothing  if  not 
a  morahst,  and  Nature,  who  is  often  beneficent, 
produced  one  in  the  nick  of  time. 

The  annals  of  literature  are  harmonious  with 
the  name  of  Rome,  yet  Rome  was  the  mother  of 
but  two  men  of  letters — Caesar  and  this  moralist 
who  was  called  Lucretius.  Concerning  the  latter, 
history  has  been  niggardly.     It  is  said  that  he 


6a  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

was  born  when  Caesar  was  a  child,  and  died  when 
Vergil  was  putting  on  the  toga  virilis  ;  but  beyond 
these  dates  history  is  dumb. 

Lucretius  is  known  to  be  the  author  of  a  poem, 
the  most  exquisite  perhaps  in  the  Latin  tongue ; 
but  after  that  is  recorded  there  are  no  anecdotes 
to  help  the  sentence  out.  "Veil  thy  days," 
Epicurus  had  said,  and  the  passionate  Eoman 
took  the  maxim  for  a  motto.  How  he  lived  or 
why  he  lived,  has  been  and  now  always  will  be 
purely  conjectural.  Yet  if  there  is  no  diary  to 
tell  of  the  poet's  incomings  and  outgoings,  it  is 
not  a  difficult  matter  to  familiarise  oneself  with 
his  train  of  thought  and  to  picture  the  circum- 
stances that  directed  it. 

During  his  childhood,  Sylla  and  Marius  were 
playing  fast -and -loose  with  their  armies  and 
with  Rome.  As  a  boy  he  could  have  witnessed 
a  massacre  beside  which  St.  Bartholomew's  was 
a  street  row — the  massacre  of  fifty  thousand 
allies  at  the  gates  of  Rome — and  on  the  morrow 
he  may  have  heard  the  cries  of  eight  thou- 
sand prisoners  who  were  being  butchered  in  the 
circus  j  while  Sylla,  with  the  air  of  one  accounting 
for  a  trivial  incident,  explained  to  the  startled 
Senate  that  the  uproar  came  from  a  handful  of 
insurgents  bellowing  at  the  whip.  Later  came 
the  revolt  of  Spartacus,  the  conspiracy  of  Cataline, 
the  flight  of  the  coward  Pompey,  and  finally  the 
passing  and  apotheosis  of  Caesar.  If  such  things 
are  not  enough  to  give  impressions  to  a  poet, 
then  one  may  well  wonder  what  are. 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity.  6i 

In  a  monograph  on  this  subject,*  to  which, 
it  should  be  said  in  passing,  the  present  writer 
is  much  indebted,  M.  Martha  has  noted  that 
Lucretius  believed  in  but  one  god.  That  god 
was  Epicurus.  "  Deus  ille  fuit,  deus,"  he  ex- 
claimed ;  and  if  the  words  sound  exuberant,  they 
may  perhaps  find  an  excuse  in  the  fact  that 
the  Romans  were  very  ignorant  and  Epicurus 
very  wise.  How  he  became  acquainted  with 
the  works  of  the  grave  Athenian  is  unrecorded. 
In  Rome,  as  has  been  hinted,  contemporary 
acquaintance  with  them  was  scant  and  consisted 
of  hearsay.  At  that  time  some  fragmentary 
translations  of  Greek  physics  had  been  made, 
and  it  is  possible  that  through  them  his  atten- 
tion was  directed  to  materialism  in  general  and 
Epicurism  in  particular.  There  is  even  a  legend 
which  represents  him  studying  in  Athens  at  the 
fountain-head.  But  however  this  may  be,  it  is 
clear  that  Lucretius  gave  Rome  her  first  real 
lesson  in  philosophy. 

The  doctrine  which  Lucretius  preached  to 
his  compatriots  was  one  of  renunciation — renun- 
ciation of  this  world  and  renunciation  of  any 
hope  of  another.  He  was  fanatical  in  his  dis- 
belief, and  he  expounded  it  with  a  vehemence 
and  with  an  emphasis  which,  while  convincing 
enough  in  its  way,  was  yet  in  striking  contrast  to 
the  apathy  of  Epicurus,  who,  serenely  consistent 
to  his  principles,  saw,  as  M.  Martha  says,  no 

*  Le  Poeme  de  Lucr^ce. 


62  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

need  to  get  excited  when  admonishing  others 
to  be  quiet.  But  their  tasks  were  dissimilar. 
Epicurus  addressed  himself  to  those  who  were 
already  indifferent,  while  those  who  listened  to 
Lucretius  were  still  among  the  horrors  of  their 
original  faith. 

It  was  these  horrors  that  Lucretius  set  about 
to  dissipate.  His  imagination  had  caught  fire 
on  the  dry  materialism  of  Greece,  and  it  was 
with  the  theory  of  atoms  that  he  sought  to  rout 
the  gods.  The  undertaking  was  not  a  simple 
matter.  The  abolition  of  the  divine  was  an 
abolition  of  every  tenet,  political  as  well  as 
devotional.  The  moment  the  atomistic  theory 
was  accepted,  away  went  the  idea  that  the  phe- 
nomena of  nature  were  dependent  on  the  will  of 
the  gods ;  the  whole  phantasmagoria  of  religion 
faded,  and  with  it  the  elaborate  creed  of  centuries 
evaporated  into  still  air.  There  was  nothing  left ; 
even  death  was  robbed  of  its  grotesqueness. 

To  those  who  objected  that  in  devastating 
the  skies  a  high-road  was  opened  to  crime, 
Lucretius,  pointing  to  the  holocausts,  the  heca- 
tombs and  the  sacrifices,  answered,  "It  is  religion 
that  is  the  mother  of  sin." 

"Religio  peperit  scelerosa  atque  impia  facta." 

Other  teachers  had  tried  to  purify  religion,  but 
Lucretius  wished  nothing  short  of  its  entire  sup- 
pression ;  it  had  been  without  pity  for  Rome,  and 
he  was  without  pity  for  it.  He  hacked  and  hewed 
it  with  all  his  strength,  and  with  a  strength  that 


TJie  Negations  of  Antiquity.  63 

was  heightened  by  irony  and  science.  The  irony 
was  not  new  to  Rome,  but  the  science  was. 
Against  the  panic  of  superstition  he  opposed  the 
tranquillity  of  common  sense;  against  Pavor,  Veri- 
tas, or  at  least  that  which  seemed  truth  to  him. 
There  is  nothing  classic  about  Lucretius  except 
his  materialism.  The  value  of  that  is  slight, 
but  contemporary  readers  have  found  themselves 
startled  at  the  modernity  of  his  sentiments.  The 
cry  of  disgust  which  came  from  him  is  identical 
with  that  which  the  latest  singers  have  uttered. 
Their  common  pessimism  has  been  echoed  across 
the  centuries.  In  many  ways  Lucretius  may  be 
considered  Pyrrho's  heir  as  well  as  that  of  Epi- 
curus. Between  the  testators  the  difference  is 
not  wide.  One  addressed  the  mind,  the  other 
the  heart ;  the  ultimate  object,  the  attainment  of 
happiness,  was  the  same.  If  their  dual  influence 
has  been  unimportant,  it  is  perhaps  because  the 
goal  is  fabulous.  In  this  respect  Lucretius  may 
then  be  considered  their  direct  successor,  and  one, 
moreover,  who  had  his  own  views  regarding  the 
possible  improvement  of  the  possessions  which 
descended  to  him.  Lucretius  not  only  denied 
the  existence  of  the  gods,  he  denied  the  existence 
of  happiness.  There  was  none  in  this  Hfe,  and 
in  his  negation  of  an  hereafter  there  could  be 
none  in  another.  As  for  ambition,  what  is  it 
but  a  desire  for  an  existence  in  the  minds  of 
other  people — a  desire  which  when  fulfilled  is  a 
mockery,  and  unfulfilled  a  tomb  ?  And  besides, 
to  what  does  success  lead  ?  To  honour,  glory  and 


64  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

wealth?  But  these  things  are  simulachres,  not 
happiness.  Any  effort,  any  aspiration,  any  strug- 
gle, is  vain. 

"  Nequidquam,  quoniam  medio  de  fonte  leporum 
Surgit  amari  aliquid,  quod  in  ipsis  floribus  angat." 

Nequidquam  !  In  vain,  indeed  !  How  vain, 
few  knew  better  than  Alfred  de  Musset,  when  he 
paraphrased  that  immortal,  if  hackneyed,  distich 
in  lines  like  these  : 

"Au  fond  des  vains  plaisirs  que  j'appelle  a  mon  aide, 
Je  sens  un  tel  degout  que  je  me  sens  mourir." 

But  Lucretius'  nequidquam  applied  not  only  to 
empty  pleasures ;  it  applied  to  all  the  illusions 
that  circle  life,  and  to  all  that  drape  the  grave. 
His  disenchantment  needed  but  one  thing  to  be 
complete,  a  visit  from  that  thought  which  was 
afterwards  to  haunt  De  Vigny  : 

"  Seul,  le  silence  est  grand,  tout  le  reste  est  faiblesse." 

Whether  or  not  the  influence  of  Lucretius  was 
great  enough  to  effect  a  revolution,  is  difficult  to 
determine.  But  this  at  least  is  certain  :  he  was 
a  popular  poet,  and  the  appearance  of  his  work 
coincided  with  a  great  decline  of  superstition. 
The  dread  which  had  been  multiplying  temples 
subsided.  Among  the  educated  classes,  atheism 
became  the  fashion.  Those  who  were  less  indif- 
ferent occupied  themselves  in  cooling  their  in- 
dignation, but  believers  were  infrequent.  Varro 
declared  that  religion  was  perishing,  not  from  the 
attacks  of  its  enemies,  but  from  the  negligence 


The  Negations  of  Antiquity,  65 

of  the  faithless.  The  testimony  of  Lucilius  is  to 
the  effect  that  no  respect  was  shown  to  laws, 
religion,  or  to  gods.  To  Cicero  the  latter  were 
absurd ;  and  the  immortality  of  the  soul,  which 
Caesar  denied  in  the  open  senate,  was  to  him  a 
chimera.  "  In  happiness,"  he  said,  "  death  should 
be  despised;  in  unhappiness  it  should  be  desired. 
After  it  there  is  nothing."  Cornelius  Nepos 
looked  back  and  saw  temples  in  ruins,  unvisited 
save  by  archaic  bats.  Religion  was  a  thing  of 
the  past.  Here  and  there  it  received  that  out- 
ward semblance  of  respect  which  is  the  due  of 
all  that  is  venerable,  but  faith  had  faded  and 
fright  had  ceased  to  build.  The  Romans,  some 
one  has  suggested,  were  not  unlike  those  fabled 
denizens  of  the  under-earth,  who  suddenly  de- 
serted their  subterranean  palaces,  left  their  toys, 
their  statues  and  their  gods  to  the  darkness,  and, 
emerging  into  the  light,  saw  for  the  first  time  the 
pervasive  blue  of  the  skies  and  the  magnificent 
simplicity  of  nature. 

Later,  there  was  a  revival.  The  restoration 
of  religion  was  undertaken  as  a  governmental 
necessity.  The  Senate  proclaimed  the  divinity 
of  Augustus,  and  thereafter  the  Caesars  usurped 
what  little  worship  was  left.  That  there  was  much 
faith  in  their  divinity  is  doubtful.  Valerius  Maxi- 
mus  appears  to  have  had  no  better  argument 
than  that  they  could  be  seen,  which  was  more 
than  could  be  said  of  their  predecessors.  Ves- 
pasian seems  to  have  taken  the  whole  thing  as  a 
joke.     "  I  am  becoming  a  god,"  he  said  with  a 

F 


66  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

smile  as  he  died.  Meanwhile,  in  the  general 
incredulity,  the  earlier  deities  lost  even  the  im- 
mortality of  mummies.  Under  Diocletian  a  pan- 
tomime was  given  with  great  success.  It  was 
called,  The  Last  Will  and  Testament  of  Defunct 
fupiter. 


CHAPTER  III. 

THE  CONVULSIONS  OF  THE  CHURCH. 

The  earliest  barbarian  that  invaded  Eome  was 
a  Jew.  He  did  not  thunder  at  the  gates;  he 
went  unheralded  to  the  Taberna  Meritoria — a 
squalid  inn  on  the  Tiber  that  reeked  with  garlic 
— broke  his  fast,  and  then  sauntered  forth,  as 
any  modern  traveller  might  do,  to  view  the  city. 
His  first  visit  was  to  his  compatriots  at  the  foot 
of  the  Janiculum.  To  them  he  whispered  some- 
thing, went  away,  returned  and  whispered  again. 
After  a  while  he  spoke  out  loud.  Some  of  his 
hearers  contradicted  him ;  he  spoke  louder.  The 
peddlers,  the  rag-pickers,  the  valets-de-place  and 
hook-nosed  porters  grew  tumultuous  at  his  words. 
The  ghetto  was  raided,  and  a  complaint  for 
inciting  disorder  was  lodged  against  a  certain 
Christus,  of  whom  nothing  was  known  and  who 
had  managed  to  elude  arrest. 

Who  was  this  Christus?  Apart  from  the 
Gospels,  canonical  and  apocryphal,  history  gives 
no  answer.  He  is  not  mentioned  by  Philo  or 
Justus.  Other  makers  of  contemporary  chro- 
nicles are   equally  silent.      Josephus   makes  a 

F  2 


68  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

passing  allusion  to  him,  but  that  passing  allusion 
is  very  generally  regarded  as  the  interpolation 
of  a  later  hand.  It  may  be  added,  that  while 
Justus  and  Josephus  say  nothing  of  Jesus,  they 
yet  describe  Essenism,  and  in  those  days  many 
of  the  tenets  of  the  early  Church  were  indis- 
tinguishable from  it.  It  seems,  therefore,  not 
unfair  to  suppose  that  either  these  historians 
knew  nothing  of  the  teaching  of  the  Christ,  or 
else  that  they  considered  it  too  unimportant  to 
be  deserving  of  record. 

An  early  legend  has,  however,  been  handed 
down  from  Celsus,  a  Jew  who  lived  about  the 
time  of  Hadrian.  The  work  containing  this 
legend  has  been  lost,  and  is  known  only  through 
fragments  which  Origen  has  preserved.  In  sub- 
stance it  amounts  to  this.  A  beautiful  young 
woman  lived  with  her  mother  in  a  neglected 
caphar.  This  young  woman,  whose  name  was 
Mirjam — Mary — supported  herself  by  needle- 
work. She  became  betrothed  to  a  carpenter, 
broke  her  vows  in  favour  of  a  soldier  named 
Panthera,  and  wandering  away  gave  birth  to  a 
male  child  called  Jeschu, — Jeschu  being  a  con- 
traction of  the  Hebrew  Jehoshua,  of  which  Jesus 
is  the  Greek  form.  When  Jeschu  grew  up,  he 
went  as  servant  into  Egypt,  which  was  then  the 
head-quarters  of  the  magicians.  There  he  learned 
the  occult  sciences,  and  these  gave  him  such 
confidence  that  on  his  return  he  proclaimed 
himself  a  god. 

The  story  of  Mirjam  and  Panthera  is  repeated 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.        6g 

in  the  Gemaras — the  complements  and  com- 
mentaries of  the  Talmud  —  and  also  in  the 
Toledoth  Jeschu,  an  independent  collection  of 
traditions  relative  to  the  birth  of  the  Christ. 
These  later  accounts  differ  from  that  of  Celsus 
merely  in  this,  that  Mirjam  is  represented  as  a 
hairdresser,  while  Panthera  or  Pandira  is  de- 
scribed as  a  freebooter  and  a  ruffian.  It  may  be 
noted  that,  in  a  work  on  this  subject,  Mr.  Baring- 
Gould  states  that  St.  Epiphanius,  when  giving 
the  genealogy  of  Jesus,  brings  the  name  Panthera 
into  the  pedigree.* 

The  importance  of  these  legends  is  slight,  and 
the  question  of  their  truth  or  falsity  is  of  small 
moment.  That  which  it  is  alone  important  to 
consider  is  the  individuality  of  the  Saviour ;  and 
the  point  whose  conveyance  has  been  sought  is 
simply  this,  that  beyond  a  restricted  circle  nothing 
was  known  of  it  during  the  first  century  of  the 
present  era. 

Jesus,  the  Anointed,  the  Christ,  was  the  flower 
of  the  Mosaic  Law.  The  date  of  his  birth  is 
uncertain,  and  the  story  of  his  early  years  is 
vague.  The  picture  of  his  boyhood,  in  which 
he  is  represented  as  questioning  the  Darschanim, 
the  learned  men,  is,  however,  familiar  to  us  alL 
In  the  schools — the  houses  of  Midrasch,  as  they 
were  called — he  heard  the  sacred  books  of  his 
race  expounded,  and  learned  such  lessons  in 
ethics  as  were  obtainable  from  the  moralists  of 

*  The  Lost  and  Hostile  Gospels. 


70  The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

the  day.  Meanwhile  the  dream  of  Israel,  the 
forecast  of  a  triumphant  future,  the  advent  of 
a  Messiah,  the  abrupt  upheaval  which  was  to 
be  both  the  beginning  of  the  end  and  the  end 
of  the  beginning,  the  punishment  of  the  wicked, 
the  sanctification  of  the  faithful,  the  remission  of 
sins  and  the  magnificence  that  was  to  be,  were 
constantly  discussed  before  him.  As  he  grew 
older,  he  seems  to  have  placed  little  credence 
on  these  prophecies ;  he  waived  them  aside, 
retaining  only  the  lessons  in  ethics,  to  which,  in 
advancing  years,  as  his  own  ministry  began,  he 
added  an  idea  which  he  had  gathered  from  one 
preaching  in  the  wilderness,  an  idea  which  his 
own  originality  heightened  with  a  newer  force 
and  flavour,  and  which  formed  the  subsequent 
corner-stone  of  the  Christian  Church. 

At  that  time  his  belief  in  himself  appears  to 
have  been  slight.  To  the  title  of  Messiah  he 
made  no  claim.  It  was  given  to  him  unsought 
by  his  earliest  adherents,  who  later  imagined  a 
genealogy  which  certain  factions  of  Christianity 
declined  to  accept.  Among  these,  the  Ebionites 
and  Docetae  are  the  more  noteworthy.  To  the 
one  he  was  an  ordinary  individual ;  to  the  other, 
a  phantasm. 

The  story  of  his  birth  is  one  which  is  common 
to  many  religions.  In  a  fragment  of  Irenaeus  it 
is  stated  that  the  Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew 
was  written  to  the  Jews,  who  earnestly  desired  a 
Messiah  of  the  royal  line  of  David.  To  satisfy 
them  that  their  wish  was  fulfilled  was  not  an  easy 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.       7 1 

matter.  The  Aramaic  Gospel  to  the  Hebrews, 
as  well  as  the  Gospel  according  to  St.  Mark, 
offered  no  evidence  that  Jesus  was  the  one  they 
sought.  But  the  early  Church  had  the  bold- 
ness of  youth.  Against  the  existing  Gospels  she 
opposed  a  new  evangel,  one  which  was  more 
complete  and  convincing  than  its  predecessors, 
and  one,  moreover,  which  bore  the  revered  and 
authoritative  name  of  Matthew.  St.  Matthew, 
however,  had  then  long  been  dead,  and  his  ability 
to  write  in  Greek  does  not  appear  to  have  been 
suspected. 

The  Gospel  which  the  Church  attributed  to 
him  is  to-day  very  generally  regarded  as  a  com- 
pilation of  its  predecessors,  with  the  addition  of 
a  genealogy.  The  Messiah,  it  had  been  pro- 
phesied, would  be  of  the  house  of  David,  and 
accordingly  an  effort  was  made  to  show  that 
Jesus  was  of  the  royal  race.  The  royal  race 
seems  then  to  have  been  extinct  \  but  that  is  a 
side  issue.  The  one  point  to  be  noted  is  that 
the  descent  of  Jesus  is  claimed  through  Joseph, 
who,  it  is  stated,  was  not  his  father. 

The  genealogy  completed,  the  historian  turned 
his  attention  to  two  passages  in  what  is  known 
to-day  as  the  Old  Testament.  The  first  of  these 
passages  occurs  in  Isaiah  (vii.  14 — 16),  the  second 
in  Micah  (v.  2).  The  first  relates  to  a  child  that 
the  Lord  was  to  give  as  a  sign,  and  the  second 
designates  Bethlehem  as  his  future  birthplace. 
It  may  be  noted  that  the  term  in  Isaiah  which 
refers  to  the  child's  mother,  and  which  was  after- 


7  2  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

wards  rendered  into  Trapdivog,  is  o/me,  and  o/me 
means  young  woman.  The  pseudo- Matthew, 
however,  preferred  a  narrower  description,  and 
represented  the  mother  as  a  virgin.  In  regard 
to  the  second  passage,  there  is  doubtless  some 
mistake,  as  all  impartial  commentators  are  agreed 
that  the  nativity  of  Jesus  took  place,  not  at  Beth- 
lehem, but  at  Nazareth. 

There  are,  however,  few  great  events  which 
have  been  handed  down  through  history  un- 
swathed in  fables  and  misconceptions.  The 
Gospel  according  to  St.  Matthew — and  the  re- 
mark holds  true  of  the  others — was  written  with- 
out any  suspicion  that  it  would  be  subjected  to 
the  scrutiny  of  later  ages ;  it  was  written  to  pre- 
pare man  for  the  immediate  termination  of  the 
world.  Such  misstatements  as  it  contains  may 
therefore  be  regarded  with  a  lenient  eye. 

But  to  return  to  the  point.  However  slight 
was  the  belief  of  Jesus  in  himself,  it  is  tolerably 
clear  that  the  pretensions  of  his  adherents  angered 
the  Nazarenes.  They  declined  to  admit  the  royal 
and  supernatural  claims  that  were  advanced  in 
favour  of  one  whose  kinsmen  were  of  the  same 
clay  as  themselves.  To  them  he  was  merely  a 
a  graceful  rabbi.  Yet  when  he  addressed  the 
wondering  fishers  of  Galilee,  his  success  was  both 
great  and  immediate.  His  electric  words  thrilled 
their  rude  hearts ;  they  were  both  charmed  and 
coerced  by  the  grave  music  which  he  evoked 
from  the  Syro-Chaldaic  tongue ;  their  belief  in 
him  was  spontaneous ;  they  regarded  him  as 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church,       73 

dwelling  in  a  sphere  superior  to  that  of  humanity  j 
gladly  would  they  have  proclaimed  him  king ;  and 
it  was  from  their  unquestioning  confidence  that 
Jesus  drew  a  larger  trust  in  himself.  Certainly 
his  personal  magnetism  must  have  been  very 
great.  There  is  a  legend  which  represents  him 
as  being  far  from  well-favoured,  and  this  legend, 
like  the  others,  is  doubtless  false.  It  is  probable 
that  he  possessed  that  exquisite,  if  effeminate, 
type  of  beauty  which  is  not  infrequent  in  the 
East.  One  may  fancy  that  his  tiger-tawny  hair 
glistened  like  a  flight  of  bees,  and  that  his  face 
was  whiter  than  the  moon.  In  his  words,  his 
manner  and  appearance,  there  must  have  been 
a  charm  which  was  both  unusual  and  alluring. 
Indeed,  there  were  few  who  were  privileged  to 
come  into  direct  contact  with  him  that  did  not 
love  him  at  once ;  but  the  multitude  stood  aloof. 
It  refused  to  recognise  the  son  of  David  in  the 
mystic  anarchist  who  had  not  where  to  lay  his 
head. 

The  ministry  of  Jesus  did  not  extend  over 
three  years.  M.  Renan  thinks  it  possible  that  it 
did  not  extend  much  over  one.  But  the  time, 
however  short,  was  well  filled.  On  its  lessons, 
races  and  nations  have  subsisted  ever  since.  The 
pity  of  it  is  that  the  purport  of  the  instruction 
should  have  been  misunderstood. 

It  has  been  already  hinted  that  the  corner- 
stone of  the  Christian  Church  was  formed  of  an 
idea  which  Jesus  gathered  from  John  the  Baptist. 
When,  therefore,  he  sent  forth  his  disciples,  he 


74  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

gave  them  no  other  message  than  that  which  he 
had  himself  received :  "  Go,  preach,  saying,  The 
kingdom  of  heaven  is  at  hand."  And  he  added  : 
"  Verily,  I  say  unto  you,  Ye  shall  not  have  gone 
over  the  cities  of  Israel  before  the  Son  of  Man 
be  come."  "  All  these  things  shall  come  upon 
this  generation,"  were  his  explicit  words  to  his 
hearers  and  disciples.  After  the  episodes  in  the 
wilderness,  Jesus  went  into  Galilee,  saying,  "  The 
time  is  fulfilled,  and  the  kingdom  of  God  is  at 
hand."  And  a  little  later  he  addressed  his  audi- 
tors in  these  words  :  "  Verily,  I  say  unto  you  that 
there  be  some  of  them  that  stand  by  which  shall 
in  nowise  taste  of  death  till  they  see  the  kingdom 
of  God  come  with  power." 

Citations  of  this  kind  might  be  multiplied 
indefinitely.  If  the  testimony  of  the  Gospels  is 
to  be  believed,  it  is  evident  that  the  disciples 
were  convinced  that  the  fulfilment  of  the  pro- 
phecy was  a  matter  of  months  or  at  most  of  a 
few  years.  They  lived,  as  M.  Eenan  has  noted, 
in  a  state  of  constant  expectation.  Their  watch- 
word was  Maran  atha^  The  Lord  cometh.  In 
fancy  they  saw  themselves  enthroned  in  immu- 
table Edens,  dwelling  among  realised  ideals  amid 
the  resplendent  visions  which  the  prophets  had 
evoked. 

It  was  this  error  that  formed  the  corner-stone 
of  the  Christian  Church.  When  later  it  was 
recognised  as  such,  the  Church  interpreted  the 
"  kingdom  of  God"  as  the  establishment  of  the 
Christian  religion. 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.        75 

But  Jesus  had  no  intention  of  founding  a  new 
religion,  and  still  less  of  substituting  a  personal 
doctrine  for  the  Mosaic  Law.  He  came  to  pre- 
pare men,  not  for  life,  but  for  death.  The  virtues 
which  he  praised  most  highly  were  those  of  re- 
nunciation and  abnegation  of  self.  His  one 
thought  was  centred  in  the  approaching  end  of 
the  world.  It  was  on  this  belief  that  the  value 
of  his  teaching  rested ;  viewed  in  any  other  light, 
his  continual  condemnation  of  labour  would  be 
inexplicable  j  while  his  prohibition  against  wealth, 
his  adjuration  to  forsake  all  things  for  his  sake, 
the  blow  which  he  struck  at  the  virility  of  man, 
his  praise  of  celibacy,  his  disregard  of  family 
ties,  his  abasement  of  marriage,  and  his  contempt 
even  of  the  dead,  would  be  without  meaning. 

The  faith  which  he  inculcated  was  a  necessary 
preparation  for  the  event  then  assumed  to  be 
near  at  hand.  It  was  exacted  as  a  means  of 
grace.  In  it  the  reason,  the  understanding,  had 
no  part.  It  was  the  complete  submission  of  the 
intelligence,  a  resolution  to  accept  dogmas  with- 
out question.  In  the  moral  certainty  which  his 
believers  possessed  of  the  immediate  realisation 
of  their  hopes,  it  is  not  surprising  that  this  faith 
should  have  been  readily  accorded.  The  enigma 
lies  in  the  faith  of  the  subsequent  centuries.  It 
may  be,  however,  that  the  doctrine  which  has 
descended  to  us  was  merely  the  exoteric  teaching. 
Of  at  least  fifty  Gospels  that  were  written,  four  only 
have  been  recognised  by  the  Church.  Of  these, 
the  originals  do  not  exist,  and  their  supposed 


^6  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

texts  have  been  so  frequently  re-touched,  that 
more  than  thirty  thousand  variations  are  said  to 
have  been  discovered.  It  may  be,  then,  that 
there  was  another  doctrine,  an  esoteric  teaching, 
which  was  never  fully  disclosed,  or  else  has  been 
lost  in  the  dust-bins  of  literature.  This  pos- 
sibility is  strengthened  by  the  fact  that  Valen- 
tine is  recorded  as  asserting  that  he  had  received 
an  esoteric  doctrine  which  Jesus  imparted  only 
to  the  most  spiritual  among  his  disciples;  and 
the  possibility  is  further  heightened  by  the  incon- 
gruity between  the  sublimity  of  the  genius  which 
was  the  Christ's  and  the  tenancy  of  a  belief  in 
the  realisation  of  the  visions  of  Daniel. 

Jesus  was  in  no  sense  a  scientist,  but  his  in- 
sight was  piercing  and  his  intuitions  clairvoyant. 
He  was  the  most  transcendent  of  rebels,  but  he 
was  possessed  of  a  comprehension  too  unerring 
to  be  deluded  by  the  Utopias  of  dream.  It  may 
be,  then,  that  in  the  solitudes  of  the  desert  he 
conceived  some  such  system  as  that  which  was 
taught  by  his  predecessor  in  Nepal.  To  him,  as 
to  the  Buddha,  life  was  a  tribulation.  And  what 
fairer  paradise  could  there  be  than  the  infinite 
rest  of  chaos  ?  Let  the  sullen  rumble  of  accursed 
life  once  be  quelled,  and  God's  kingdom  would 
indeed  be  come  with  power.  What  save  this 
could  have  been  that  peace  which  passeth  all 
understanding  ? 

It  may  be  remembered  that  according  to  the 
Hebrew  sages  man  survived  only  in  his  children. 
The  doctrine  of  resurrection,  and  the  attendant 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.        y/ 

theory  of  rewards  and  punishments,  was  unknown 
to  them.  But  at  the  time  of  the  advent  of  the 
Christ,  these  ideas  were  part  of  the  teaching  of 
the  Pharisaic  party.  Where  they  were  gathered 
is  uncertain.  They  may  have  been  acquired 
through  acquaintance  with  the  Parsis — and  cer- 
tainly Satan  bears  an  astonishing  resemblance  to 
Ahriman — or  they  may  have  merely  represented 
the  natural  development  of  Messianic  hopes.  In 
any  event  they  seem  to  have  pre-occupied  Jesus 
greatly;  and  when  questioned  about  them,  he 
gave  answers  which,  while  delicate  in  their  irony, 
are  seldom  other  than  vague. 

It  is  probable  that  at  the  time  when  the  ques- 
tions were  addressed  to  him,  his  system,  which 
owing  to  his  sudden  death  was  perhaps  never 
fully  elaborated,  was  then  merely  in  germ.  But 
that  he  reflected  deeply  over  the  views  of  the 
patriarchs  there  can  be  no  doubt,  and  it  is  equally 
indubitable  that  he  considered  the  high-road  to 
salvation  to  be  discoverable,  if  anywhere,  through 
them.  The  logic  of  it  amounted  to  this  :  Life 
is  evil;  the  evil  subsists  through  procreation; 
ergo,  abolish  procreation  and  the  evil  disappears. 

Many  texts  from  the  canonical  Gospels  might 
be  given  in  support  of  this  statement,  but  to 
cultivated  readers  they  are  doubtless  too  familiar 
to  need  repetition  here.  For  the  moment,  there- 
fore, it  will  suffice  to  quote  two  passages  from 
the  lost  Gospel  according  to  the  Egyptians,  a 
chronicle  which  was  known  to  exist  in  the  second 
half  of  the  second  century,  and  was  then  regarded 


78  The  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

as  authoritative  by  certain  Christian  sects.  The 
passages  are  to  be  found  in  the  Stromata  of 
Clement  of  Alexandria,  iii.  6 — 9.  In  one,  the 
Saviour  speaks  as  follows:  "  I  am  come  to  destroy 
the  work  of  the  woman  :  of  the  woman,  that  is, 
of  concupiscence,  whose  works  are  generation 
and  death."  In  the  other  passage,  Salome,  hav- 
ing asked  how  long  men  should  live,  the  Lord 
answered,  "So  long  as  you  women  continue  to 
bear  children." 

These  passages,  if  authentic,  and  there  is  little 
reason  to  think  them  otherwise,  seem  tolerably 
conclusive.  In  any  event,  it  was  this  idea  that 
peopled  with  hermits  the  deserts  of  Nitria  and- 
Scete,  and  it  was  this  same  idea  which  in  its 
weakened  force  filled  those  bastilles  of  God,  the 
convents  and  monasteries  of  pre-mediaeval  days. 
Cerdo,  Marcion,  and  others  of  lesser  note,  advo- 
cated a  doctrine  of  which  it  was  evidently  the 
starting-point ;  in  many  religious  communities  its 
influence  is  still  distinguishable ;  but  the  question 
as  to  whether  or  not  the  idea  as  here  represented 
was  really  the  one  On  which  the  thoughts  of  the 
Saviour  were  turned,  seems  best  answerable  in  the 
affirmative,  if  for  no  other  reason  than  that  it  is 
less  extravagant  and  more  logical  to  regard  the 
Christ  as  a  practical  philosopher  than  as  an  allur- 
ing visionary.  And  if  he  was  not  the  one,  he 
must  have  been  the  other.  Certainly  no  one 
can  claim  for  him  any  higher  originality  than 
that  which  was  manifested  in  the  form  and  flavour 
of  his  parables.     He  was  the  most  entrancing  of 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.        79 

nihilists,  but  he  was  not  an  innovator.  Others 
before  him  had  instituted  a  reaction  against  the 
formalism  of  the  Judaic  creed.  The  austerity  of 
his  ethics,  the  communism  which  he  preached, 
his  contempt  of  wealth,  and  his  superb  disdain 
of  everything  which  was  of  this  world,  were 
integral  parts  of  the  doctrine  of  the  Essenes. 
The  conception  of  a  Supreme  Being,  differing 
in  benignity  from  the  implacable  terrorism  which 
Jehovah  exerted,  had  been  already  begun  by  the 
prophets.  Jesus  unquestionably  amplified  the 
Father  of  Israel  into  the  God  of  Humanity,  but 
he  did  not  invent  Him.  It  may  be  further  noted 
that  Jesus  had  no  thought  of  representing  him- 
self as  an  incarnation  or  descendant  of  the  Deity. 
To  such  a  title  he  made  no  claim,  nor,  except 
in  certain  passages  inserted  in  the  fourth  Gospel, 
is  he  ever  represented  as  using  it.  If  Son  of  God 
at  all,  he  was  so  in  the  sense  that  might  apply 
to  all  men,  and  of  which  the  address  beginning, 
"Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,"  is  a  fitting 
example. 

Yet  this  at  least  may  be  said.  He  created 
pure  sentiment,  the  love  of  the  ideal.  He  gave 
the  world  a  fairer  theory  of  aesthetics,  a  new 
conception  of  beauty,  and  he  brought  to  man  a 
dream  of  consolation  which  has  outlasted  cen- 
turies and  taken  the  sting  from  death.  So 
singular  and  powerful  was  the  affection  which 
he  inspired,  that  after  the  crucifixion,  Mary  of 
Magdala,  in  the  hallucinations  of  her  love, 
asserted  that  he  had  arisen.     He  arose,  indeed, 


8o  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

but,  as  elsewhere  suggested,  it  was  in  the  ador- 
ing hearts  of  his  disciples.  And  had  it  been 
otherwise,  had  their  natures  been  less  vibrant, 
their  sympathies  less  exalted,  less  susceptible  to 
psychological  influences,  the  world  would  have 
lost  its  suavest  legend,  and  the  name  of  the  pale 
Nazarene  would  have  faded  with  those  of  the 
Essenes  of  the  day. 

]V[.  Eenan  says  that  Rome,  through  relations 
with  Syria,  was  probably  the  first  occidental  city 
that  learned  of  the  new  belief.  There  were  then, 
he  has  noted,  many  Jews  there.  Some  were 
descendants  of  former  prisoners  of  war,  others 
were  fugitives ;  but  all  were  poor,  miserable  and 
down-trodden.  To  this  abject  colony  Christianity 
brought  an  unexpected  hope.  The  ideal,  it  is 
true,  had  fled  from  earth ;  but  was  it  not  possible 
to  find  it  again  above  ? 

Many  there  were  that  accepted  the  new  creed 
unquestioningly,  but'  some  of  their  more  con- 
servative brethren,  disturbed  at  its  dissidence 
with  their  orthodox  tenets,  denounced  their  com- 
patriots to  the  government.  It  is  possible  that  a 
certain  amount  of  suppression  was  then  exercised, 
but  it  appears  to  have  been  accidental  and  mo- 
mentary. The  Romans  were  familiar  with  too 
many  deities  to  be  alarmed  at  the  advent  of  a 
new  one.  Their  polytheistic  tendencies  made  it 
quite  easy  for  them  to  believe  in  a  god,  made 
man,  and  the  suppressions  which  ensued  were 
ordered  in  the  interest  of  the  public  peace.  The 
Christians  were  evidently  regarded  as  seditious  \ 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church,       8i 

in  denying  the  divinity  of  the  Caesars  they  were 
guilty  of  nothing  less  than  high-treason.  They 
were  punished  accordingly,  but  their  punishment 
had  no  religious  signification.  The  Epicureans 
might  easily  have  been  subjected  to  analogous 
treatment,  but  the  Epicureans  were  philosophers, 
and  as  such  saw  no  reason  for  pulling  a  wry  face 
at  harmless  mummeries. 

Then,  too,  the  early  Christians  seem  to  have 
made  themselves  extremely  unpopular.  The  Pan- 
theon was  most  hospitable;  its  niches  were  free  to 
every  comer.  But  the  believers  in  the  Nazarene 
would  have  none  of  it.  They  not  only  refused  any 
allegiance  to  Olympian  potentates,  but  they  would 
not  permit  their  own  God  to  consort  with  them. 
It  was  tantamount  to  saying  that  Jupiter's  society 
was  pernicious.  There  were  few  indeed  that 
pinned  much  faith  to  that  opulent  divinity ;  but 
the  open  show  of  respect  which  was  demanded  as 
a  governmental  necessity  was  generally  accorded, 
and  nothing  else  was  asked.  The  Christians, 
moreover,  gave  offence  by  their  mode  of  Hfe. 
They  appear  to  have  been  a  quiet,  silent  and 
possibly  inoffensive  sect,  who  avoided  the  forum 
and  the  circus,  and  passed  their  hours  in  sullen 
seclusion.  Added  to  this,  they  predicted  the 
approaching  end  of  the  world,  which  was  obstinate 
enough  to  continue  to  revolve  through  spacious 
voids  of  which  they  were  utterly  ignorant ;  and 
this  prophecy  on  their  part  could  not  have  been 
regarded  otherwise  than  as  an  open  slur  on  the 
imperial  optimism  of  the  day. 


82  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

It  was  doubtless  about  this  time  that  the  edict, 
Non  licet  esse  Christianos,  was  passed — an  edict 
which  with  curious  clairvoyance  appears  to  have 
been  directed  mainly  against  those  Eomans  who 
were  tempted  to  embrace  the  new  belief.     It  is 
one  of  the  platitudes  of  history  that  Kome  fell 
through  her  rottenness.     Yet,  as  M.  Kenan  has 
been  at  no  loss  to  show,  Eome  fell  when  her 
soldiery  became  converted.     The  spirit  of  peace 
which  pervaded  the  early  Church  enervated  a 
nation;   the  virility  of  the  most  belligerent  of 
races  was   sapped.      But  this   is   a  digression. 
During  its  infancy,  Christianity  was  smitten  by  a 
disease  which  has  been  likened  to  croup.     This 
croup  was  endemic  in  Alexandria,  and  from  there 
floated  over  to  Kome.    It  was  called  Gnosticism. 
Gnosticism  was  a  compound  of  corrupt  Plato- 
nism,  Hinduism  and  charlatanism.    To  abandon 
M.  Kenan's  simile  and  take  another,  it  was  the 
bridge  over  which  the  world  passed  from  pagan- 
ism.    Gnosticism  gathered  up  theosophy,  mys- 
ticism, rites,  ceremonials  and  art — everything, 
in  fact,  which  seemed  worth  the  gathering — and 
passed   them    all   to   Christianity,   which,   thus 
equipped,  set  out  on  its  triumphant  career.    But 
not  at  once.    The  populace,  as  has  been  hinted, 
was  not  favourably  disposed.      Tertullian  says 
that  a  Christian  was  defined  as  an  enemy  of 
gods,  emperors,  laws,  customs,  and  Nature  itself. 
To  the  believers  in  Jesus  was  ascribed  the  influ- 
ence of  that  which  the  modern  Koman  calls  the 
jettatura.     They  were  held  to  be  connected  with 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.        83 

every  calamity ;  and  after  each  disaster  the  Eternal 
City  echoed  with  shrieks  from  uncounted  throats, 
Christianos  ad  leomm !  To  the  circus  with  the 
Christians ;  let  them  camp  with  the  beasts  !  It 
was  then  that  Christianity  learned  to  hate. 

Meanwhile,  the  Ghetto  mounted  like  a  flood. 
Its  ascension  was  favoured  by  many  things.  The 
atmosphere  of  Kome  dripped  with  metaphysics, 
and  through  it  had  passed  a  new  and  pervading 
sense  of  lassitude.  Nero  was  dead ;  and  Nero,  it 
may  be  noted,  was  paradox  incarnate.  He  was 
an  imperial  nightmare  that  was  far  from  unpo- 
pular ;  a  drama  of  the  horrible,  with  a  joke  for 
finale  \  a  caricature  of  the  impossible  in  a  crim- 
son frame  ;  a  Caesar  whose  follies  were  laws  and 
whose  laws  were  follies;  a  maniac  whose  cell 
was  the  world  and  whose  delirium  was  fame ;  a 
sceptred  acrobat,  with  a  throne  for  spring-board; 
an  emperor  jealous  of  a  tenor ;  and  a  cabotin 
jealous  of  the  gods ;  in  fact,  the  antithesis  of 
the  humdrum.  Under  him,  Eome  saw  luxury 
and  ferocity  hand- in-hand ;  cruelty  married  to 
pleasure.  Christians  mantled  in  flame  illuminated 
the  gardens  of  a  prince.  Intoxication  had  no 
frontiers.  Life  itself  was  a  breathless  chase  after 
impossible  delights.  But  now  all  was  quite  dif- 
ferent, and  it  was  with  something  of  that  lassitude 
which  succeeds  an  orgy  that  the  Romans  found 
themselves  tired  even  of  themselves.  They  could 
not  all  have  the  moon  for  mistress.  What  was  there 
left  for  them  to  do  ?  Christianity  oflered  itself, 
and  as  often  as  not  Christianity  was  accepted. 
G  2 


84  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

After  Constantine  had  used  the  new  belief  as 
a  masquerade,  its  spread  was  rapid.  Julian, 
indeed,  threatened  to  prevent  such  of  the  Gali- 
leans from  wearing  their  heads  as  refused  to  aid 
him  in  the  reconstruction  of  polytheism,  but  the 
halt  under  him  was  momentary.  The  impulsion 
continued  unchecked ;  the  intermediate  persecu- 
tions had  made  it  notorious ;  the  advance  con- 
tinued, but  in  the  advance  the  watchword,  Maran 
atha,  had  lost  its  meaning.  The  end  of  the 
world  was  no  longer  expected.  Fortune  favour- 
ing, Christianity  turned  optimist.  Yet  paganism 
was  not  dead ;  it  had  merely  fallen  asleep.  Isis 
gave  way  to  Mary ;  apotheosis  was  replaced  by 
canonization ;  the  divinities  were  succeeded  by 
saints;  and,  Africa  aiding,  the  Church  surged 
from  mythology  with  the  Trinity  for  tiara. 

At  the  close  of  the  fourth  century,  the  Church 
was  practically  mistress  of  civilization.  Her  sway 
was  immense  and  uncontested.  And  what  a  sway 
it  was  !  Temples,  statues  and  manuscripts  were 
destroyed.  Bands  of  monks  went  about  pillag- 
ing and  demolishing  whatever  they  could.  The 
Bishop  Theophilus,  after  destroying  the  temple 
of  Serapis,  set  fire  to  the  Alexandrian  library, 
which  contained  nearly  all  the  literary  treasures 
of  the  past.  But  the  power  of  the  Church,  though 
magnificent,  was  brief.  At  the  moment  when  her 
glory  was  most  brilliant,  when  Julian  was  forgotten 
and  persecution  had  ceased,  a  mixed  multitude 
of  barbarians  beat  at  the  gates  of  Rome,  and  in 
their  victorious  onslaught  swept  antiquity  away. 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church,        85 

When  the  Church  found  herself  surrounded 
by  unfamiliar  kings  and  chieftains — a  set  of  fair, 
proud,  honest  and  brutal  ignoramuses,  who  wan- 
dered from  place  to  place,  or  shut  themselves  up 
and  got  drunk  in  their  strongholds,  and  with 
whom  she  had  nothing  in  common— her  domi- 
nant idea  was  to  govern  them.  In  this  she  suc- 
ceeded ;  strength,  however  great,  is  defenceless 
against  cunning,  and  the  Church  then  was  the 
depository  of  all  the  intelligence  of  the  age.  But 
her  first  act  was  to  save  herself  from  the  violence 
to  which  society  fell  a  prey.  To  save  herself, 
she  announced  the  principle  of  the  separation 
of  spiritual  and  temporal  power.  This  accepted, 
she  announced  as  corollary  the  superiority  of  the 
spiritual  over  the  temporal.  The  rest  was  easy. 
Free  inquiry  was  condemned ;  belief  was  forced ; 
heretics  were  persecuted ;  and  out  of  the  ashes 
of  imperial  Rome  a  mitred  prelate  dragged  a 
throne.  L'Eglise^  c'efait  lui.  Through  his  influ- 
ence the  barbarians  were  led  to  baptism  like 
brutes  to  the  slaughter.  Those  who  objected 
were  baptised  by  force.  Dagobert  had  all  Gaul 
baptised  in  this  way.  Thereafter  the  Church 
presided  over  an  eclipse  of  the  intellect  that 
lasted  a  thousand  years.  During  that  thousand 
years  it  was  blasphemy  to  think ;  yet  over  those 
ages  that  are  known  as  dark  there  hovered  that 
prescience  of  fairer  things  which  is  the  accom- 
paniment of  night. 

Meanwhile,  in  a  corner  of  the  Orient  whither 
some  of  the  flotsam  and  jetsam  of  civilization 


S6  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

had  drifted,  a  college  of  charlatans  wearied  the 
centuries  with  abstractions  and  discussions  on 
words.  Their  earlier  disputes  are  legendary. 
One  of  them  concerned  the  soul.  Was  the  soul 
round  or  oblong  ?  This  question  was  never  satis- 
factorily determined.  Another  proposition  which 
was  much  discussed  concerned  the  Saviour.  Was 
he,  or  was  he  not,  co-eternal  with  God  ?  The 
Council  at  Nicaea,  to  which  appeal  was  made, 
decided  that  he  was  both ;  and  the  Church 
anathematised  all  those  who  disagreed  with  its 
decision.  In  spite  of  the  anathema,  certain 
erudites  suggested  a  compromise  which  involved 
the  acceptance  or  rejection  of  an  iota  :  ofioovaios 
signified  consubstantial,  bfioiovaios  signified  like 
as  to  the  substance.  If  the  one  term  were  re- 
placed by  the  other,  the  difficulty,  it  was  argued, 
would  be  removed.  But  this  solution  was  too 
easy  to  be  well  received,  and  the  absence  of 
that  iota  caused  the  .death  of  many  thousand 
dissenters. 

Later,  Nestorius,  Bishop  of  Constantinople, 
asserted  that  Mary,  being  of  the  earth  earthy, 
could  not  rightly  be  considered  the  mother  of  a 
God.  This  assertion  was  condemned  as  heretical 
by  the  General  Council  of  Ephesus,  and  it  was 
ordered  that  those  who  accepted  it  should  be 
exterminated  at  once.  Eutyches  the  archiman- 
drite announced  the  contrary  of  that  which  Nes- 
torius had  advanced.  He  was  excommunicated  ; 
the  true  doctrine  being  that  Jesus  was  both  a 
perfect  divinity  and  a  perfect  man.     Then  sud- 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.        8y 

denly  the  Orient  became  peopled  with  heretics ; 
some  held  to  Nestorius,  others  to  Eutyches.  In 
the  second  quarter  of  the  sixth  century,  Justinian, 
an  emperor  who  is  said  to  have  been  so  illiterate 
that  he  could  not  write  his  own  name,  and  who 
in  consequence  was  easily  bored  by  subtleties, 
confiscated  the  property  of  all  who  were  suspected 
either  of  Nestorian  or  Eutychian  sympathies. 
In  spite  of  these  efforts,  heresy  was  not  sup- 
pressed ;  or  perhaps  it  would  be  more  exact  to 
say  that  when  one  was  suppressed,  its  place  was 
immediately  filled  by  another.  At  last,  Heracli- 
tus  in  utter  exasperation  issued  an  edict  forbid- 
ding any  one  to  speak  of  the  single  or  double 
nature  of  Jesus  the  Christ.  This  edict  itself  was 
regarded  as  heretical,  and  continued  to  be  so 
regarded  until  Constant  published  another  which 
forbade  any  theological  discussion,  n-o  matter  of 
what  kind,  nature  or  description.  To  this  edict, 
which  the  Pope  Theodore  qualified  as  an  abomi- 
nable subtlety,  no  one  paid  any  attention.  Con- 
stant, however,  refused  to  be  idle.  He  tried  to 
check  the  spread  of  monachism,  which  at  that 
time  was  enormous,  and  failing,  went  to  Kome 
and  sacked  it. 

In  the  eighth  century  appeared  the  heresy 
known  as  that  of  the  iconoclasts.  The  Church, 
as  has  been  hinted,  adopted  much  of  the  pomp 
of  paganism,  and  with  advancing  years  made 
herself  gorgeous  with  crosses,  images  and  tapers  ; 
but  a  particular  predilection  was  manifested  in 
favour  of  big  dolls,  whether  of  marble,  bronze  or 


8  8  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

precious  metals.  To  this  the  iconoclasts  objected ; 
with  the  Emperor  Leo  for  chief,  they  destroyed 
the  statues  of  Jesus,  of  Mary,  of  the  saints  and 
angels,  wherever  such  statues  were  to  be  found ; 
and  for  many  years  persecuted  and  massacred 
the  worshippers.     Yet  when  the  Empress  Irene 
assumed   the  purple,   the  iconoclasts  were  at 
once  pursued  with  a  vigour  that  was  riotous  and 
avenging.     It  is  just  possible  that  this  terrible 
lady  perceived  that  the  destruction  of  images 
was  the  destruction  of  art.     But  be  this  as  it 
may,  the  Beautiful  had  been  sadly  frightened, 
and  thereafter  remained  invisible  until  lured  to 
view  again  by  the  enticements  of  the  Kenaissance. 
In  P^urope,  matters  were  even  worse.     There 
was  a  continual  panic,  a  ceaseless  fear.     There 
was   no   security,  either  civil  or  ecclesiastical. 
Diseases   of  the  mind  and  body  were   omni- 
present; famine  at  times  was  so  ruthless  that 
anthropophagy  was  openly  practised.     The  only 
theory  of  right  was  might,  and  of  this  the  Church 
held  the  reins.     Many  of  the  bishops  were  little 
better  than  bandits.     They  passed  their  days  in 
wandering  from  place  to  place  and  in  pillaging 
right  and  left.     In  a  forgotten  tale  of  Cervantes, 
one   amiable   scoundrel  hails  another,  "  Does 
your   Grace  happen   to   be    a   highwayman?" 
"Yes,"  the  other  answers,  "in  the  service  of 
God  and  honest  people."   Eliminate  the  courtesy 
and  replace  it  with  a  blow  from  a  bludgeon,  and 
the  question  and  answer  may  be  represented  as 
repeated  indefinitely  for  five  centuries. 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.        89 

Those  of  the  clergy  whose  tastes  were  less 
adventurous  devoted  themselves  to  study  and 
were  looked  upon  as  magicians ;  others,  in  the 
dim  recesses  of  undrained  monasteries,  weary  of 
all  things,  and  most  of  life,  gave  themselves  up 
unresistingly  to  acedia,  the  delirious  pessimism 
of  the  cloister,  and  shrieked  for  death. 

It  was  in  those  days  that  a  demon  of  uncommon 
ugliness  flitted  through  the  gloom  of  the  abbeys, 
whispering  gaily  to  the  cowering  monks,  "  Thou 
art  damned,  and  thou,  and  thou  art  damned  for 
all  eternity !"  In  the  cathedrals,  maidens  had 
seen  a  beckoning  fiend,  who  through  shudders 
of  song  had  called  them  down  to  swell  the  red 
quadrilles  of  hell.  These  visitors  of  course  were 
legates  of  Satan.  And  who  was  Satan?  His 
biography,  though  well  filled,  need  not  be  long. 

Satan  was  Jew  from  horn  to  hoof.  The 
registry  of  his  birth  is  contained  in  the  evolution 
of  Hebraic  thought.  In  early  ages,  when  sabaism, 
the  primitive  polytheism  of  the  Semitic  tribes, 
narrowed  into  monotheism,  Jehovah  was  wor- 
shipped as  the  one  real  divinity.  In  his  hands 
were  the  springs  of  all  that  is,  of  good  and  evil 
as  well.  But  this  idea  was  transient.  About  the 
Eternal  were  grouped  a  number  of  spirits  whose 
duty  it  was  to  supervise  the  works  of  man.  Among 
these  celestials  was  one  whose  role  was  limited 
to  that  of  accuser.  This  role  appears  to  have 
been  gradually  expanded  into  one  of  general 
hostility.  Above  was  Jehovah,  below  was  man ; 
while  between  the  two  were  the  inimical  eyes  of 


90  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

Satan.  In  the  younger  books  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment, Satan  is  little  more  than  a  detective ;  in 
the  New  Testament  he  is  an  inciter  to  evil.  But 
during  the  intervening  period  two  things  seem  to 
have  happened.  The  Hebrews  had  communi- 
cated with  the  Parsis,  and  Satan,  banished  from 
heaven,  had  assumed  all  the  powers  and  attri- 
butes of  Ahriman.  Thereafter  he  was  hatred 
incarnate,  the  spirit  that  stets  vernemt,  the  fallen 
son  of  a  mighty  father,  a  disinherited  prince  who 
had  founded  another  monarchy  and  called  it 
Hell. 

It  is  in  this  guise  that  he  appears  in  the  New 
Testament,  and  the  delicate  moral  of  the  Synop- 
tic Gospels  is  perhaps  little  more  than  the  pre- 
figurement  of  the  endless  conflict  between  right 
and  wrong.  But  be  this  as  it  may,  it  is  evident 
that  after  Satan  and  the  Saviour  had  met,  the 
apparitions  of  the  former  became  a  matter  of 
frequent  occurrence.  'Did  not  his  minions  the 
sucubes  and  incubes  haunt  with  lascivious  lips 
the  sleep  of  holy  men  and  holier  women  ?  Was 
it  not  through  his  artifices  that  St.  Victor  was 
seduced  by  a  beautiful  girl  ?  Did  he  not  person- 
ally menace  and  threaten  St.  Maur  ?  The  stone 
which  he  flung  at  the  inflexible  St.  Dominick  is 
a  matter  too  well  attested  to  be  susceptible  of 
doubt.  See  how  he  tempted  St.  Anthony.  In 
fact,  unvisited  by  him  it  was  difficult  to  be  con- 
sidered a  saint  at  all.  In  the  middle  ages  he 
was  everywhere.  The  atmosphere  was  so  heavy 
with  his  legions,  that  the  Messalians  made  spit- 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.       91 

ting  a  part  of  their  devotions.  From  encounter- 
ing him  at  every  turn,  the  world  at  last  became 
used  to  his  ways,  and  thereupon  imagined  that 
pact  in  which  the  devil  agrees,  in  exchange  for 
the  soul,  to  furnish  whatever  is  desired.  The 
case  of  Gerbert  is  one  in  point.  According  to 
the  gossip  of  the  day,*  Gerbert,  once  a  Spanish 
student,  afterwards  Archbishop  of  Kavenna,  and 
subsequently  Pope,  entered  into  an  agreement 
of  this  kind,  and  one  night  the  devil  came  in 
person  to  claim  him.  It  was  the  agreement 
they  had  made  together  long  before  in  Cordova, 
where  Gerbert,  finding  his  studies  too  arduous, 
had  signed  the  bond  in  exchange  for  the  royal 
road.  It  was  the  devil  who  had  taught  him  all 
he  knew — algebra,  clock-making,  and  how  to 
become  a  Pope.  It  was  clear  as  day  that  he 
would  have  known  none  of  these  things  without 
infernal  assistance.  Gerbert  resists,  but  Mephisto 
proves  his  claim.  "You  did  not  think  me  a 
logician,  did  you?"  are  said  to  have  been  his 
historic  words,  and,  presto  !  Gerbert  disappears 
in  a  fork  of  lambent  flame. 

When  Christianity  first  raised  its  head,  it 
viewed  the  pagan  gods  as  part  of  the  cohorts  of 
Satan.  These  cohorts  Tertullian  divided  into 
two  classes — the  rebels  who  had  been  banished 
from  heaven  in  Satan's  train,  and  the  angels  who 
in  antediluvian  days  had  fallen  in  love  with  the 
daughters  of  men.     Their  queen  was  Lili  Abi 

♦  Michelet :  Histoire  de  France. 


92  The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

(Lilith),  Adam's  first  wife,  from  whose  name 
our  lullaby  is  said  to  be  derived.  The  Dusii,  a 
later  subdivision  who  have  given  us  the  deuce, 
were  so  well  known  to  St.  Augustine  that  he 
declared  it  an  impertinence  to  deny  their  exist- 
ence. These  latter  appear  to  have  been  a 
malignant  set  of  incubi  who  made  a  prey  of 
women.  Mr.  Lecky  says  that  but  little  over  a 
hundred  years  ago  an  annual  mass  was  given  in 
the  abbey  of  Poissey  that  the  nuns  might  be 
preserved  from  their  wiles. 

Satan,  meanwhile,  lost  much  of  his  dignity. 
Mice,  wolves  and  toads  became  his  symbols,  his 
auxiliaries,  and  even  his  momentary  incarnations. 
Throughout  the  middle  ages  no  sorcerer  was  con- 
sidered well  equipped  without  a  sleek  black  cat, 
an  animal  to  which,  like  many  a  sensible  mortal, 
the  devil  appears  to  have  been  greatly  attached. 
It  was  in  the  company  of  the  cat  that  the  sabbat 
was  attended.  The  sabbat  was  popularly  held 
to  be  a  mass  offered  to  Satan,  and  any  one  sus- 
pected of  attending  it,  or  being  in  any  wise 
affiliated  with  Mephisto,  was  burned.  The  first 
punishment  for  this  offence  occurred  in  Toulouse 
in  1275.  During  the  next  fifty  years  over  four 
hundred  people  were  burned  in  the  neighbour- 
hood. In  the  fifteenth  century  all  Christianity 
joined  in  a  hunt  for  witches ;  and  the  hunt  con- 
tinued for  three  hundred  years,  until  every  sor- 
cerer had  disappeared  and  Salem  put  out  her 
bonfires.  In  each  country  the  warmth  of  the 
chase  was  in  direct  proportion  to  the  power  of 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.       93 

the  clergy.  To  spare  a  witch  was  considered  an 
insult  to  the  Almighty.  Luther  was  particularly 
vehement  on  this  point ;  so,  too,  was  Calvin ; 
and  Wesley  was  as  great  a  fanatic  as  any.  Mon- 
taigne was  one  of  the  first  to  laugh  at  witchcraft ; 
but  Montaigne,  like  all  advanced  thinkers,  was 
wickedly  incredulous.  The  hunt,  as  has  been 
hinted,  was  continued,  and  it  was  kept  up  not 
only  until  all  the  witches  had  disappeared,  but 
until  all  belief  in  the  devil  had  gone  with  them. 
Persecution  subsided  when  scepticism  began. 
The  history  of  the  Inquisition  is  exactly  analo- 
gous. When  the  world  began  to  think,  intole- 
rance ceased. 

During  this  time  Satan  was  not  otherwise  idle. 
He  continued  to  appear  in  the  most  unexpected 
and  surprising  manner,  and  that,  too,  up  to  with- 
in comparatively  recent  dates.  His  last  historical 
appearance  is  in  a  pleasant  anecdote  in  which 
he  is  represented  as  visiting  Cuvier.  He  enters 
the  great  man's  study  with  his  usual  quczre^is  quem 
devoret  air.  "  What  do  you  wish  of  me  ?"  Cuvier 
asks  curtly,  for  he  is  annoyed  at  the  intrusion. 
"I've  come  to  eat  you."  But  Cuvier's  shrewd 
eye  had  already  examined  him.  "Horns  and 
hoofs!"  he  retorts;  " granivorous  !  You  can't 
do  it."  Whereupon,  outfaced  by  science,  Satan 
vanished  through  an  in-quarto,  never  to  appear 
again  save  when,  in  the  garb  and  aspect  of  a 
policeman,  he  visits  the  conscience  of  the  mis- 
demeanant. 

But  to  return  to  the  middle  ages.    The  chroni- 


94  I'he  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

cles  of  Cassien,  Vincent  de  Beauvais  and  Eaoul 
Glaber,  are  filled  with  lurid  pictures  of  those 
dark  days.  Disasters  followed  one  another  with 
the  regularity  of  the  seasons.  The  desolation 
which  the  Church  had  sought  to  stay  had  in- 
creased to  terrific  proportions.  The  empire  of 
Karl  the  Great  had  been  swept  away  as  utterly 
as  that  of  the  Caesars.  Throughout  Europe  there 
was  a  hideous  fear,  a  breathless  expectation.  The 
Antichrist  had  come.  His  presence  was  signalled 
from  the  pulpit.  Churches,  monasteries,  donjons 
and  burgs,  echoed  and  thrilled  with  the  rumour 
of  his  sacrileges.  Now  he  was  the  son  of  the 
Popess  Johanna,  conceived  during  a  pontifical 
procession ;  now  he  was  a  rufiian  marauder,  burn- 
ing basilicas  and  violating  the  tombs  of  the  saints. 
In  the  ninth  century  there  was  an  eclipse  of  the 
sun  which  frightened  a  king  to  death.  In  945, 
while  a  cyclone  swept  over  Paris,  monsters  armed 
with  battle-axes  dropped  from  the  skies,  and,  rush- 
ing into  a  church,  tore  down  the  pulpit,  which 
they  used  as  a  battering-ram  to  destroy  a  neigh- 
bouring house.  In  988,  a  wolf  entered  the 
cathedral  of  Orleans,  and,  seizing  the  bell-rope 
in  his  mouth,  rang  out  the  knell  of  the  world. 
It  was  evident  to  every  one  that  the  trumpets 
of  the  last  judgment  were  soon  to  be  heard.  At 
once  there  was  a  frantic  effort  to  make  peace 
with  God ;  there  was  a  rush  for  the  monasteries, 
and  a  general  donation  of  property  to  the  Church. 
The  dies  ircB  was  at  hand.  The  exact  date  was 
known.     It  was  to  come  on  the  25th  of  March, 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.       95 

A.D.  1000.  An  hysterical  rictus  passed  over  the 
face  of  Christendom;  the  forgotten  hope  was  to  be 
realized  !  At  last  the  dies  ilia  arrived.  In  the 
Holy  See  the  Pope  sat,  enervated  and  impatient, 
counting  the  minutes  and  awaiting  the  climax 
through  the  succeeding  fractions  of  each  hour. 
In  the  churches,  the  crowd,  with  heads  bowed 
to  the  ground,  felt  time  limp  by  and  yet  saw  no 
sign.  The  expectation  lasted  four  days  and 
four  nights.  Then,  so  runs  the  chronicle,  an 
immense  dragon  rushed  through  the  open  skies. 
In  an  abbey  the  eyes  of  a  Christ  were  seen  to 
weep.  Yet  still  the  earth  remained  unsundered 
and  humanity  unclaimed. 

When  the  panic  subsided,  the  Church  found 
that  her  wealth  had  been  largely  increased.  Her 
power,  too,  had  developed.  The  cowl  was  every- 
where, and  everywhere  it  was  dreaded.  This 
dread  was  not  unmingled  with  disgust ;  the  fana- 
ticism, asceticism  and  illiteracy  of  the  clergy 
resulted  as  often  as  not  in  dehrium  and  satyrisis. 
Indeed,  their  customs  were  neither  amiable  nor 
cleanly.  The  different  bulls  which  the  Popes 
launched  at  them  make  it  easy  to  see  of  what 
they  were  capable,  and  difficult  to  fancy  of  what 
they  were  not.  But  their  manners  and  morals 
are  relatively  unimportant;  the  terrorism  that 
the  Church  exerted  is  more  to  the  point. 

The  chief  instruments  of  coercion  of  which 
the  Church  disposed  were  excommunication  and 
the  confessional.  Without  confession,  no  abso- 
lution ;  and  without  absolution,  eternal  torture. 


g6  TJie  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

There  is  a  quaint  little  anecdote  about  the 
Cure  of  Mendon,  in  which  that  immortal  jester  is 
represented  face  to  face  with  Clement  VII.  His 
Holiness  having  graciously  permitted  him  to  ask 
a  favour,  Eabelais  begged  to  be  excommunicated. 
Exclamation-points  and  question-marks  shot  from 
the  Pontiff's  eyes.  "  Holy  Father,"  said  the  apos- 
tate, "  I  am  a  Frenchman.  I  come  from  a  little 
town  called  Chinon,  where  the  stake  is  often 
seen.  A  good  many  fine  people  have  been  burned 
there  :  some  of  my  relatives,  among  others.  But 
if  your  Holiness  would  excommunicate  me,  I 
fancy  that  I  would  never  be  burned.  And  my 
reason  is  this.  Journeying  lately  with  the  Bishop 
from  Paris  to  Eome,  we  passed  through  the 
Tarantaises,  where  the  cold  is  bitter.  Having 
reached  a  hut  where  dwelled  an  old  woman,  we 
besought  her  to  make  a  fire.  She  took  a  faggot 
and  tried  to  light  it,  but  did  not  succeed ;  then 
she  took  some  straw  from  her  bed,  and,  being 
still  unable  to  make  it  burn,  she  began  cursing, 
and  said,  *  Since  the  faggot  won't  burn,  it  must 
have  been  excommunicated  by  the  Pope's  own 
jaw.'"  This  of  course  occurred  after  the  Eefor- 
mation,  and  relates  to  a  man  who  was  a  notorious 
sceptic.  It  is  even  probable  that  the  story  is  a 
fabrication  j  but  as  an  anecdote  it  is  serviceable 
in  pointing  the  moral  of  the  decadence  of  great 
things.  In  the  primitive  days  of  the  Church, 
excommunication  amounted  merely  to  expulsion. 
Those  against  whom  it  was  addressed  were  shut 
out  of  a  limited  circle;  but  when  that  circle 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.        97 

expanded  until  it  circumscribed  all  society,  the 
potency  of  excommunication  was  prodigious.  If 
the  anathema  was  launched  at  a  king,  his  entire 
monarchy  fell  under  the  ban.  When  Philippe 
Auguste  was  excommunicated,  neither  baptism, 
marriage  nor  burial  was  permitted  in  the  realm. 
Corpses  rotted  in  the  highways.  The  people 
became  wild  with  terror.  This  state  of  affairs 
lasted  for  eighteen  months — in  fact,  until  the 
interdict  was  removed.  But  with  time,  as  has 
been  hinted,  its  potency  waned ;  like  other 
good  things,  it  was  overdone ;  and  early  in  the 
fifteenth  century  all  those  who  had  the  heart  to 
laugh  must  have  been  hugely  amused  at  the 
spectacle  of  three  rival  popes  excommunicating 
each  other. 

During  the  dark  ages,  however,  amusement 
was  rare.  The  masses  were  a  prey  to  all  the 
delusions  and  depressions  that  come  of  poor 
nourishment.  They  were  ignorant  and  credu- 
lous j  their  minds  were  filled  with  fables  and 
legends;  they  were  terrorised  by  the  dead  as 
well  as  the  living ;  agonised  in  this  life,  they  were 
threatened  with  everlasting  torture  in  another. 
It  is,  therefore,  but  small  wonder  that  they 
shuddered  at  the  viaticum  and  trembled  before 
the  priest.  It  was  through  his  ministrations  alone 
that  salvation  was  obtainable. 

At  first  the  priest  was  merely  an  intercessor. 
In  return  for  his  good  offices,  he  asked  of  the 
penitent  little  else  than  fasting,  prayer  and  con- 
trition; but  gradually  he  discovered  that  these 


98  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

canonical  penances  were  without  advantage  to 
himself,  and  he  began  to  exact  payment  for  the 
divine  forgiveness  which  it  was  his  privilege  to 
declare.  In  the  course  of  time,  this  custom  was 
found  so  profitable  that  plenary  indulgences  were 
granted.  In  1300,  pilgrims  from  far  and  near 
flocked  to  Eome  and  covered  the  altars  with 
gold.  Every  sin,  every  penalty,  was  remitted. 
The  claims  of  purgatory  were  obliterated.  The 
joy  was  so  great,  that  the  pilgrimage  was  called 
a  jubilee. 

The  jubilee  was  instituted  by  Boniface  VIII., 
the  author  of  the  bull  Ausculata  fill,  in  which 
he  declared  that,  as  representative  of  God,  he 
had  the  right  and  the  power  to  uproot,  tear 
down,  destroy,  dissipate,  rebuild  and  raise  up  in 
His  name.  In  spite  of  this  fine  language,  the 
Avignon  Consistory  established  that  he  had 
asserted  that  the  Trinity  was  an  absurdity ;  that 
it  was  fatuous  to  believe  in  it ;  that  religion  was 
all  a  He;  that  there  was  no  harm  in  adultery; 
and  that  he,  the  pope,  who  could  humble  kings, 
was  mightier  than  Christ. 

The  success  of  the  first  jubilee  was  so  great 
that  Urban  VI.  held  another;  only  instead  of 
summoning  the  pilgrims  to  Kome,  he  allowed 
his  absolution  to  be  hawked  about  wherever 
sinners  most  did  congregate.  It  had  been  said 
that  the  riches  of  man  are  his  redemption,  and 
the  clergy  were  very  ready  to  put  the  saying  into 
practice.  Indulgences  were  not  only  sold,  they 
appear  to  have  been  forced  on  those  who  refused 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.       99 

them.  A  dominican,  Johan  Tetzel,  took  charge 
of  the  sale  in  Germany  of  those  granted  by 
Leo  X.  He  announced  that  he  had  power  to 
deliver  a  full  discharge  from  the  penalties  of  sin, 
even  si  quis  Virginem  vitiasset  ac  gravidam  fecisset. 
His  tariff  is  still  exhibited. 

Meanwhile,  the  General  Councils  had  moved 
from  Constantinople  to  Rome.  The  heresies 
which  they  were  called  upon  to  consider  were 
mainly  protestations  against  the  despotism  of 
the  Church.  First  came  the  heresies  of  the 
Petrobusians  and  the  Arnoldists — unimportant, 
but  vexatious;  so  vexatious,  in  fact,  that  their 
respective  founders,  Petrus  de  Brueys  and  Arnold 
de  Bresse,  were  burned  at  the  stake.  The  Pe- 
trobusians were  followed  by  the  Vaudois,  who, 
although  pursued,  proscribed  and  anathematised, 
maintained  a  secret  continuity  until  Calvinism 
offered  them  a  harbour.  Another  heresy  was 
that  of  the  Albigenses.  The  Albigenses,  who 
came  from  a  village  in  Languedoc,  at  a  time 
Michelet  has  noted,  when  Languedoc  was  a 
Babel,  professed  a  mixture  of  Gnosticism  and 
Manicheism.  They  considered  the  Saviour  to 
have  been  a  man,  like  any  other,  who  had 
suffered  the  just  punishment  of  his  sins.  But, 
what  was  more  serious,  they  questioned  the  pre- 
rogatives of  the  Holy  See.  Innocent  III.  deter- 
mined to  exterminate  them.  At  his  commands 
the  King  of  France  and  the  Duke  of  Burgundy 
set  out  for  Languedoc.  The  query  was,  how  the 
heretics  were  to  be  distinguished  from  the  ortho- 
H  2 


100         The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

dox.  "  Kill  them  all,"  said  Armand,  the  pope's 
legate  \  "  kill  them  all  j  God  will  know  His  own." 
Sixty  thousand  are  reported  to  have  been  killed; 
and  of  these,  seven  thousand  were  slaughtered  in 
a  cathedral  that  was  ringing  with  a  Te  Deum. 
The  whole  of  Provence  was  devastated ;  vines 
were  uprooted,  harvests  destroyed,  and  houses 
torn  down.  As  this  seemed  insufficient,  the 
bishops  received  orders  to  visit  personally  or  by 
delegate  any  portion  of  their  diocese  in  which 
they  suspected  that  heretics  might  lurk.  When 
this  decretal  was  made,  the  Inquisition  was  esta- 
bUshed.  "  Et  ardet,"  said  the  pseudo  St.  John  ; 
and  those  two  words  were  sufficient  to  send  over 
half-a-million  of  human  beings  to  the  stake.*  Yet 
still  heresies  continued  to  appear.  There  was 
the  heresy  of  the  Dulcinists,  the  heresy  of  John 
Wicliffe,  of  John  Huss,  of  Jerome  of  Prague. 
J'en  passe  et  des  plus  exquises. 

From  the  Crusades,  in  which  nations  wrangled 
over  a  sepulchre,  sprang  a  new  heresy,  or  rather 
an  apostasy — that  of  the  Templars,  whose  office 
it  had  been  to  protect  pilgrims  on  their  way  to 
the  East.  It  was  claimed  that,  instead  of  attend- 
ing to  their  duties,  they  had  become  believers 
in  Muhammad ;  and,  moreover,  that  they  held 
Salahaddin  to  be  a  valiant  and  courteous  knight, 
which  he  probably  was.  Muhammad,  who  had 
long  been  turned  to  dust,  was  a  well-intentioned 


*  Michelet:  Histoire  de  France.     Llorente:  Histoire 
de  rinquisition.     . " 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church,      loi 

visionary,  afflicted  with  what  is  known  to  patho- 
logy as  hysteria  muscularis — the  only  disease 
that  ever  founded  a  religion.  Now  if  the  Tem- 
plars were  apostates,  they  at  least  were  logical. 
The  Papacy  had  pitted  Christianity  against  Mii- 
hammadanism,  and  staked  the  authenticity  of 
each  on  the  result.  The  result  was  that  the 
latter  proved  its  claim.  This  point,  however, 
does  not  seem  to  have  been  advanced  in  their 
favour.  They  were  tried,  convicted,  and  many 
of  them  were  burned. 

Meanwhile,  the  popes  and  princes  of  the 
Church  had  lost  faith,  and  decency  as  well. 
Petrarch,  in  his  letters  Sine  titulo,  speaks  of  the 
papal  court  as  follows  : 

"There  is  here  (in  Avignon)  everything  ima- 
ginable in  the  way  of  confusion,  darkness  and 
horror.  Avignon  is  the  sewer  of  every  vice,  the 
gully  of  every  wickedness.  I  know  from  personal 
experience  that  in  this  place  there  is  neither  piety 
nor  charity.  Faith  is  absent;  there  is  nothing 
holy,  nothing  just,  nothing  human.  Friendship, 
modesty  and  decency  are  unknown.  Houses, 
squares,  temples,  courts  and  pontifical  palaces 
drip  with  lies.  The  hope  of  a  future  life  is  con- 
sidered an  illusion  ;  Jesus  Christ  is  looked  upon 
as  a  useless  invention;  virtue  is  regarded  as  a 
proof  of  stupidity,  and  prostitution  leads  to 
fame." 

Such  is  Petrarch's  account ;  but  Petrarch  was 
possibly  annoyed  because  his  sister  had  been 
seduced  by  the  pope. 


1 02  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

The  Abb^  Guyot,  author  of  the  "  Dictionary  of 
Heresies,"  says,  though  alluding  this  time  to 
Kome  :  "  The  luxury  of  the  bishops,  their  scan- 
dalous mode  of  life,  their  ignorance,  which  is  on 
a  par  with  their  vices,  have  furnished  heretics 
with  excellent  grounds  for  violent  rhetoric." 

Of  Sextus  IV.,  Infessura  says,  in  words  that 
are  best  left  untranslated,  "Puerum  amator  et 
sodomita  fuit."  And  it  would  appear,  not  only 
that  he  was  guilty  of  these  charming  practices, 
but  that  he  granted  indulgences  for  their  general 
commission.  Innocent  VIII.,  his  successor,  by 
way  of  setting  a  good  example  to  future  pontiffs, 
made  public  acknowledgment  of  four  sons  and 
three  daughters.  He  established  an  agency 
where  the  remission  of  sins  could  be  bought  as 
readily  as  a  railway  ticket  to-day.  Of  Alexander 
VI.,  the  father  and  lover  of  Lucretia  Borgia, 
little  that  is  favourable  can  be  said,  except  per- 
haps that  he  was  the  most  magnificent  ruffian 
that  Rome  had  seen  since  the  days  when  Nero, 
with  a  concave  emerald  for  monocle,  watched 
the  rape  of  Christian  girls. 

If  the  popes  were  a  bad  lot,  the  clergy  do  not 
seem  to  have  been  much  better.  Gerson  says 
that  the  cloisters  were  like  markets,  the  convents 
like  lupanars,  and  that  the  churches  and  cathe- 
drals were  lairs  of  bandits  and  thieves.  But  the 
mediaeval  priest  was  not  only  a  voluptuary  and 
a  freebooter,  he  appears  to  have  been  a  jocular 
blasphemer  as  well.  It  is  a  part  of  history  that 
when  Luther  reached  Rome  he  heard  more  than 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.      103 

one  of  them  consecrate  the  Eucharist  with  a  jeer: 
"  Panis  es  et  panis  manebis,  vinum  es  et  vinum 
manebis."  There  cannot  have  been  two  hells ; 
and,  granting  that  there  was  one,  the  Eoman 
Catholic  and  Apostolic  Church  seems  to  have 
been  built  on  it. 

In  the  year  1500  the  world  was  very  old.  The 
Eenaissance  had  lied.  It  had  promised  and  not 
fulfilled.  A  few  years  before,  Savonarola  had 
sought  to  reform  Christianity,  and  particularly 
the  pope.  He  was  burned.  In  words  that  rise 
and  greet  and  kiss  the  eye,  Dante  had  rejuve- 
nated hell.  Petrarch  had  poured  the  newest  of 
wine  into  a  cup  that  was  gothic.  Across  the 
centuries  an  unterrified  spirit  of  beauty  had 
called  to  Boccaccio,  and  he  had  repeated  the 
message  to  inattentive  ears.  There  seemed  to 
be  no  one  that  cared  to  blow  away  the  dust  of 
ages.  Every  germ  that  promised  fruit  was  neu- 
tralised. Yet  Italy  was  peopled  with  atheists. 
The  jurisdiction  of  the  Orient  was  lost ;  England 
was  no  longer  a  vassal.  A  tottering  pontiff  ana- 
thematised in  vain,  and,  seeing  the  uselessness 
of  his  maledictions,  filled  Europe  with  the  uproar 
of  his  debauches.  The  world  was  very  old,  but 
in  the  printing-press  it  had  found  the  waters  of 
youth.  The  earth  was  larger,  and  soon  the  skies 
were  to  be  unveiled. 

It  was  in  those  days  that  a  German  monk 
threw  an  ink-bottle  at  the  devil  and  defied  the 
pope.  A  little  later,  Bohemia  seceded.  Germany 
followed  in  the  wake,  and  with  her  went  Switzer- 


104  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

land  and  the  Northern  States.  Luther's  heresy 
became  orthodoxy.  And  yet  the  newest  thing 
about  it  was  so  old  that  it  had  been  forgotten. 
Everywhere  it  was  welcomed.  The  question  of 
its  youth  or  age  had  nothing  to  do  with  it.  It 
was  in  opposition  to  the  existing  order  of  things, 
and  as  such  it  was  a  success.  Catholicism  was 
a  twilight,  Lutherism  a  dawn.  Christ  said.  Pre- 
pare j  the  Church  said,  Sleep ;  the  Reformation 
called  upon  the  world  to  awake.  Luther's  aim 
was  to  lead  belief  back  to  the  starting-point,  but 
for  the  time  being  his  aim  was  overlooked.  The 
heresy  which  bore  his  name  was  considered 
merely  a  quarrel  between  monks.  "  Bravo  !" 
Hutten  said;  *'let  them  eat  each  other  up !" 

Luther,  who  was  a  courageous  blunderer  and 
sincere  in  all  his  endeavours,  did  something  more 
than  try  to  change  the  current  of  affairs.  He 
created  German  .as  Dante  had  created  Italian. 
It  was  he  who  caught  and  tamed  the  ringing 
tongue  of  the  Niebelungen.  From  the  resisting 
heroes  of  the  Rhine  he  lured  a  secret,  and,  first  of 
his  race,  gave  to  a  nation  a  language  for  birthright. 

Barbarism,  meanwhile,  had  not  absorbed  itself. 
Pyrrho  still  slept.  The  reform  which  Luther 
instituted  aggravated  the  evils  which  it  proposed 
to  correct.  The  Protestantism  which  followed 
was  as  intolerant  as  the  mother  Church ;  more 
so  perhaps,  for  it  had  the  intolerance  of  youth, 
and  as  it  broke  and  scattered  into  countless 
creeds,  each  of  the  brood,  save  the  Quakers, 
arrogated  to  itself  the  right  to  persecute  and 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.      105 

destroy.  To  Luther,  persecution  seemed  not 
only  lawful  but  necessary.  Calvin,  who  was  as 
intolerant  as  the  Inquisition  and  every  whit  as 
fanatical,  made  it  a  prop  of  his  church.  And 
Knox,  to  whom  one  mass  was  more  frightful  than 
ten  thousand  insurgents,  declared  that  an  idolater 
merited  nothing  less  than  death. 

But  persecution,  however  endorsed,  was  not 
of  a  nature  to  resist  the  influence  of  advancing 
thought.  As  scepticism  arose,  intolerance  de- 
clined ;  and  as  beHef  in  future  punishment  passed 
away,  so  did  the  torture  of  the  recalcitrant.  It 
may  be  noted  that  the  lamented  Ranke  estimates 
the  number  of  human  beings  destroyed  by  Chris- 
tianity as  surpassing  ten  million.  And  yet  there 
are  people  who  think  that  Justice  merely  limps. 
During  ten  centuries  it  sat  motionless  in  a  cul 
de-jatte. 

Among  the  first  to  break  a  lance  in  the  Lu- 
theran tragedy  was  Erasmus.  No  one  that  has 
read  ''The  Cloister  and  the  Hearth"  will  need 
to  be  reminded  that  the  story  of  Gerard  and 
Marguerite  is  the  history  of  his  parentage.  As 
a  knight-errant  of  free  thought  he  went  about 
combating  intolerance.  In  the  last  pages  of  the 
ever-famous  "  Praise  of  Folly,"  he  showed,  with 
exquisite  felicity  of  diction,  the  folly  of  creeds 
and  sects.  We  are  wiser  now;  but  the  world 
then  was  learning  the  alphabet.  Erasmus  received 
his  full  share  of  abuse,  and,  what  is  more  to  the 
point,  saw  his  enemies  exhaust  twenty-seven  edi- 
tions of  his  work.  Unpopularity  has  its  advantages. 


1 06  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

In  spite  of  his  intrepidity,  Erasmus  was  as  a 
small  boy  in  comparison  to  that  abstradeur  de 
quinte  essence^  Master  Alcofrybas  Nasier.  Where 
Dante,  Petrarch  and  Boccaccio  had  looked  into 
the  past,  the  author  of  the  exceedingly  horrifying 
life  of  the  Great  Gargantua  pointed  to  unex- 
plored horizons.  The  "  Praise  of  Folly"  was  cold 
as  a  rapier ;  the  biography  which  Eabelais  gave 
to  the  public  was  as  exuberant,  as  prodigal  and 
as  turbulent  as  the  sea.  It  was  a  new  praise  of 
Nature.  Its  appearance  marked  the  beginning 
of  another  Kenaissance ;  in  all  its  pantagruelism 
there  was  not  a  single  tear.  Its  philosophy  was 
a  commingling  of  science  and  satire ;  it  was  un- 
exampled in  boldness,  but  it  was  not  dogmatic. 
Rabelais,  who  had  been  educated  in  a  monastery, 
where  the  vows  were  those  of  ignorance  and  not 
of  religion,  was  too  wise  to  be  an  atheist.  He 
objected  mightily  to  tyranny,  but  he  did  not 
meddle  with  the  unknowable.  If  he  was  any- 
thing, he  was  an  agnostic.  *'  I  am  going  in  search 
of  the  great  Perhaps,"  he  said  on  his  death-bed. 
His  obscenity  is  compromising,  but  it  is  not 
blasphemous.  The  nakedness  of  his  thought 
extended  only  to  the  material. 

Another  thinker  who  refused  to  take  a  step 
beyond  the  real  was  Montaigne.  Where  Eabelais 
hesitated,  Montaigne  doubted.  He  had  caught 
the  Isostheneia  of  Pyrrho,  and  balanced  his 
thought  in  a  perfect  equilibrium.  He  neither 
affirmed  nor  denied.  If  he  fancied  that  the 
universe  was  a  foundling,  his  good  taste  pre- 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.      107 

vented  him  from  openly  questioning  the  parent- 
age. In  this  respect  his  silence  is  admirable 
and  well  worthy  of  imitation.  Christianity  he 
looked  upon  as  a  decadence.  He  noted  with 
mild  regret  that  the  high-roads  of  civilisation  were 
moss-grown  and  abandoned,  and  that  the  com- 
pass which  the  Greeks  had  used  was  buried 
under  the  dust  of  centuries.  But  he  waived  con- 
clusions ;  his  thought  was  too  volatile  to  convey 
a  decision.  Stella  said  that  had  Swift  so  desired, 
he  could  have  written  beautifully  about  a  broom- 
stick. Montaigne  wrote  about  nothing  at  all 
with  a  charm  that  has  never  been  excelled. 

When  Montaigne  put  a  question-mark,  Charron 
shrugged  his  shoulders ;  the  Que  sfay  ie  ?  the 
What  do  I  know?  became,  What  does  it  matter? 
And  yet,  like  many  another  that  affected  indif- 
ference, Charron  was  ardent  and  prone  to  indig- 
nation. In  his  chief  work,  De  la  Sagesse,  a  work 
undeservedly  forgotten,  he  said  many  smart 
things  to  the  orthodox,  and  he  said  them,  too,  in 
a  language  which,  if  antiquated  to-day,  was  then 
very  virile.  He  was  among  the  first  to  note  that 
ideas  of  right  and  wrong  vary  with  the  latitude. 
"  That  which  is  impious,  unjust  and  abominable 
in  one  place,  is  piety,  justice  and  honour  in 
another.  There  is  not  a  law,  a  custom  or  a 
belief,  that  is  everywhere  received  or  rejected." 
Eeligion,  too,  he  held  to  be  a  question  of  lati- 
tude. "Our  religion  is  that  of  the  country  in 
which  we  are  born  and  educated;  we  are  cir- 
cumcised and  baptised,  we  are  Jews,  Muham- 


io8  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

madans  or  Christians,  before  we  know  that  we 
are  men."  To  which  he  added:  "A  strange 
thing  it  is  that  the  Christian  reHgion,  which, 
being  the  only  beHef  true  and  revealed  of  God, 
ought  to  be  extremely  one  and  united,  because 
there  is  but  one  God  and  one  truth,  is,  on  the 
contrary,  torn  into  many  parts  and  divided  into 
many  conflicting  sects,  to  such  an  extent  even, 
that  there  is  not  an  article  of  faith  or  point  of 
doctrine  which  has  not  been  diversely  argued 
and  agitated,  and  given  rise  to  heresies  and  dis- 
sensions. But  what  makes  it  seem  still  more 
strange  is,  that  in  the  false  and  bastard  religions, 
whether  Gentile,  Pagan,  Jewish  or  Muhamma- 
dan,  the  like  divisions  do  not  appear."  And 
much  more  to  the  same  effect ;  concluding  that 
truth  is  intangible,  religions  are  equally  estranges 
et  horribles  au  sens  commun,  and  that  the  sove- 
reign remedy  for' the  ills  of  life  is  de  se prester  h 
aultruy  et  de  ne  se  donner  qu'a  soy. 

While  Charron  in  this  manner  was  foreshort- 
ening Pyrrho,  Sanchez,  a  Spaniard,  was  laying 
the  foundations  of  agnosticism  in  a  work  enti- 
tled, Tr actus  de  multum  nobile  et  prima  universali 
Scientia^  quod  non  scitur — "  Treatise  on  the  very 
noble  and  extremely  universal  Science,  to  wit, 
that  we  know  nothing."  This  contribution  to 
literature  appears  to  have  created  quite  a  little 
commotion;  but,  strange  as  it  may  seem,  the 
commotion  subsided,  and  to-day,  outside  the 
covers  of  a  dictionary  of  philosophy,  Sanchez, 
like  Charron,  is  hard  to  find. 


The  Convulsions  of  the  Church.      109 

In  the  course  of  these  international  attacks, 
Kome  had  heard  Bruno  announce  that  the  uni- 
verse was  a  living  organism  whose  soul  was  God. 
He  was  sent  to  the  stake.  Vanini  had  refused 
to  discuss  the  immortality  of  the  soul  before  he 
was  old,  rich  and  a  German.  He  was  burned 
at -Toulouse.  Campanella  wrote  a  book  against 
heresies,  and  was  tortured  at  Naples  seven  times 
for  his  pains. 

But  the  fangs  of  Eomanism  were  being  drawn. 
The  Pope  Urban  VIH.  had  written  on  his 
brother's  tomb,  Hie  jacet  pulvis  et  cinis^  postea 
nihil^  and  announced  that  the  world  governed 
itself.  Decidedly  the  influence  of  the  Church 
was  on  the  wane,  and  yet  the  time  was  still  far 
away  when  thought  was  to  be  disenthralled. 

Were  it  not  for  a  handful  of  thinkers,  the 
seventeenth  century  might  be  catalogued  among 
the  dark  ages.  The  intellectual  fecundity  which 
was  the  characteristic  of  the  sixteenth  gave  way 
to  an  era  which  was  largely  one  of  mental  stag- 
nation. The  world  seemed  tired  of  disputes, 
and  inclined,  too,  to  accept  old  beliefs  unques- 
tioned. The  hand  of  scholasticism  was  still  upon 
it.  It  viewed  speculation  with  uneasy  dread, 
and  kept  its  anxious  eyes  fixed  upon  the  past. 

And  yet  there  were  a  few  whose  instincts 
invited  to  other  vistas.  In  Holland  was  Spinoza; 
in  England,  Bacon  and  Hobbes;  in  Germany, 
Kepler  and  Leibnitz  j  while  in  France  was  Gas- 
sendi,  Bayle,  but  first  Descartes.  "  Give  me 
force  and  matter,"  he  cried,  "and  I  will  refurbish 


no         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

the  world."  Force  and  matter  were  not  forth- 
coming, but  in  that  magnificent  boast  was  the 
accouchement  of  modern  thought.  One  may- 
even  say  that  its  layette  was  already  prepared. 
A  few  years  before,  Europe  had  listened  to 
Galileo  recanting  his  heresy;  but  when,  before 
the  assembled  prelates,  the  prisoner  muttered, 
E  pur  si  miiove^  a  page  of  history  was  turned 
down,  and  across  it  was  written,  Farewell  to 
Eome. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

THE  DISSENT  OF  THE   SEERS. 

In  one  of  the  forgotten  plays  of  Laberius,  a 
jester  is  represented  as  recommending  a  smug- 
faced  companion  to  get  a  foretaste  of  philosophy 
in  the  latrinae.  In  one  sense  the  jester  was  wise 
in  his  generation  and  clairvoyant  too.  About 
philosophy  in  general,  and  metaphysics  in  par- 
ticular, the  impolite  have  always  discerned  a  bad 
odour.  A,nd  this  not  without  reason.  In  lite- 
rature there  is  nothing  more  unpleasant  than  an 
attempt  to  prove  something;  indeed,  if  ever  a 
proper  penal  code  is  devised,  the  dietary  pro- 
ducts of  logic  will  be  declared  contraband,  and 
every  ergo  banished  the  realm.  In  the  absence 
of  any  criterion  of  truth,  such  a  word  as  therefore 
has  seemingly  no  raison  (Tttre,  The  sum  of  all 
the  angles  of  a  triangle  may  be  equal  to  two 
right-angles,  but  however  amply  that  fact  or  any 
other  be  demonstrated,  it  cannot  lift  the  inquisi- 
tive beyond  the  limits  of  an  experience  which  in 
itself  may  be  erroneous.  Who  shall  say  but  that 
in  some  other  sphere,  where  perhaps  there  are 
now  such  commodities  as   square   fluids  and 


1 1 2  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

moral  substances, — who  shall  say  but  that  there 
the  sum  of  all  the  angles  of  a  triangle  may  not 
be  equal  to  two  right-angles ;  or,  as  Mill  has 
suggested,  who  shall  say  but  that  there  is  a  land 
where  two  and  two  make  five?  Yet,  waiving 
such  magnificent  hypotheses,  and  granting  that 
deductions  which  follow  from  experience  are 
not  erroneous,  it  must  be  admitted  that  they 
bring  us  no  nearer  the  truth ;  the  essence,  the 
reason  of  things  is  as  intangible  as  before. 

And  metaphysics  has  yet  another  defect.  The 
eternal  questions.  What  am  I?  What  can  I  know? 
— questions  which  it  purports  to  answer — are  left 
for  all  response  as  vague  as  the  enveloping  scholia. 
But  the  good  that  comes  of  evil  is  ever  re-nascent, 
and  out  of  the  questions  and  answers  have  sprung 
the  three  foremost  systems  of  modern  anti-theistic 
thought.  Of  these.  Pantheism  takes  the  pre- 
cedence, which  is  the  due  of  age.  Its  nominal 
founder  is  Spinoza. 

The  life  of  Baruch  Spinoza  should  be  taught 
to  every  school-boy.  It  is  not  only  as  uninterest- 
ing as  the  ordinary  studies  of  average  youth,  but 
it  holds  a  lesson  of  such  gentleness,  modesty 
and  abnegation  of  self,  that  in  a  search  for  a 
better  one  the  whole  parade  of  history  might  be 
reviewed  in  vain. 

Like  certain  other  notabilities,  Spinoza  was  a 
Jew.  His  parents  were  descendants  of  Portu- 
guese Israelites,  who  had  fled  from  the  Inquisi- 
tion and  unfolded  their  tents  behind  the  dykes 
of  the  Netherlands.    To-day,  in  Amsterdam,  any 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  1 1 3 

valet-de-place  will  designate  the  early  home  of  the 
philosopher,  and  every  valet-de-place  will  point  to 
a  different  house.  But  when  the  sight-seer  is 
tired  into  satisfaction,  discrepancies  are  of  small 
moment.  Moreover,  after  exhausting  his  ima- 
gination on  the  Burgwal,  any  valet-de-place  is 
competent  to  show  the  exact  spot  near  the  syna- 
gogue where  a  fanatic  believer  aimed  a  dagger 
at  the  thinker's  heart.  The  aim  was  unsuccess- 
ful, though  it  rent  the  coat;  and  this  coat  the 
guide,  if  he  is  clever,  will  tell  you  that  Spinoza 
kept  ever  after  by  way  of  memorabilium.  But, 
clever  or  not,  give  him  a  louis  and  let  him  go. 
Spinoza's  life  is  not  such  an  one  as  should  be 
listened  to  in  the  streets. 

In  the  library  at  Wolfenbeiitel  there  is  a  por- 
trait of  a  grave,  olive-skinned  Hebrew,  who  stands 
in  the  upright  idleness  which  is  peculiar  to  por- 
traits in  oil.  The  hair  falls  back  and  over  the 
shoulders  in  an  expanding  flood.  The  face  is 
nearly  oval,  and  the  eyes  are  large  and  patient. 
This  portrait,  which  is  of  Spinoza,  was  probably 
painted  toward  the  close  of  his  life.  He  died, 
it  may  be  noted,  at  the  age  of  forty-four,  in  the 
year  1677.  As  has  been  hinted,  his  life  is  without 
interest.  If  there  was  a  tragedy  in  it,  it  was,  as 
Mr.  Wilde  would  say,  that  there  was  none  at  all. 
There  is  some  mention  of  a  little  romance  with 
the  daughter  of  his  teacher.  But  Spinoza  was 
poor,  and  it  is  said  that  a  wealthier  student  made 
diamonds  of  indifferent  water  fall  in  miniature 
cascades  before  the  maiden's  unresisting  eyes. 
I 


1 14         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

It  is  possible  that  this  legend,  out  of  which 
Auerbach  has  weaved  one  of  his  charming  tales, 
is  not  untrue.  There  is  a  quotation  to  the  effect 
that  Mammon  can  win  his  way  where  angels 
might  despair  j  and  if  an  angel,  then,  a  fortiori^  a 
philosopher.  In  any  event,  Spinoza  appears  to 
have  been  jilted,  which  probably  was  the  best 
thing  that  could  have  happened.  A  thinker 
should  have  everything,  even  to  sex,  in  his 
brain. 

Spinoza  was  educated  to  be  a  rabbi,  but  with 
increasing  years  he  grew  too  big  for  Jewish  theo- 
logy and  declined  to  visit  the  synagogue.  It 
was  then  that"  some  zealot  tried  to  stab  him. 
This  argument  being  insufficient,  the  elders 
offered  him  an  annual  pension  of  a  thousand 
florins,  on  condition  that  now  and  then  he  would 
appear  in  the  synagogue  and  keep  his  opinions 
to  himself  Spinoza,  was  very  poor,  but  his  opi- 
nions were  to  him  more  precious  than  money. 
He  refused  therefore,  and  was  excommunicated 
at  once.  The  great  ban,  the  Schammatha,  was 
publicly  pronounced  upon  him.  For  half-an- 
hour,  to  the  blare  of  trumpets,  he  was  cursed 
in  the  name  which  contains  forty-two  letters; 
in  the  name  of  Him  who  said,  /  am  that  I  am 
and  who  shall  be;  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  of 
Hosts,  the  Tetragrammation ;  in  the  name  of 
the  Globes,  the  Wheels,  Mysterious  Beasts  and 
Ministering  Angels;  in  the  name  of  the  great 
Prince  Michael;  in  the  name  of  Metateron, 
whose  name  is  like  that  of  his  master ;  in  the 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  115 

name  of  Achthariel  Jah.  The  Seraphim  and 
Ofanim  were  called  upon  to  give  mouth  to  the 
malediction.  Jehovah  was  supplicated  never  to 
forgive  his  sin,  to  let  all  the  curses  in  the  Book 
of  the  Law  fall  upon  and  blot  him  from  under 
the  heavens.  Then,  as  the  music  swooned  in  a 
shudder  of  brass,  the  candles  were  reversed,  and 
through  the  darkness  the  whole  congregation 
chanted  in  unison.  Amen  ! 

After  that,  Spinoza,  being  no  longer  a  Jew, 
changed  his  name  from  Baruch  to  Benedictus, 
and  turned  his  thoughts  from  the  Kabbala  to 
Descartes.  The  life  he  thereafter  led  was  one 
of  extreme  simplicity.  He  earned  his  bread  by 
poHshing  lenses,  and  expended  on  it  but  a  trifle 
more  than  the  traditional  obolus  of  Epicurus. 
When  his  father  died,  his  sisters,  arguing  that  a 
heretic  had  no  right  nor  title  to  the  property  of 
the  faithful,  tried  to  keep  from  him  his  inherit- 
ance. Spinoza,  however,  appealed  against  them, 
won  his  suit,  and  then  gave  back  as  free  gift  all . 
the  contested  property  except  one  bed,  which  his 
biographer  Colerus  says,  etait  en  verite  fort  bon. 
A  few  other  instances  of  his  magnanimity  might 
be  given,  and  a  few  anecdotes  of  his  gentleness 
related;  but  when  they  were  told,  the  reader 
would  find  himself  as  unacquainted  with  the  man 
as  before.  Properly  speaking,  he  had  no  bio- 
graphy ;  his  life  was  one  of  solitude ;  its  essence 
was  meditation;  and  the  Wolfenbeiitel  portrait 
would  have  served  its  purpose  better,  had  it 
represented  the  sombre  face  of  one  whose  eyes 
I  2 


1 1 6         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

were  lost  in  thought,  and  whose  patient  hand 
poUshed  a  concave  lens. 

Spinoza's  fame  rests  principally  on  two  works 
which  shortly  after  his  death  were  proscribed  as 
profane,  atheistic  and  blasphemous.  These  works 
are  the  Tractatus  Theologico-politiciis  and  the 
Ethica.  The  first  is  the  key-note  of  rationalism, 
the  second  is  the  basis  of  modern  philosophy. 
The  rationalism  of  the  first  and  the  philosophy 
of  the  second  stand  in  the  closest  connection. 
In  both,  Nature  is  shown  to  be  an  omnipotent 
ruler,  in  whose  court  such  a  parvenu  as  the 
supernatural  is  not  received. 

Spinoza's  negations  are  three-fold.  He  denied 
the  existence  of  an  extra-mundane  Deity;  he 
denied  that  man  is  a  free  agent ;  and  he  denied 
the  doctrine  of  final  causes. 

His  negation  of  the  existence  of  an  extra- 
mundane  Deity  is  not  always  clearly  understood. 
The  term  Deus  is  strewn  through  his  pages,  and 
its  repetition  has  often  misled  the  unwary.  There 
is,  he  taught,  but  one  substance,  and  in  this  sub- 
stance all  things  live,  move  and  have  their  being. 
It  is  at  once  cause  and  effect ;  it  is  God.  But 
the  term  thus  used  has  nothing  in  common  with 
the  theistic  idea  of  a  Creator,  who,  having 
fashioned  the  world,  "  sits  aloft  and  sees  it  go." 
On  the  contrary,  God  and  the  universe  were  to 
Spinoza  one  and  identical;  they  were  correlatives; 
the  existence  of  the  one  made  that  of  the  other 
a  logical  necessity.  To  him  the  primordial  entity, 
the  fons  et  origo  rerunty  was  God ;  but  God  was 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  117 

Nature,  and  Nature,  Substance  The  three  terms 
he  used  interchangeably;  the  former  predominate 
in  his  earlier  writings,  the  third  in  the  Ethics. 
His.  reason  for  making  use  of  the  first  is  not 
entirely  apparent,  unless,  it  be,  as  Dr.  Martineau 
has  suggested,  that  even  when  the  sun  of  Israel 
had  set,  he  still  loved  to  linger  in  the  mystical 
penumbra  of  an  earlier  faith.  But  be  this  as 
it  may,  and  however  his  use  of  the  term  may 
be  interpreted,  it  is  tolerably  clear  that  Spinoza, 
far  from,  lowering  the  Deity  to  Nature,  exalted 
Nature  to  a  God.  God  was  everywhere,  and 
every  region  was  filled  with  the  Divine. 

Spinoza  has  been  frequently  blamed  for  reading 
the  banns  over  the  unknowable  and  the  known, 
and  perhaps  the  blame  is  not  altogether  unde- 
served. But  in  this  connection  it  may  not  be 
amiss  to  call  Goethe  to  his  rescue.  And  Goethe, 
it  may  be  remembered,  is  the  Spinoza  of  verse. 
"To  discuss  God  apart  from  Nature,"  said  the 
poet,  *'  is  both  difficult  and  dangerous.  It  is  as 
though  we  separated  the  soul  from  the  body. 
We  know  the  soul  only  through  the  medium  of 
the  body,  and  God  only  through  Nature.  Hence 
the  absurdity  of  accusing  of  absurdity  those  who 
philosophically  unite  the  world  with  God."  Vol- 
taire, however,  took  a  different  view,  the  view 
of  an  inconsequent  historian  who  relies  on  his  wit. 
Now  wit  is  little  else  than  the  commonplace  in 
fine  clothes ;  and  Voltaire,  who  treated  the  hum- 
drum with  the  skill  of  a  modiste,  drew  the  threads 
of  fancy,  and  worked  an  elaborate  hemstitch  : 


1 1 8         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

"  Alors  un  petit  Juif,  au  long  nez,  au  teint  bleme, 
Pauvre,  mais  satisfait,  pensif  et  retire, 
Esprit  subtil  et  creux,  moins  lu  que  celebre, 
Cache  sous  le  manteau  de  Descartes  son  maitre, 
Marchant  k  pas  comptes,  s'approcha  du  grand  Etre : 
'Pardonnez  moi,'  dit-il,  'en  lui  parlant  tout  bas, 
Mais  je  crois  entre  nous,  que  vous  n'existez  pas.' " 

That  which  is  called  Free-will  had  to  Spinoza 
a  purely  verbal  existence.  To  him,  the  state  of 
mind  at  any  given  moment  is  the  effect  of  some 
definite  cause,  which  itself  is  the  effect  of  a  pre- 
ceding cause,  and  so  on  without  end.  His  argu- 
ment is  to  the  point:  "Imagine  that  a  stone 
which  has  been  set  in  motion  becomes  conscious, 
and,  so  far  as  it  is  able,  endeavours  to  persist  in 
its  motion.  This  stone,  since  it  is  conscious  of 
and  interested  in  its  endeavour,  will  believe  that 
it  is  free,  and  that  it  continues  in  motion  for  no 
other  reason  than  that  it  so  wills.  Now  such  is 
the  freedom  of  maii,  which  every  one  boasts  of 
possessing,  and  which  consists  but  in  this,  that 
men  are  aware  of  their  own  desires,  and  ignorant 
of  the  causes  by  which  those  desires  are  deter- 
mined."* 

This  apt  negation  of  free-will  in  man,  Spinoza 
extended  to  broader  spheres ;  and  in  showing 
that  the  force  which  moves  the  world  acts  because 
it  exists  and  as  it  exists — that  it  has  no  alterna- 
tives, no  standards  of  comparison  of  better  or 
worse,  and  no  appreciation  of  antitheses,  of  right 
or  of  wrong — in  fact,  in  showing  that  everything 

*  Lettre  62.     Traduction  de  Emile  Saisset. 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  1 19 

occurs  in  virtue  and  in  accordance  with  eternal 
laws  which  could  not  be  otherwise — arrived  at 
the  consoling  deduction  that  he  who  understands 
that  everything  which  happens,  happens  neces- 
sarily, will  find  nothing  worthy  of  hatred,  mockery 
or  contempt,  but  rather  will  endeavour,  so  far  as 
human  power  permits,  to  do  well,  and,  as  the 
phrase  goes,  to  be  of  good  cheer. 

There  is  something  in  the  foregoing  theory 
that  seems  to  savour  of  Calvinistic  predestina^ 
tion.  But  it  is  only  a  savour.  To  the  Calvinist, 
predestination  is  made  endurable  by  the  belief 
that  everything  is  ordained  by  the  highest  wis- 
dom ;  while  to  the  Pantheist,  man  is  never  the 
subject  of  fate.  The  laws  of  necessity  are  iden- 
tical with  his  own  nature,  and  it  is  through  an 
understanding  of  them  that  he  finds  himself  at 
peace  with  all  the  world. 

Spinoza  held  the  doctrine  of  Final  Causes  to 
be  untenable,  because  inconsistent  with  the  per- 
fection that  resides  in  God.  His  argument,  which 
is  advanced  in  the  Ethica^,  has  the  charm  which 
attaches  to  brevity  :  "  If  God  acts  for  a  designed 
end,  it  must  be  that  He  desireth  something 
which  He  hath  not." 

Spinoza  was  neither  an  optimist  nor  a  pessi- 
mist. He  neither  laughed  at  life  nor  grieved 
over  it.  It  is  possible  that  he  understood  it. 
Like  many  another  before  him,  he  had  looked 
about  for  happiness ;  and  in  the  search  he  saw 
that  such  simulachres  as  wealth,  distinction  and 
pleasure,  even  to  that  grande  dame  whose  name 


120         The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

is  Glory,  were  smitten  with  one  and  the  same 
defect.  The  desire  for  them  sprang  from  an 
archaic  source,  the  love  of  the  transitory.  But 
happiness  to  be  real,  he  argued,  should  be  im- 
perishable. And  where  could  such  happiness 
be  found  ? — where,  indeed,  save  in  the  love  of 
the  eternal  and  the  unending,  in  the  love  of 
truth,  which  in  purifying  and  exalting  the  heart 
shields  it  from  vain  desires  ?  If  Spinoza  had  not 
been  a  geometrician,  he  would  have  been  a  poet. 

In  the  Tractatus  Theologico-politicuSy  Spinoza 
noted,  with  great  good  sense,  that  a  plain  man 
who  does  not  enter  upon  philosophy  may  without 
harm  and  even  with  profit  believe  whatever  he 
finds  most  edifying,  provided  he  believes  it  sin- 
cerely. And  it  is  related  that  his  hostess,  a 
simple-minded  Lutheran,  having  asked  him 
whether  the  religion  she  professed  was  capable 
of  assuring  her  salvation,  he  advised  her  to  seek 
no  other,  nor  to  doubt  of  its  efficiency.  *'  Do 
but  good  works,"  he  said,  "  and  endeavour  so  far 
as  it  is  possible  to  lead  a  peaceful  and  virtuous 
life." 

As  Heine  has  well  said,  wherever  a  great  mind 
gives  utterance  to  its  thoughts,  there  too  is  Gol- 
gotha. Spinoza  was  persecuted  during  his  life- 
time, and  after  death  his  works  were  condemned 
as  profane,  blasphemous  and  atheistic.  And  yet 
it  is  probable  that  few  men  more  sincerely  reli- 
gious than  he  have  ever  lived  and  taught.  His 
doctrine  was  one  of  abnegation  of  self  and  patient 
devotion  to  the  eternal.     He  was  in  love  with 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  121 

the  Infinite;  it  was  Nature  that  fluttered  his 
pulse;  it  was  the  Spirit  of  the  universe  that 
filled  his  heart  with  living  springs.  Nevertheless, 
there  are  to-day  many  warm-hearted  and  accom- 
plished gentlemen  whose  views  on  Spinoza  are  a 
trifle  more  than  two  hundred  years  behind  the 
age.  To  them  he  is  still  the  blasphemer.  But 
in  all  sincerity  one  may  ask  which  is  the  more 
blasphemous,  nay,  which  is  the  more  vulgar,  the 
mind  that  pictures  the  Deity  as  a  jealous  tyrant 
who  keeps  the  world  as  a  separate  establishment, 
or  the  thinker  who  seeks  to  banish  the  dream 
that  veils  the  part  from  the  whole,  and  who 
shows  the  soul  of  man  and  of  the  universe  to  be 
the  same  ? 

In  attempting  to  convey  the  higher  view, 
Spinoza  admittedly  transcended  the  limits  of 
experience.  Indeed,  there  are  contemporary 
free-thinkers  who  are  ready  to  assert  that  he  was 
sunk  in  the  grossest  superstitions.  Perhaps  he 
was;  yet  his  superstitions  were  so  refined,  that 
in  them  there  was  room  for  nothing  but  the 
ideal. 

A  few  years  after  Spinoza's  death,  on  the  22  nd 
day  of  November,  1694,  Frangois  Arouet  and 
Marie-Marguerite  Daumart,  his  wife,  caused  to 
be  baptised  at  the  church  of  St.  Andre  des  Arcs 
in  Paris,  a  male  child,  who,  born  dying  six  months 
before,  lived  long  enough  to  christen  himself 
Voltaire. 

The  heart  of  the  eighteenth  century  was  like 
a  veilliebchen.     As  Michelet,  who  dissected  it, 


122         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

announced,  it  was  double.  One  half  was  Diderot, 
the  other  Voltaire;  but  Rousseau  was  wedged 
between.  Voltaire  wished  superstition  abolished 
and  the  throne  preserved ;  Rousseau  wanted  the 
monarchy  abolished  and  the  altar  upheld.  Dide- 
rot sought  the  overthrow  of  both. 

The  united  works  of  Diderot  and  Voltaire  form 
a  library  of  ninety  volumes.  But  much  of  their 
labour  is  uncatalogued.  Their  ninety-first  achieve- 
ment is  the  French  Revolution,  their  ninety-second 
is  Modern  Thought.  If  they  are  little  read  to-day, 
it  is  because  their  ideas  have  become  common 
property,  their  daring  seems  less  bold.  Con- 
cerning Diderot,  a  word  will  be  said  later  on ; 
but  no  cbnj  unction  of  phrases  is  rich  enough  to 
paint  Voltaire.  His  figure  is  as  familiar  as  the 
moon,  yet  the  currents  of  his  thought  are  almost 
as  intangible.  Nature,  who,  as  Malebranche 
has  said,  speaks  neither  Latin  nor  Greek  nor 
Hebrew,  had  taught  him  the  nothingness  of 
creeds.  He  had  but  one  dogma,  Reason.  When 
he  preached  God  and  liberty,  the  liberty  was 
freedom  of  thought,  and  God  the  deification  of 
common-sense.  In  his  vague  deism  there  was 
room  for  many  things.  "Believe  in  Go.d,"  he 
said  to  a  questioning  rhymster ;  "  believe  in  God; 
there  is  nothing  more  poetic."  But  to  Madame 
du  Deffand,  in  whom  he  confided,  he  admitted 
his  acquaintanceship  with  a  man  who  thoroughly 
believed  that  when  a  bee  died  it  ceased  to  hum. 
That  man  was  none  other  than  himself.  In  those 
days  there  were  not  a  few  who  beUeved  as  he 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  123 

did.  Among  them  was  that  most  anti-christian 
of  monarchs,  the  fat  Frederick,  who  played  badly 
on  the  flute,  wrote  verses  that  limp  after  him 
through  history,  but  who  possessed  an  enchanted 
sword,  a  nimble  wit,  and  a  great  fund  of  appre- 
ciation for  those  whose  views  coincided  with  his 
Own. 

From  this  monarch  there  came  to  Voltaire  an 
invitation  requesting  the  pleasures  of  his  society, 
and  this  invitation  Voltaire  accepted.  Voltaire 
was  never  young.  When  he  reached  Berlin  his 
hair  was  white,  and  he  looked,  Madame  de  Stael 
has  said,  like  a  wicked  old  monk  come  back  from 
another  world  to  visit  this ;  but  such  a  fascinating 
pagan  was  he,  that  in  winning  him  from  the  fif- 
teenth Louis  of  France,  Frederick  valued  the 
gain  more  highly  than  a  province. 

At  the  historic  suppers  of  the  king,  Voltaire 
likened  the  symposiasts  to  the  seven  sages  of 
Greece  in  a  lupanar.  "In  no  corner  of  the 
globe,"  he  said,  "has  liberty  of  speech  been 
greater,  or  have  superstitions  been  treated  with 
keener  contempt."  Beside  Voltaire  and  Frede- 
rick, the  usual  guests  were  the  Marquis  d'Argens, 
Lamettrie,  Maupertuis,  Algarotti  and  d'Armand. 
The  last-named  gentlemen  are  relatively  unim- 
portant, but  the  others  should  not  pass  unnoticed. 

D'Argens  was  not  only  the  king's  guest,  he 
was  his  nearest  friend,  a  sort  of  dignified  Tribou- 
let.  He  was  a  Provengal,  an  ex-free  lance,  hand- 
some and  dissipated,  who  after  a  riotous  career, 
during  which  he  had  explored  most  of  the  side 


124         l^he  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

scenes  of  life,  made  love  in  five  languages,  and 
fought  over  the  better  part  of  Europe,  retired 
suddenly  to  Holland  and  burned  the  midnight 
oil.  It  was  the  old  story  of  the  devil  turned 
hermit.  In  Holland  in  those  days,  thought  was 
almost  untrammelled.  When  a  foreign  author 
was  afraid  of  the  printers  in  his  own  country,  he 
set  those  of  the  Netherlands  at  work,  very  much 
as  the  ultra-naturalists  of  contemporary  France 
obtain  to-day  the  assistance  of  Belgian  publishers. 
D'Argens  therefore  went  to  the  Hague,  hired  an 
apartment,  shut  himself  up  for  six  months,  and 
then  walked  out  with  the  Lettres  Juives  in  his 
pockets. 

The  Lettres  Juives,  which  are  nothing  if  not 
liberal,  were  read  and  appreciated  by  the  Crown 
Prince  of  Prussia,  who  at  once  asked  d'Argens 
to  pay  him  a  visit.  But  d'Argens  sent  a  regret 
The  throne  was  occupied  by  Frederick  Wilhelm, 
and  that  monarch  was  not  an  agreeable  person. 
If  he  took  a  walk,  everybody  took  to  their  heels. 
Voltaire  has  given  it  to  history  that  whenever  he 
met  a  woman  in  the  street,  he  sent  her  about 
her  business  :  "  Get  thee  hence,  thou  trull,  thou 
trollope ;  thy  place  is  at  home  !" — a  remonstrance 
which  was  accompanied  as  often  as  not  by  a  blow 
or  a  kick;  and  Voltaire  adds  that  whenever  a 
minister  of  the  gospel  took  it  into  his  head  to 
view  a  parade,  he  was,  if  caught,  treated  in  pre- 
cisely the  same  manner. 

D'Argens  knew  him  by  reputation,  and  de- 
chned  his  son's  invitation  with  thanks.     "To 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers,  125 

reach  Potsdam,"  he  wrote  to  the  prince,  "I 
should  have  to  pass  three  battalions ;  and  as  I 
am  tall,  well-built,  and  not  altogether  bad-looking, 
I  don't  dare."  But  when  the  prince  became 
king,  there  was  nothing  to  fear,  and  Potsdam 
counted  another  guest. 

It  was  not  long  before  d'Argens  became  the 
chamberlain,  and,  as  has  been  hinted,  the  friend 
of  the  king.  He  was  a  brilliant  conversationalist, 
'epigrammatic,  paradoxical,  and  possessed  of  great 
opulence  of  imagination.  And  Frederick,  who 
at  that  time  was  possibly  the  only  German  in 
BerHn  who  knew  how  to  talk,  knew,  too,  how  to 
appreciate  that  ability  in  another.  The  intimacy 
increased  with  years.  When  the  king,  overcome 
by  public  and  private  misfortunes,  doubtful  of 
the  morrow  and  uncertain  even  of  the  day, 
reflected  on  the  advantages  which  a  bare  bodkin 
can  procure,  d'Argens  hurried  to  the  rescue  with 
comforting  maxims.  The  King  listened,  but 
would  have  his  say :  "  Philosophy,  my  dear 
Marquis,  is  an  excellent  remedy  against  the  ills 
of  the  past  or  of  the  future,  but  it  is  powerless 
against  those  of  the  present."  "  And  what  about 
the  impassability  that  Zeno  taught?"  "Zeno," 
answered  the  king,  "  was  the  philosopher  of  the 
gods,  and  I  am  a  man."  Nevertheless,  he  took 
heart  again,  and  all  thoughts  of  the  bodkin  were 
dismissed.  But  d'Argens  was  not  always  so 
comforting.  On  the  eve  of  the  battle  of  Ros- 
bach,  Frederick  happening  to  remark  that  if  he 
lost  it  he  would  go  and  practise  medicine  in 


1 26         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

Venice,  Triboulet  steadied  himself  against  a  table 
and  hissed,  "  Toujours  assassin." 

D'Argens  and  Frederick  grew  old  together. 
They  had  disputes  which  made  them  faster 
friends.  They  played  practical  jokes  on  one 
another,  and  quarrelled  noisily  over  trifles.  The 
king  often  acted  like  a  school-boy,  and  d'Argens 
not  infrequently  forgot  that  he  was  a  philosopher. 
He  remembered,  however,  that  he  was  not  born 
in  Berlin.  About  Sans-Souci  there  circled  at 
times  an  icy  wind  that  made  him  dream  of  Pro- 
vence. One  day  he  asked  for  his  passport.  Fre- 
derick was  vexed ;  he  did  not  like  to  be  deserted ; 
it  diminished  him  in  his  own  esteem.  "  Bah  !" 
he  exclaimed,  "  what  is  a  prince  born  for,  unless 
it  be  to  cause  ingratitude?"  But  he  gave  the 
exeat,  and  d'Argens  returned  to  his  early  home. 
Soon  after  he  died — a  convert,  so  it  was  said. 
When  Frederick  heard  the  rumour,  he  laughed ; 
he  knew  d'Argens  too  well  to  believe  any  such 
gossip  as  that.  "  If  he  received  the  Last  Sacra- 
ment," he  said,  "it  is  because  it  was  given  to 
him  by  main  strength." 

"D'Argens,"  said  Voltaire,  "has  the  wit  of 
Bayle  and  the  charm  of  Montaigne."  The  doc- 
trine which  he  displayed  in  the  Philosophie  du 
bon  sens  is  a  half-hearted  Pyrrhonism.  He,  too, 
saw  that  there  was  no  criterion  of  truth,  but  he 
could  not  always  keep  his  eyes  on  the  fact. 
"  How,"  he  asked,  "  can  men  pretend  to  know 
the  essence  of  things  when  they  are  ignorant  of 
their  own  ?"    That  they  cannot  may  be  readily 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  127 

admitted,  unless  it  be  that  they  are  willing  to 
supersede  judgment  with  faith,  which  proceeding 
is  the  one  that  d'Argens  recommended.  He 
was  deeply  purposeful,  but  he  was  circumspect. 
What  he  shook  with  one  hand,  he  steadied  with 
the  other.  When  he  showed  the  advantages  of 
belief,  he  was  not  in  a  greater  hurry  to  do  any- 
thing else  than  to  show  its  disadvantages.  First 
he  honeycombed  it  with  doubt  and  toppled  it 
over  completely.  Then  he  set  to  work  and  built 
it  up  anew.  After  which  he  gave  it  another 
shake,  and  so  on  indefinitely,  until  his  ink 
blushed  and  his  pen  refused  its  office.  The 
method  employed  by  M.  Renan  is  not  dissimilar. 
There  are  few  lands  in  Europe  that  have  been 
more  fecund  in  myths  than  Brittany.  The 
belief  in  that  lost  city  of  Is,  whose  spires  the 
fishers  sometimes  saw,  whose  bells,  rung  by  the 
waves,  clang  through  the  winter  nights,  and  whose 
magnificence  was  such  that  for  the  capital  of 
France  no  better  name  could  be  found  than 
Par-Is,  equal  to  Is— the  belief  in  that  lost  city 
was  the  origin  of  many  beautiful  legends.  In  few 
other  lands  has  the  faith  in  the  weird  and  the 
supernatural  been  preserved  with  greater  sim- 
plicity. Yet  through  one  of  those  paradoxes  of 
which  Nature  alone  holds  the  secret,  Brittany  has 
been  as  fertile  of  doubt  as  of  credulity.  Many  of 
the  foremost  of  French  anti-theists  claim  it  as 
their  home.  Between  Maupertuis  and  Renan 
there  is  a  parade  of  familiar  names,  and  of  these 
names  few  are  more  significant  than  that  of 
Lamettrie. 


1 28  The  A  natonty  of  Negation, 

Lamettrie  appears  to  have  been  an  unprincipled 
saint,  a  rake  without  vices.  He  was  brilliant  and 
whimsical,  an  excellent  purveyor  of  the  entremets 
of  the  imagination ;  and  as  it  is  the  individual 
and  not  the  topic  that  makes  or  unmakes  con- 
versation, the  great  Frederick  held  him  in  high 
favour.  Some  years  before  Voltaire  appeared  in 
Berlin,  Lamettrie  had  written  a  book,  VHistoire 
naturelle  de  Pdme,  which  had  created  such  a 
stir  that  he  had  been  obliged  to  leave  France 
and  seek  refuge  in  Holland.  There  he  published 
another  book,  V Homme  machine^  which  created 
even  a  greater  stir ;  and  while  he  was  wondering 
where  he  should  hide,  Frederick,  who  had  read 
his  writings,  and  who  never  let  slip  an  opportunity 
of  adding  another  philosopher  to  his  collection, 
invited  him  to  Berlin.  "  He  is  a  victim  of  theo- 
logians and  fools,"  said  the  monarch;  "let  him 
come  here  and  write  what  he  pleases.  I  am 
always  sorry  for  a  philosopher  in  difficulties  ; 
were  I  not  born  a  prince,  I  would  be  one  myself." 

Lamettrie  was  quite  willing  to  accord  to  a 
king  the  pleasures  of  his  company,  and  took 
a  seat  at  the  royal  supper-table  without  delay. 
Frederick  was  so  charmed  with  him  that  he 
made  him  his  salaried  reader.  "  I  am  delighted 
with  my  acquisition,"  he  said ;  "  Lamettrie  is  as 
light-hearted  and  clever  as  any  one  can  be.  He 
is  a  sound  physician  and  hates  doctors ;  he  is  a 
materialist  and  not  material.  He  says  scandalous 
things  now  and  then,  but  we  weaken  his  Epicurean 
wine  with  the  water  of  Pythagoras." 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  1 29 

Like  some  other  gentlemen  of  a  sceptical 
turn,  Lamettrie  announced  that  vice  and  virtue 
were  purely  relative — a  platitude  which  has  been 
running  about  the  book-shelves  ever  since  books 
were  shelved.  But  he  added  something  which 
is  worth  larger  attention  :  "Away  with  remorse  !" 
he  exclaimed ;  "  it  is  a  weakness,  an  outcome 
of  education."  And  if  virtue  and  vice  are  merely 
questions  of  surroundings,  it  is  indeed  difficult 
to  view  remorse  otherwise  than  as  a  pre-mediaeval 
emotion.  But  virtue,  to  say  nothing  of  vice,  is 
something  more.  According  to  the  Buddha, 
virtue  is  the  agreement  of  the  will  and  the  con- 
science, a  definition  which  would  be  matchless 
if  the  will  were  free. .  Marcus  AureUus  called  it 
a  living  and  enthusiastic  sympathy  with  Nature ; 
but  if  the  boundless  immorality  of  Nature  be 
conceded,  as  it  should,  the  fine  words  of  the 
emperor  are  as  empty  as  the  wind.  Virtue,  said 
one  who  had  eyed  it  narrowly,  virtue  is  a  name. 
Perhaps.  Yet  virtue  declines  to  be  dismissed 
with  a  phrase ;  there  is  a  disturbing  magnificence 
about  it  which  routs  the  most  skilful.  In  de- 
scribing it,  Raphael  is  a  better  lexicographer 
than  Shakespeare,  though  even  Raphael,  for  all 
his  cunning,  could  not  paint  a  temperament. 
And  virtue  is  little  else  than  a  question  of  dis- 
position. It  may  be  sunned  and  watered  by  a 
thousand  influences,  it  may  be  hedged  and  for- 
tified, but  in  its  essence  it  is  temperamental. 
However  great  the  outward  success  may  appear, 
the  lessons  and  precepts  of  ages  will  not  suffice 

K 


130  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

to  keep  it  unspotted  if  the  inner  spirit  be  adverse. 
And  as  with  virtue,  so  too  with  vice.  Standards 
may  differ  with  the  dimate,  but  in  each  case  it 
is  the  conscience  that  elects  itself  judge.  It  is 
the  heart,  memory  aiding,  that  gives  us  a  para- 
dise or  a  hell.  If  we  could  hush  the  conscience 
and  still  the  heart,  we  might  afford  to  listen  to 
Lamettrie;  and  perhaps  in  future  ages,  when 
through  the  progress  of  evolution  man  will  lose 
the  lobes  of  his  ears  as  he  has  already  lost  his 
tail,  when  he  will  be  as  completely  bald  as  he 
was  once  entirely  hirsute,  perhaps  then  the  con- 
science will  go  the  way  of  useless  possessions; 
but  meanwhile  to  declaim  against  it  is  as  profit- 
able as  asking  alms  of  statues.  We  are  perfectly 
free  to  enjoy  our  remorse  undisturbed. 

Lamettrie  admitted  no  other  life  than  this,  and 
not  unnaturally- sought  to  make  the  most  of  the 
worst.  His  ideas  are  contained  in  a  treatise  on 
Happiness,  which  he  prefixed  to  a  translation  of 
Seneca's  thoughts  on  the  same  subject.  "Our 
organs,"  he  said,  **are  susceptible  of  sensations 
which  render  life  agreeable.  When  the  impres- 
sion which  a  sensation  conveys  is  brief,  it  is 
pleasure  that  we  experience ;  prolonged,  it  is 
bliss ;  permanent,  it  is  happiness.  But  in  every 
case  it  is  the  same  sensation,  differing  merely  in 
intensity  and  duration.  The  absence  of  fear  and 
desire  is  happiness  in  its  privative  state;  but  to 
possess  all  that  one  wishes — to  have  beauty,  wit, 
talent,  esteem,  wealth,  health  and  glory — that  is 
a  happiness  which  is  real  and  perfect." 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  131 

The  spectacle  of  a  eudsemonist  is  as  charming 
as  that  of  a  ballerine.  Both  belong  to  the  cate- 
gory of  the  Delightful.  But  even  though  one  be 
pleasured  by  a  Taglioni,  there  comes  a  moment 
when  the  pleasure  palls.  Lamettrie,  who  was 
fond  of  adventurous  flights  and  incursions — not 
perhaps  to  the  unknowable,  but  to  that  which  he 
might  have  known  and  did  not — was  wont  to 
please  his  readers  with  the  ejitrechats  of  a  lawless 
imagination.  As  a  consequence,  his  views,  if 
entertaining,  are  valueless.  The  real  and  perfect 
happiness  of  which  he  speaks  is  a  will-o'-the-wisp 
of  fancy.  The  possession  of  all  that  one  wishes, 
whether  the  possession  is  concomitant,  as  in  fairy 
tales,  with  the  wish,  or  obtained  after  years  of 
striving,  does  not  and  never  will  constitute  hap- 
piness. In  its  essence,  happiness  is  intangible ; 
the  desire  for  it  is  insatiable ;  and  consequently, 
and  despite  every  possession,  it  is  ever  unsatis- 
fied. There  may  be  a  happiness  which  is  tran- 
sitory and  fugitive,  but  there  is  none  that  is  per- 
manent. To  say  to  the  contrary  is  to  announce 
one  of  the  most  insolent  absurdities  that  has 
ever  been  proclaimed  in  the  privileged  aisles  of 
the  insane.  For  the  sake  of  example,  let  it  be 
supposed  that  in  some  one  person  are  united  all 
the  factors  which  Lamettrie  mentions — beauty, 
wit,  talent,  esteem,  wealth,  health  and  glory ;  if 
these  possessions  are  what  may  be  termed  con- 
genital, as  in  the  case  of  a  poet-prince,  they  are 
taken  by  their  possessor  as  a  matter  of  course, 
and  have  never  served  as  preservatives  frora 

K  2 


132  The  A  natoniy  of  Negation. 

discontent ;  on  the  other  hand,  if  their  re-union 
is  accomplished  after  more  or  less  prolonged 
endeavours,  their  possessor,  in  obtaining  them, 
finds  himself  as  poor  as  before;  he  might  be 
able  to  call  the  world  his  own,  and  yet  not  know 
what  happiness  is.  The  honours,  the  riches  and 
glory  to  which  he  aspired,  are  as  empty  as  the 
hands  of  the  dead.  If  they  are  magnificent,  it 
is  only  from  afar.  The  best  that  can  be,  the 
best  that  ever  has  been,  is  in  the  discovery  and 
maintenance  of  contentment.  Its  factors  are 
two-fold — the  first  is  health ;  the  second,  indiffer- 
ence. 

Lamettrie's  chief  titles  to  recognition  rest  on 
the  Histoire  naturelle  de  Vdme  and  the  Homme 
machine.  The  first-mentioned  work  is  an  argu- 
ment against  the  belief  in  the  immortality  of  the 
soul.  With  this  doctrine  ancient  philosophy  had 
little  to  do.  With  the  exception  of  Pythagoras 
and  Plato,  the  thinkers  of  classic  antiquity  agreed 
in  one  particular — the  soul  was  material.  Even 
to  Tertullian  its  immateriality  was  unestablished. 
"  Animam  nihil  est,"  he  said,  "  sed  corpus  non 
sit ;"  and  not  a  few  of  the  fathers  of  the  Church 
held  the  same  opinion.  The  masses  of  course 
thought  differently.  The  belief  in  a  future  life 
was  by  them  unquestioned.  It  probably  arose 
from  the  re-appearance  of  the  dead  in  the  dreams 
of  the  living.  But  in  Greece,  as  in  the  Roman 
Empire,  the  life  prefigured  was  one  in  which 
there  was  little  charm.  The  neglect  of  funeral 
rites  turned  it  into  a  dull  and  restless  torture. 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  133 

In  this  particular  the  observances  of  believers 
were  little  else  than  precautionary  safeguards, 
and  the  Requiescat  in  pace  which  is  to  be  seen  on 
contemporary  tomb-stones  is  but  a  forlorn  sur- 
vival of  their  naive  superstitions.  Later,  when 
it  was  taught  that  the  soul  was  imperishable,  not 
through  an  inherent  indestructibility,  but  through 
the  influence  of  grace  divine,  its  materiality  was 
still  undoubted.  The  soul  and  the  body  were 
considered  inseparable.  There  were  casuists 
who  thought  otherwise,  and  their  disputes  are 
legendary ;  but  their  disputes  occurred  in  an 
era  when  faith  was  well-nigh  universal.  When 
the  distinction  between  the  soul  and  the  body 
was  at  last  satisfactorily  established — that  is,  to 
those  who  were  interested  in  the  estabhshment 
of  a  satisfactory  distinction— the  believer  found 
himself  turning  back  to  Plato.  The  soul  was 
represented  as  a  resultant  of  the  forces  of  the 
body,  very  much  as  harmony  is  known  to  be 
won  from  the  strings  of  the  lyre.  Yet,  as  Sim- 
mias  queried,  when  the  strings  are  broken  and 
the  wood  reduced  to  dust,  from  what  shall  the 
harmony  be  produced  ? 

In  the  Histoire  naturelle  de  Pdme,  little  is  said 
on  this  subject.  It  was  not  Lamettrie's  intention 
to  narrate  what  had  been  thought;  what  he 
wished  to  do  was  to  paint  the  soul's  development, 
and  he  put  forth  his  best  efforts  to  show  that 
that  which  is  termed  soul  is  but  the  outcome  of 
the  perfectionment  and  education  of  the  senses. 

In  VHom^ne  machine  it  is  again  a  question  of 


134  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

the  soul,  and  the  conclusion  of  course  is  the 
same.  In  spite  of  Descartes,  who  taught  of  two 
substances  precisely  as  though  he  had  seen  and 
counted  them ;  in  spite  of  Leibnitz,  who  spiritual- 
ised matter  instead  of  materialising  the  spirit; 
in  spite  of  every  one  and  everything  to  the 
contrary,  Lamettrie,  in  broad  paragraphs,  proved 
to  his  own  satisfaction  that  to  think,  to  feel,  to 
distinguish  right  from  wrong  as  readily  as  blue 
from  yellow,  and  to  be  but  an  animal,  superior 
perhaps,  but  still  a  brute,  is  not  a  bit  more  con- 
tradictory than  it  is  for  a  parrot  or  a  monkey  to 
be  able  to  distinguish  pleasure  from  pain. 

"Man  is  a  machine,"  he  said,  "wound  up 
and  kept  running  by  digestion.  The  soul  is  the 
mainspring.  Both,  of  course,  are  material.  As 
to  thought,  it  is  as  much  a  property  of  matter 
as  is  electricity,  motricity,  impenetrability  and 
breadth.  To  query  with  Locke  whether  matter 
can  think,  is  tantamount  to  wondering  whether 
it  can  tell  time.  In  brief,  man  is  a  machine, 
and  throughout  the  universe  there  is  but  one 
substance  diversely  modified.  Such,"  he  con- 
cluded, *'  is  my  idea,  or  rather  such  is  the  truth. 
Dispute  qui  voudra^ 

Another  Breton  who  found  a  seat  at  the  royal 
supper-table  was  Maupertuis.  Before  he  found 
it,  there  had  been  some  discussion  among  the 
erudite  concerning  the  sphericity  of  the  globe, 
and  two  separate  expeditions  were  sent  from 
France  to  measure  different  degrees  of  longi- 
tude.    One  went  to  Lapland,  the  other  to  Peru. 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  135 

Maupertuis,  who  was  a  geometrician,  was  placed 
at  the  head  of  the  Polar  expedition.  He  set  out 
at  once  for  Sweden,  and  after  sixteen  months  of 
fatiguing  adventures,  returned  to  Paris  to  find 
himself  the  hero  of  the  day.  But  in  a  city  like 
Paris,  a  knowledge  of  the  meridian,  however 
exact,  is  not  an  attainment  apt  to  make  a  man 
ceaselessly  admired ;  and  Maupertuis,  who  had 
taken  the  admiration  quite  seriously,  and  had 
had  himself  painted,  mantled  in  fur,  in  the  act  of 
flattening  the  globe,  soon  found  that  his  glory 
was  so  much  vapour.  Now  Maupertuis  was  not 
only  a  geometrician,  he  was  a  philosopher,  and 
the  occupant  of  the  Prussian  throne  was,  as  has 
been  hinted,  ever  ready  to  add  a  new  one  to  his 
collection ;  consequently,  while  Maupertuis  was 
wondering  at  the  inconstancy  of  his  compatriots, 
a  note  was  brought  to  him  from  Frederick. 
"  Come  to  Berlin,"  it  ran.  "  You  have  taught 
the  world  the  form  of  the  earth ;  you  shall  learn 
from  a  king  how  much  you  are  appreciated." 

The  king  at  that  time,  however,  happened 
to  be  in  a  battle-field;  and  to  the  battle-field 
Maupertuis,  with  the  true  spirit  of  a  courtier, 
directed  his  steps.  Unfortunately  for  him,  Fre- 
derick was  obliged  to  retreat,  and  Maupertuis 
was  taken  prisoner.  At  first  it  was  thought  that 
he  had  been  killed ;  but  when  it  was  learned  that 
he  had  been  conducted  to  Vienna  and  there 
feted  at  court,  Voltaire  took  occasion  to  say  a 
few  smart  things,  and  the  world  smiled  with 
amusement  and  reHef. 


1 36  The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

At  Vienna,  the  Queen  asked  him  what  his 
philosophy  taught  him  to  think  of  two  princes 
who  wrangled  over  patches  of  a  planet  which  he 
had  measured.  "  I  have  no  right,"  he  answered 
sedately,  "  to  be  more  philosophic  than  kings." 
To  change  the  subject,  her  Majesty  deigned  to 
inquire  whether  the  Queen  of  Sweden  was  not 
the  most  beautiful  princess  in  Europe.  To  which 
Maupertuis,  who  was  nothing  if  not  regence, 
answered,  with  his  best  bow,  "I  had  always 
thought  so  until  now."  After  that,  he  was  re- 
turned unransomed  to  Frederick. 

At  Berlin,  a  young  Pomeranian  lady  fell  in 
love  with  him.  His  conversation,  it  appears, 
was  so  lively,  that  women  never  suspected  him 
of  being  a  savant.  The  young  Pomeranian  be- 
came his  bride;  while  he,  through  the  king's 
good  offices,  was  made  President  of  the  Berlin 
Academy, — a  sort  of  Minister  of  Literature,  much 
as  d'Argens  was  Minister  of  the  Stage.  Voltaire, 
meanwhile,  was  lounging  at  Sans-Souci.  Mau- 
pertuis had  not  forgotten  the  smart  things  he 
had  said,  and  Voltaire  was  perhaps  a  little  jealous 
of  the  favour  shown  to  a  rival.  But,  be  this  as 
it  may,  it  is  a  part  of  history  that  no  love  was 
lost  between  them.  When  Voltaire  had  the 
king's  ear,  he  poured  into  it  scurrilous  anecjdotes 
about  his  compatriot ;  and  when  Maupertuis 
enjoyed  a  similar  privilege,  the  tale  of  his  griev- 
ances never  tarried.  "  They  take  me  for  a  sewer," 
said  Frederick,  with  the  indulgent  smile  of  a  man 
who  has  said  a  good  thing. 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  137 

Frederick  sided  with  Maupertuis.  It  is  pos- 
sible that  in  some  kingly  fashion  he,  too,  was 
jealous,  though  in  his  case  the  jealousy  was  of 
one  whose  royalty  threatened  at  times  to  over- 
shadow his  own.  Voltaire  was  irascible  \  he  was 
annoyed  at  the  preference  \  and  after  brooding 
over  his  discontent,  he  composed  and  published 
a  pamphlet  entitlQd  Docteur  Akakia. 

In  this  trifle  Maupertuis  was  lampooned  as 
no  one  had  ever  been  before ;  his  pet  theories — 
to  wit,  that  there  is  no  other  proof  of  God  than 
an  algebraic  formula,  and  that  nothing  which 
we  see  is  as  we  see  it — were  held  up  to  the 
laughter  of  the  world.  Frederick  caused  the 
edition  to  be  seized  and  burned  by  the  heads- 
man. Voltaire,  however,  was  not  easily  circum- 
vented. A  few  copies  escaped  the  auto-da-f^ 
and  went  careering  over  Europe.  Maupertuis 
was  for  ever  ridiculous,  but  Voltaire  was  still 
unsatisfied.  He  kept  pricking  him  with  his  pen, 
until  Maupertuis,  outwearied  with  his  struggle 
with  an  ogre,  took  to  his  bed  and  died  of  morti- 
fication— "  between  two  monks,"  said  the  relent- 
less Arouet.  "What  do  you  think  of  him?"  he 
asked  d'Alembert ;  "  he  has  been  suffering  for  a 
long  time  from  a  repletion  of  pride,  but  I  did 
not  take  him  either  for  a  hypocrite  or  an  imbe- 
cile." 

Maupertuis  was  one  of  the  first  of  the  modem 
thinkers  that  have  ventured  to  add  up  the 
balance-sheet  of  pleasure  and  pain,  and  also  one 
of  the  first  to  discover  that  the  latter  largely 


1 38         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

exceeds  the  former ;  indeed,  so  large  did  the 
excess  seem,  that  he  had  no  hesitation  in  an- 
nouncing that  were  all  that  is  painful  in  life 
suppressed  and  only  the  pleasurable  moments 
counted,  the  duration  of  the  happiest  existence 
would  not  exceed  a  few  hours. 

He  had  scanned  the  paysages  de  tristesse  as 
carefully  as  another,  and  the  fairest  vista  that  he 
saw  was  behind  the  delinquent  hands  of  death. 
*'  Post  mortem  nihil  est ;  ipsaque  mors  nihil^" — 
After  death  is  nothing  j  death  itself  is  naught, — 
said  Seneca;  and  Maupertuis,  who  agreed  with 
him  thoroughly,  advocated  suicide,  and  praised 
the  stoics  for  teaching  that  it  was  a  permissible 
remedy,  and  one  that  was  most  useful,  against 
the  ills  of  life.  "  If,"  he  argued,  "  a  man  believes 
in  a  religion  which  offers  eternal  rewards  to  those 
that  suffer,  and  which  threatens  with  eternal 
punishment  those  that  die  to  avoid  suifering,  it 
is  not  bravery  on  his  part  to  commit  suicide, 
nor  is  it  cowardice,  it  is  idiocy.  On  the  other 
hand,  a  man  who  has  no  belief  in  a  future  life, 
and  who  is  solely  occupied  in  making  this  one 
as  little  unpleasant  as  possible,  sees  neither  rhyme 
nor  reason  in  submitting  to  misfortunes  from 
which  he  can  free  himself  in  a  trice."  Never- 
theless, Maupertuis  died  a  natural  death,  and, 
as  Voltaire  said,  between  two  monks  at  that. 

Maupertuis,  Lamettrie,  d'Argens,  even  to  the 
philosopher  king  himself,  were  dominated  and 
overshadowed  by  Voltaire.  Though  purposeful, 
their  influence  was  slight ;  it  had  barely  strength 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  139 

enough  to  cross  the  Rhine.  But  on  the  other 
side  of  that  muddy  river  there  was  then  a  group 
of  thinkers  whose  influence  can  be  felt  in  some 
of  the  currents  of  contemporary  thought,  and 
concerning  whom  a  word  or  two  may  now  be 
said. 

When  the  foremost  of  England's  sceptics, 
David  Hume,  visited  Paris,  he  found  a  warm 
welcome  at  the  house  of  the  Baron  d'Holbach. 
It  was  there,  Burton  says,  that  professing  he  had 
never  met  an  atheist,  Hume  was  told  that  he 
was  in  the  company  of  seventeen.  Of  these, 
the  more  noteworthy  were  Diderot,  d'Alembert, 
Naigeon  and  the  host. 

The  Baron  d'Holbach  was  a  German  who  had 
been  educated  in  France.  He  was  a  man  of 
large  wealth,  wise,  liberal  and  charitable.  His 
house  in  the  Rue  Royale,  which  was  called  the 
Cafe  de  TEurope,  was  a  free  academy  of  the 
freest  thinkers ;  and  of  free-thinkers,  domiciled 
and  transient,  d'Holbach  was  known  as  the 
maitre  (T hotel.  But  d'Holbach  was  something 
more ;  he  was  one  of  the  field-marshals  of  the 
little  army  of  materialists  who  were  the  forerun- 
ners of  the  Revolution,  and  a  lord  in  the  literature 
of  anti-theism.  His  erudition  is  said  to  have 
been  practically  unbounded.  There  was  nothing 
of  value  written  or  suggested  with  which  he  was 
unfamiHar.  "No  matter  what  system  I  may- 
imagine,"  said  Diderot,  "  I  am  always  sure  that 
my  friend  d'Holbach  can  find  me  with  facts  and 
authorities  to  support  it." 


140  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

The  doctrine  which  d'Holbach  advocated  was 
as  liberal  as  the  sea.  It  was  a  doctrine  of  free- 
dom in  all  things — in  speech,  in  thought,  in  poli- 
tics and  in  religion.  Its  tenets  are  displayed  at 
length  in  the  Systeme  de  la  Nature,  a  work  pub- 
lished in  Holland,  and,  through  a  literary  trickery 
then  not  infrequent,  attributed  to  a  gentleman 
who,  being  dead,  could  not  be  prosecuted. 

"Lost  at  nightfall  in  a  forest,  I  have,"  said 
Diderot,  ^'but  a  feeble  light  to  guide  me.  A 
stranger  happens  along :  '  Blow  out  your  candle,' 
he  says,  '  and  you  will  see  your  way  the  better.' 
That  stranger  is  a  theologian." 

This  squib  might  have  served  as  epigraph  to 
the  Systeme  de  la  Nature. 

"  Man,"  said  d'Holbach,  "  is  miserable,  simply 
because  he  is  ignorant.  His  mind  is  so  infected 
with  prejudices,  that,  one  might  think  him  for 
ever  condemned  to  err.  ...  It  is  error  that  has 
forged  the  chains  with  which  tyrants  and  priests 
have  manacled  nations.  ...  It  is  error  that  has 
evoked  the  religious  fears  which  shrivel  up  men 
with  fright,  or  make  them  butcher  each  other  for 
chimeras.  The  hatreds,  persecutions,  massacres 
and  tragedies  of  which,  under  pretext  of  the 
interests  of  Heaven,  the  earth  has  been  the 
repeated  theatre,  are  one  and  all  the  outcome 
of  error." 

These  bold  words  were  the  prelude  to  the 
frankest  exposition  of  anti-theism  that  France 
had  ever  read.  Its  audacity  terrified,  but  its 
austerity  repelled.     Its  paragraphs  were  as  Cim- 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  141 

merian  to  the  chamber-maids  and  hair-dressers 
of  Paris,  as  the  gaieties  of  Lamettrie  had  been 
shocking  to  the  pedantry  of  Berlin.  Then,  too, 
it  was  rich  and  elaborate  in  its  materialism. 
To-day  it  seems  a  trifle  antiquated;  the  world 
has  thought  more  deeply  since ;  but  with  its 
general  outlines  contemporary  thinkers  have  had 
no  fault  to  find.  In  these  outlines  Nature  is 
represented  as  the  one-in-all,  beyond  which  is 
nothing.  The  main  propositions  tend  to  show 
that  throughout  the  length  and  breadth  of  space 
there  is  merely  force  and  matter,  the  infinite 
interconnection  of  cause  and  effect  \  and  that  it 
is  through  an  ignorance  of  natural  laws  that 
divinities  have  been  imagined  and  made  the 
objects  of  hope  and  fear. 

On  the  subject  of  hope  and  fear,  d'Holbach 
had  much  to  say.  The  gist  of  it  may  be  sum- 
marised in  the  fatalist  axiom,  Whatever  will  be, 
is.  Everything  that  happens,  happens  neces- 
sarily, and  in  virtue  of  immutable  laws.  As  to 
order. or  disorder,  they  are  empty  terms;  like 
time  and  space,  they  belong  to  the  categories  of 
thought;  there  is  nothing  outside  of  us  which 
corresponds  to  them.  It  is  all  very  well  for  man 
to  see  order  in  that  which  is  in  conformity  with 
his  state  of  being,  and  disorder  in  that  which  is 
contrary  to  it ;  to  call  one  the  effect  of  an  Intel- 
ligence acting  toward  a  determined  end,  and  the 
other  the  play  of  hazard.  But  order  and  dis- 
order are  but  words  used  to  designate  certain 
states  and  conditions  of  being,  which  if  perma- 


142  The  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

nent  are  called  after  the  one,  and  if  transitory 
after  the  other.  Beside,  Nature  can  have  no 
aim,  for  there  is  nothing  beyond  it  to  which  it 
can  strive.  As  to  hazard,  it  is  meaningless,  save 
in  contradistinction  to  that  Intelligence  which 
man  himself  has  conceived.  Now  man,  d'Hol- 
bach  explains,  has  always  fancied  himself  the 
central  fact  in  the  universe.  He  has  connected 
with  himself  everything  that  he  has  seen,  and 
modelled  everything  after  his  own  image.  In 
this  way  he  grew  to  believe  that  the  universe  is 
governed  by  an  intelligence  like  unto  his  own ; 
yet,  being  at  the  same  time  convinced  of  his 
individual  incapacity  to  cause  the  multiform 
eifects  of  which  he  stood  a  witness,  he  was  forced 
to  distinguish  between  himself  and  the  invisible 
producer,  and  he  thought  to  overcome  the  dif- 
ficulty by  attributing  to  that  intelligence  an 
aggrandisement  of  the  prowess  which  he  himself 
possessed. 

The  belief  in  the  supernatural,  which  in  man 
is  inherent,  d'Holbach  regarded  as  a  disease  to 
which  humanity's  greatest  misfortunes  are  attri- 
butable. Truth,  he  was  fond  of  saying,  can 
never  harm.  Nor  can  it.  But  that  does  not 
make  it  a  welcome  guest.  The  whole  history  of 
religion  goes  to  prove  that  man  would  rather  be 
wrong  in  his  beliefs  than  have  none  at  all.  Then, 
too,  the  majority  have  never  been  provided  with 
such  leisure  as  would  enable  them  to  dispense 
with  illusions.  The  thinker  may  wave  them 
away,  but  his  gesture  leaves  the  masses  unaf- 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  143 

fected.  Perhaps  if  the  world  were  merely  learned, 
it  would  be  anti-theistic ;  but  fortunately,  or  unfor- 
tunately, as  the  actual  status  of  affairs  may  be 
viewed,  it  is  something  more  or  something  less ; 
there  is  an  unstillable  longing,  an  unconquerable 
expectation  of  better  things,  which  so  exalts  the 
heart,  that  the  serenest  of  atheists  can  never 
witness  its  effects  without  experiencing  some 
sudden  pang  of  envy. 

In  the  polite  society  in  which  d'Holbach 
moved,  disbelief  was  so  prevalent  that  it  is 
possible  he  had  no  occasion  to  experience  a 
twinge.  And  if  he  did,  the  emotion  has  been 
unrecorded.  He  was  squarely  opposed  to  the 
idea  of  God,  and  at  the  same  time  a  living  con- 
tradiction to  the  theory  that  an  atheist  is  neces- 
sarily a  man  of  lax  principles.  Wolmar,  in  the 
Nouvelle  Helo'ise,  is  the  portrait  which  Rousseau 
took  of  him.  Yet,  as  has  been  alrready  inti- 
mated, it  is  the  temperament,  and  not  the  point 
of  view,  that  guides  us  into  paths  that  are  those 
of  virtue  or  its  opposite.  And  it  was  d'Holbach's 
temperament  that  made  him  shame  the  Jew  devil 
as  Satan  had  never  been  shamed  before.  On 
this  point  the  testimony  of  his  contemporaries  is 
unanimous.  The  purity  of  his  life,  and  that,  too, 
in  a  century  when  immorality  was  less  a  vice 
than  a  grace,  has  never  been  questioned.  He 
was  a  simple -mannered  gentleman,  warm  of 
heart,  sweet-tempered,  endowed  with  great  deli- 
cacy of  sentiment,  and  possessed  of  such  tact 
that  even  Rousseau,  who  would  have  quarrelled 


1 44  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

with  an  archangel,  was  unable  to  find  in  him  any 
other  cause  of  grievance  than  his  wealth.  "  He 
is  too  rich  for  me,"  he  said ;  but  he  added,  "  He 
is  a  better  man,  and  one  more  really  charitable, 
than  many  a  Christian.  He  does  good  without  the 
hope  of  rewai'd.^^ 

The  only  immortality  in  which  d'Holbach 
believed  was  fame.  In  life  there  is  certainly 
nothing  more  exquisite.  As  Schopenhauer  said, 
it  is  the  Golden  Fleece  of  the  elect.  But  after 
death,  and  true  glory  comes  but  then,  fame  and 
ignominy  are  to  the  recipient  equally  unmeaning. 
And  even  were  it  otherwise,  when  it  is  remem- 
bered what  are  the  limitations  of  fame,  and 
when  it  is  considered  how  small  a  value  can  be 
accorded  to  public  opinion,  the  immortality  in 
which  d'Holbach  believed  does  not  seem  worth 
an  effort. 

D'Holbach  was  one  of  the  few  writers  that 
have  had  the  courage  to  advocate  suicide,  and 
he  advocated  it  as  boldly  to  those  who  cowered 
at  death,  as  he  advocated  virtue  to  a  century 
whose  vice  is  historic.  His  main  argument  in 
its  favour  is  to  the  effect  that  the  engagements 
between  man  and  Nature  are  neither  voluntary 
on  the  part  of  the  one  nor  reciprocal  on  the 
part  of  the  other.  Man  is  therefore  in  nowise 
bound ;  and  should  he  find  himself  unsupported, 
he  can  desert  a  position  which  has  become  un- 
pleasant and  irksome.  As  to  the  citizen,  he  can 
hold  to  his  country  and  associates  only  by  the 
mortgage  on  his  well-being.     If  the  lien  is  paid 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  145 

off,  he  is  free.  "  Would  a  man  be  blamed,"  he 
asks,  "a  man  who,  finding  himself  useless  and 
without  resources  in  his  native  place,  should 
withdraw  into  solitude  ?  Well,  then,  with  what 
right  can  a  man  be  blamed  who  kills  himself 
from  despair  ?  And  what  is  death  but  an  isola- 
tion?" 

Maxims  such  as  these  are  considered  dan- 
gerous and  provocative.  But  maxims  have  never 
caused  a  suicide.  A  man  may  cut  his  throat  or 
hang  himself  to  put  an  end  to  the  agonies  of 
grief  or  boredom,  but  not  because  he  has  hap- 
pened on  a  suggestive  quotation.  He  will  look 
for  the  great  quietus  if  he  wants  to,  but  not 
because  it  is  recommended.  In  any  case  the 
contempt  of  death  is  a  useful  possession  j  and  it 
is  well  for  every  one  to  understand  that  while 
virtue  and  happiness  are  supposed  to  go  hand- 
in-hand,  and  that  to  do  good  is  to  receive  it,  yet 
after  the  loss  of  any  one  of  us  the  world  will  go 
on  in  quite  the  same  manner  as  before. 

In  the  days  when  d'Holbach  was  giving  din- 
ner-parties in  the  Rue  Royale,  the  flag  of  France 
was  noticeably  black.  Some  said  that  it  was 
from  the  dye  of  the  cassock ;  others,  that  it  had 
caught  the  grime  of  mediaeval  institutions.  At 
d'Holbach's  dinner-table,  however,  in  the  salons 
of  Madame  Geoffrin — she  who  was  so  plain  that 
Greuze  exclaimed,  "  My  God,  if  she  annoys  me 
I'll  paint  her  ! " — in  the  salons  of  Mesdames  du 
Deffand,  de  Lespinasse  and  Necker,  there  assem- 
bled from  time  to  time  a  handful  of  thinkers 


146  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

who  were  determined  to  give  the  flag  of  France 
another  hue.  These  gentlemen  were  resolute 
and  aggressive.  The  century,  they  saw,  was 
hungry  for  ideas,  and  it  was  in  an  effort  to  give 
it  food  of  the  right  quality  that  the  Encyclopaedia 
was  produced. 

The  Encyclopaedia — a  name  coined  byEabelais 
— displayed  the  genealogy  of  thought.  It  was 
at  once  a  storehouse  of  knowledge,  an  attack  on 
ignorance,  an  appeal  to  common -sense,  and  a 
plea  for  liberty.  It  opposed  every  abuse,  poli- 
tical, theological,  ecclesiastical,  industrial,  fiscal, 
legal  and  penal.  It  sought  to  establish  tolera- 
tion, to  abolish  sacerdotal  thaumaturgy,  to  banish 
the  supernatural,  and  thwart  the  subornation  of 
the  understanding.  It  was  in  no  sense  free  from 
error,  and  its  erudition  presents  to-day  a  most 
mildewed  appearance  \  but  it  served  its  purpose, 
and  from  out  its  wide  bindings  burst  the  torrents 
of  the  Revolution. 

In  its  opposition  to  everything  that  savoured 
of  the  illiberal,  the  Encyclopaedia  encountered 
many  an  obstacle  and  not  a  few  embarrassments ; 
indeed,  the  history  of  the  government  and  litera- 
ture of  the  third  quarter  of  the  last  century  is 
interwoven  with  that  of  its  vicissitudes  and  final 
triumph.  Every  man  of  brains  wrote  for  it,  and 
those  who  had  none  and  wanted  some  sub- 
scribed. The  responsibility  of  its  pubHcation 
was  assumed  by  Diderot  and  d'Alembert. 

Diderot  was  a  giant,  whose  head  was  in  the 
clouds  and  whose  feet  were  in  the  mud.     He 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  147 

wrote  obscene  stories  and  anticipated  Lamark, 
Darwin's  precursor.  History,  art,  science  and 
philosophy  he  held  in  fee,  and  yet  he  was  not 
erudite.  He  had  drunk  oft,  not  deep.  "I 
know  a  great  many  things,"  he  said,  "  but  there 
is  hardly  a  man  that  does  not  know  some  one 
thing  better  than  I."  In  the  activity  of  his  mind 
may  be  found  the  reason  of  the  admiration  of 
his  contemporaries  and  that  of  posterity's  neglect. 
He  has  left  us  twenty  volumes  of  essays  and 
digressions,  but  not  a  single  book.  Yet  no  one 
was  ever  so  prodigal  with  his  pen  as  he.  He 
gave  it  to  any  one  that  asked,  to  an  enemy  as 
readily  as  to  a  friend.  Grimm  asked  his  opinion 
on  an  exhibition  of  paintings ;  he  gave  it  in  an 
in-octavo.  "  I  have  written  a  satire  against  you," 
said  a  young  man  to  him  one  day.  "  I  am  poor ; 
will  you  buy  it?"  "Ah!  sir,"  he  exclaimed, 
"  what  a  pitiable  vocation  is  yours  !  but,"  he 
continued,  **  I  will  tell  you  what  to  do.  The 
Duke  of  Orleans  honours  me  with  his  dislike ; 
dedicate  your  book  to  him;  he  will  pay  you  well." 
"  A  good  dedication  is  a  difficult  job,"  said  the 
young  black-mailer.  "  Well,  sit  down,"  Diderot 
answered,  "and  I  will  write  it  for  you."  And 
he  did,  and  the  youth  received  his  pay. 

Diderot  being  without  ambition  was  known 
as  the  Philosopher,  but  he  was  so  poor  that  he 
could  hardly  buy  the  cloak.  When  he  wished  to 
dower  his  daughter,  he  found  that  he  had  nothing 
except  his  library,  and  his  library  to  him  was 
life  itself.     Nevertheless,  he  determined  to  sell 

L  2 


148  The  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

it.  Catharine  of  Eiissia  learned  of  the  deter- 
mination and  bought  the  library ;  but  with  a  true 
sense  of  what  is  royal,  she  left  him  the  use  of 
his  books  and  made  him  their  salaried  custodian 
beside. 

At  the  beginning  of  his  literary  career,  Diderot 
was  a  sincere  deist,  which,  as  some  one  has  said, 
is  a  proof  of  what  education  may  do.  It  was  not 
long,  however,  before  he  saw  that  scepticism  is 
the  first  step  to  philosophy ;  and  when  the  step 
was  taken,  he  descended  without  a  compunction 
the  precipitate  stair  of  negation.  The  stages  of 
his  thought  are  well  defined.  "  Aggrandise  God," 
he  shouted  in  his  first  enthusiasm ;  "  free  Him 
from  the  captivity  of  temples  and  creeds.  See 
Him  everywhere,  or  say  that  He  does  not  exist." 
Later — in  the  "Letter  on  the  Blind  for  the  Use  of 
those  who  See  " — he  manifested  a  classic  indif- 
ference on  the  whole  subject.  "Ask  an  Indian 
how  the  world  is  suspended  in  the  air,  and  he 
will  tell  you  that  it  rests  on  the  back  of  an 
elephant.  *  And  the  elephant?'  *0n  a  turtle.' 
You  pity  the  Indian,  yet  one  might  say  to  you 
as  to  him,  'Admit  your  ignorance,  and  don't 
bother  me  with  a  menagerie.'" 

But  his  indifference  was  transient.  "Among 
the  difficulties  (of  beheving  in  God),  there  is 
one,"  he  noted,  "  which  has  been  agitated  since 
the  world  began.  It  is  that  men  suffer  without 
having  deserved  to  do  so.  To  this  there  has 
never  been  an  answer.  The  existence  of  a 
Supreme  Being  is  incompatible  with  evils,  moral 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  149 

and  physical.  What,  then,  is  the  safest  course  ? 
The  one  which  we  have  taken.  Whatever  the 
optimists  may  say,  we  answer  that  if  the  world 
could  not  exist  without  sentient  beings,  and 
sentient  beings  without  pain,  the  Almighty  would 
have  done  better  to  keep  quiet."  Thereafter 
he  became  firmly  anti-theistic.  "  It  is,"  he  said, 
"highly  important  not  to  mistake  hemlock  for 
parsley,  but  it  is  entirely  unnecessary  to  believe 
in  God."  *'  The  Christian  religion,"  he  added, 
"  is  atrocious  in  its  dogmas.  It  is  unintelligible, 
metaphysical,  intertwisted  and  obscure.  It  is 
mischievous  to  tranquillity,  dangerous  in  its  dis- 
cipline, puerile  and  unsociable  in  its  ethics,  and 
in  its  ceremonial  dreary,  flat,  Gothic  and  most 
gloomy.  ...  If  my  ideas  please  no  one,"  he 
concluded,  "it  is  possible  that  they  are  poor; 
but  if  they  pleased  everybody,  I  would  consider 
them  detestable."  Yet  as  he  preached  tolerance, 
he  practised  it,  and  was  never  known  to  refuse  a 
crutch  to  those  who  had  no  legs. 

Among  the  Encyclopaedists,  where  Diderot 
was  king,  d'Alembert  was  prime  minister,  a 
Mazarin,  as  one  may  say ;  but  a  Mazarin  who 
grew  faint-hearted,  and,  fearing  the  Bastille,  left 
his  monarch  in  the  lurch. 

D'Alembert  was  more  a  mathematician  than 
a  philosopher.  His  mistress  was  Algebra.  His- 
tory has  given  the  same  title  to  Mile,  de  I'Espi- 
nasse;  but  if  he  was  unfaithful,  the  lady  in 
question  appears  to  have  paid  him  back  in  a 
better  coin  than  his  own.   He  was  not  a  cheerful 


1 50         The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

person,  yet  when  alone  with  his  books  he  was 
happy  as  though  he  were  dead.  "  Qui  est-ce  qui 
estheureux?"  some  one  asked  him.  "Quelque 
miserable,"  he  repHed.  He  was  an  invaHd,  too ; 
but  he  hated  medicine,  and  held  a  physician  to 
be  like  a  blind  man  who  armed  with  a  cudgel 
strikes  at  random,  and,  according  as  he  strikes, 
annihilates  the  disease  or — the  patient. 

As  has  been  hinted,  he  was  timid,  or  perhaps 
merely  cautious,  a  trait  which  found  little  favour 
with  Voltaire.  "Philosophers  are  too  lukewarm," 
he  said  \  "  instead  of  shrugging  their  shoulders 
at  the  errors  of  mankind,  they  ought  to  wipe 
them  out."  But  apparently  d'Alembert  did  not 
agree  with  him.  "Philosophers,"  he  retorted, 
"  should  be  like  children,  who,  when  they  have 
done  anything  wrong,  put  the  blame  on  the  cat." 
But  if  for  one  reason  or  another  he  thought  it 
best  to  keep  his  views  from  the  public,  he  had 
no  hesitation  in  whispering  them  to  the  sympa- 
thetic ear  of  Frederick  the  Great.  The  latter 
had  written  what  he  called  a  refutation  of  the 
naturalism  conveyed  in  d'Holbach's  Systlme  de  la 
Nature.  The  book  had  annoyed  him ;  but  what 
probably  annoyed  him  most  was,  not  its  natural- 
ism, but  its  attack  on  the  sacred  caste  of  royalty. 
At  the  same  time,  as  he  himself  said,  if  d'Holbach 
were  condemned  to  be  burned,  he  would  be  the 
first  to  play  the  hose  on  the  stake. 

In  the  eyes  of  the  liberal  monarch,  d'Alembert, 
when  answering  the  refutation,  brandished  the 
historic  doubt.     "  Montaigne's  motto,  What  do 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  151 

I  know?  seems  to  me,"  he  wrote,  "the  answer  that 
should  be  made  to  all  questions  in  metaphysics. 
.  .  .  Those  who  deny  the  existence  of  a  Supreme 
Intelligence  advance  more  than  they  can  prove. 
In  treating  such  a  subject,  scepticism  is  the  only 
reasonable  standpoint.  No  one,  for  instance, 
can  deny  that  throughout  the  universe,  and  par- 
ticularly in  the  formation  of  plants  and  animals, 
there  are  combinations  which  seem  to  reveal  an 
Intelligence.  That  they  prove  it,  as  a  watch 
proves  a  watch-maker,  is  incontestable.  But  sup- 
posing that  one  wishing  to  go  further  asks.  What 
is  this  Intelligence?  Did  it  create,  or  did  it 
merely  arrange  matter  ?  Is  creation  possible,  or, 
if  it  be  not,  is  matter  eternal  ?  And  if  matter 
is  eternal  and  needed  an  Intelligence  simply  to 
arrange  itj  is  that  Intelligence  united  to  matter, 
or  is  it  distinct?  If  it  is  united,  matter,  pro- 
perly speaking,  is  God,  and  God  is  matter.  If 
it  is  distinct,  how  can  that  which  is  material  be 
fashioned  by  that  which  is  not  ?  Besides,  if  this 
Intelligence  is  infinitely  wise  and  infinitely  power- 
ful, why  is  the  world,  which  is  its  work,  so  filled 
with  physical  and  moral  imperfections?  Why 
are  not  all  men  happy  ?  Why  are  not  all  men 
just  ?  Your  Majesty  assures  me  that  this  ques- 
tion is  answered  by  the  world's  eternity.  And 
so  perhaps  it  is,  but  seemingly  merely  in  this 
sense,  that  the  world  being  eternal,  and  in  conse- 
quence necessary,  everything  which  is,  must  be 
as  it  is ;  and  at  once  we  enter  into  a  system  of 
fatality  and  necessity  which  does  not  in  the  least 


152  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

accord  with  the  idea  of  a  God  infinitely  wise  and 
infinitely  powerful.  Sire,  when  these  questions 
arise,  we  should  repeat  'Que  sais-je?'  an  hundred 
times.  Then,  too,  there  is  a  consolation  for 
ignorance  in  the  thought  that,  as  we  know  nothing, 
it  is  unnecessary  for  us  to  know  more." 

To  which  Frederick,  who  gave  a  nickname  as 
readily  as  a  pension,  answered : 

"  But,  my  dear  Diagoras,  if  you  fancy  that  I  can 
give  a  detailed  explanation  of  the  Intelligence 
that  I  marry  to  Nature,  you  over-estimate  my 
ability.  I  can  say  merely  that  I  perceive  it  as 
I  would  an  object  of  which  I  might  happen  to 
catch  a  glimpse  through  a  mist." 

D'Alembert,  however,  was  not  to  be  played 
with,  and  he  returned  to  the  charge  and  routed 
the  fat  king  with  a  fresh  arsenal  of  queries. 

"  With  the  exception  of  the  animal  kingdom^ 
the  realms  of  matter  with  which  we  are  acquainted 
■  appear  deprived  of  sentiency,  volition  and  thought. 
Is  it  possible  that  intelligence  resides  in  them 
without  our  knowledge?  Of  this  there  is  no 
evidence,  and  I  am  inclined  to  think  that  the 
block  of  marble,  as  well  as  the  plants  that  are 
the  most  delicately  and  ingeniously  organised, 
are  without  thought  and  feeling.  But,  it  is 
objected,  the  organisation  of  these  bodies  dis- 
closes visible  traces  of  an  intelligence.  This  I  do 
not  deny ;  but  I  would  be  glad  to  know  what  has 
T)ecome  of  this  intelligence  since  these  bodies 
were  organised.  If  it  resided  within  them  while 
they  were  being  formed  and  in  order  to  form 


^  The  Dissent  of  tJie  Seers.  153 

them,  and  if,  as  it  is  supposed,  this  intelligence 
is  not  distinct  from  them,  what  has  become  of  it 
since  its  work  is  done  ?  Has  the  very  perfection 
of  the  organisation  been  annihilated  ?  To  me, 
such  a  supposition  seems  untenable.  If,  then, 
the  intelligence  whose  effects  we  admire  in  man 
is  merely  a  resultant  of  organisation,  why,  in 
other  realms  of  matter,  may  we  not  admit  a 
structure  and  an  arrangement  as  necessary  and 
as  natural  as  matter  itself,  and  from  which,  with- 
out the  intervention  of  any  intelligence,  would 
result  the  very  effects  which  surround  and  sur 
prise  us  ?  Lastly,  in  admitting  the  doctrine  that 
an  Intelligence  presided  over  the  formation  of 
the  world  and  still  watches  over  its  well-being,  it 
is  hard  to  reconcile  the  theory  of  that  Intelligence 
with  the  idea  of  infinite  wisdom  and  power.  For, 
to  the  misfortune  of  humanity,  this  world  of  ours 
is  very  far  from  being  the  best  one  possible. 
With  the  best  of  intentions,  we  are  therefore 
unable  to  recognise  any  other  God  than  one 
who,  at  most,  is  material,  limited  and  dependent. 
I  do  not  know  whether  this  view  is  the  correct 
one,  but  certainly  it  is  not  that  of  the  Deity's 
partisans,  who  would  much  prefer  to  have  us 
atheists  than  the  Spinozists  that  we  are.  To 
mollify  them,  let  us  turn  sceptic  and  repeat  with 
Montaigne,  Que  sais-je?" 

This  amiable  agnosticism  was  shared  by  few 
of  the  Encyclopaedists.  To  Naigeon,  who  would 
have  nothing  to  do  with  half-way  measures,  it 
seemed  little  less  than  revolting.     Naigeon  was 


1 54  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

a  Puritan  without  beliefs ;  his  atheism  was  as 
fervent  as  his  life  was  austere.  When  he  first 
sat,  a  stripling,  at  d'Holbach's  table,  he  was 
largely  ridiculed.  He  was  a  pretty  boy,  with 
fair  skin  and  curled  blonde  hair.  Diderot's 
monkey.  La  Harpe  called  him,  for  it  was  through 
Diderot  that  he  was  brought  into  notice.  But 
with  age  the  comely  lad  developed  into  a  tiger. 
To  him  Diderot  left  the  care  of  his  unpublished 
manuscripts,  and  these  Naigeon  edited,  together 
with  the  memoirs  of  the  author.  He,  too,  was 
a  voluminous  writer,  and  scattered  essays  and 
treatises  with  a  prodigality  which  he  had  caught 
from  his  master.  But  the  work  which  caused 
the  greatest  number  of  people  to  turn  about  and 
look  after  him  in  the  street  was  the  Theologie 
portative.  In  it  the  beliefs  and  tenets  of  Chris- 
tendom were  treated,  in  a  manner  that  reminds 
one  of  Col.  IngersoU.  In  the  subsequent  En- 
cyclopedic methodique  he  wrote  again  on  these 
and  adjacent  subjects,  though  this  time  from  a 
broader  and  more  serious  standpoint. 

Politically,  socially  and  morally  untrammelled, 
he  had,  meanwhile,  been  keeping  a  finger  on  the 
public  pulse,  and  he  felt  that  some  great,  if  un- 
determined, change  was  at  hand.  So  soon,  then, 
as  the  National  Assembly  got  to  work  on  its 
declaration  of  the  rights  of  man,  Naigeon  issued 
an  address,  in  which  he  prayed  the  Assembly  to 
banish  from  the  proclamation  any  suggestion  of 
reUgion,  and  in  its  place  to  assert  man's  right  to 
entire  freedom  of  thought  and  speech.    But  the 


The  Dissent  of  the  Seers.  155 

petition  was  unnoticed.  It  is  possible  that  he 
made  a  second  appeal  to  Robespierre ;  but  if  he 
did,  it  was  as  unsuccessful  as  the  first.  And 
there  is  an  anecdote  that  one  day  during  the 
Terror  he  looked  so  much  alarmed,  that  some 
asked  him  if  he  were  on  the  list  of  the  con- 
demned. "  Worse  than  that,"  he  cried.  "  That 
monster  Robespierre  has  decreed  the  existence 
of  a  Supreme  Being  !"  To  Robespierre,  an 
atheist  was  an  aristocrat. 

While  Naigeon  was  addressing  the  Assembly, 
a  young  man  named  Sylvain  Marechal  passed 
out  of  Saint-Lazare.  A  few  months  previous,  he 
had  pubhshed  a  little  book  entitled,  r Almanack 
des  honnttes  gens,  in  which  wise  men  were  given 
precedence  over  saints.  This  disregard  of  eti- 
quette procured  for  Marechal  an  opportunity  to 
meditate  on  the  proprieties  of  life.  When  the 
prison-doors  were  opened,  he  passed  his  time 
in  succouring  the  indigent  and  housing  the  pur- 
sued. He  fed  and  sheltered  priests  and  royalists 
alike,  and  even  paid  masses  for  the  repose  of 
the  soul  of  an  old  woman  because  he  knew  that 
such  had  been  her  wish. 

Yet  Marechal  was  one  of  the  fanatics  of  atheism, 
and  as  proud  of  negation  as  though  he  had  in- 
vented it.  The  devil,  one  may  see,  is  rarely  as 
red  as  he  appears  on  the  stage.  The  thinkers 
with  whom  this  chapter  has  had  to  deal  were 
fervent  in  their  disbelief;  but  in  their  disbelief 
there  was  room  for  such  charity,  tolerance  and 
broad  good-will,  that  one  looks  in  vain  for  a 


156  The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

stone  that  shall  hit  them.  Perhaps,  as  some  one 
has  said,  it  is  only  the  just  that  have  a  right  to 
be  atheists.  And  yet  they  were  not  impeccable ; 
with  one  exception,  they  were  guilty  of  a  grievous 
sin  against  good  manners — they  were  dogmatic. 
One  may  fancy  that  their  voices  were  seldom 
modulated  j  it  is  probable  that  they  shouted, 
and  there  are  few  among  us  that  care  to  be 
shouted  at.  Then,  too,  there  was  a  confidence 
and  an  assurance  in  their  atheism  which  is  as 
unpleasant  as  bigotry.  They  forgot  Montaigne, 
and  they  let  Pyrrho  fall  asleep.  Marechal  was 
not  better  than  the  others;  one  may  even  say 
that  he  was  worse,  for  he  was  dogmatic  in  rhyme; 
Since  Lucretius,  atheism  had  been  without  a 
poet.  Leopardi's  father  was  then  a  bachelor, 
and  Shelley  was  in  the  cradle.  It  was  Marechal 
that  the  irreverent  Muse  first  ordered  to.  hold 
the  lute.  And  Marechal  kissed  the  Muse  full 
upon  the  mouth,  and  sang  loudly  in  a  strain  of 
boyish  bravado.  Whether  or  not  Marechal's 
notes  were  listened  to,  is  relatively  a  matter  of 
small  importance.  A  little  later,  the  Being  whose 
existence  Robespierre  had  decreed  was  publicly 
deposed.  The  cathedral  of  Notre -Dame  was 
consecrated  to  the  worship  of  Reason,  the  crosier 
and  the  ring  were  trampled  under  foot,  and  an 
ass,  crowned  with  a  mitre,  was  led  through 
exulting  crowds. 


CHAPTER   V. 

THE   PROTESTS   OF   YESTERDAY. 

The  lives  of  philosophers  are  dull.  Descartes 
might  figure  as  the  hero  of  a  romance,  but  Des- 
cartes is  an  exception.  Fichte  belongs  to  the 
rule.  The  story  of  his  manhood  is  one  of  poverty 
which  is  not  poignant,  and  of  successes  which 
were  not  great. 

In  a  work  on  this  thinker,  Professor  Adamson 
notes  one  fact  which  is  palpitant  in  truth  and 
lucidity ;  it  is  to  the  effect  that  Europe  to-day 
does  not  hold  ten  students  of  that  marvellous 
sophist.  And  yet  Fichte  is  one  of  the  most 
insolent  of  dissenters.  To  the  ordinary  reader 
his  negations  are  inexplicable;  they  comprise 
the  denial  of  the  reality  of  the  external  world. 
This  denial,  which  is  known  as  akosmism,  is 
pantheism's  twin -sister.  Pantheism  admits  no 
other  reality  than  Nature ;  and  akosmism,  taking 
one  step  further,  declines  to  admit  any  reality 
at  all.  Of  the  two,  pantheism  has  been  the  more 
fruitful.  It  began  with  the  Vedas ;  ran  through 
Eleatic  and  Neo-platonic  philosophy;  was  caught 
up  by  Scott  Erigena  and  handed  to  Bruno,  who 


158         The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

passed  it  to  Spinoza.  Another  thread  or  two 
runs  through  the  Talmud,  the  Kabbala,  the 
theories  of  Maimonides,  Gerson  and  Chesdai 
Creskas  \  and  there  are  tangles  of  it  in  the  beliefs 
of  mediaeval  communities,  in  the  heresies  of 
the  Beghards  and  Beguines,  the  Turlupins  and 
Adamites;  but  with  their  unravelment  the  reader 
need  not  be  wearied.  Akosmism  has  found 
fewer  adherents.  Like  pantheism,  it  began  with 
the  Vedas,  or,  more  correctly,  with  the  Vedanta 
philosophy;  left  broad  traces  in  Greece;  revived 
for  a  moment  during  the  Renaissance ;  and  then 
sank  back  into  obscurity  until  Fichte,  Kant  aid- 
ing, brought  it  to  light  anew.  Between  the  two 
systems  there  is  this  cardinal  distinction.  Pa.n- 
theism  and  science  have  never  been  other  than 
the  best  of  friends.  There  is  nothing  in  the 
one  that  has  ever  been  seriously  opposed  by  the 
other.  But  akosmism  and  scignce  look  at  each 
other  askant.  They  have  as  much  in  common 
as  have  the  poet  and  the  mathematician. 

The  clearest  idea  of  Fichte's  akosmism,  or 
rather  the  clearest  idea  of  its  charm  and  futility, 
is  conveyed  in  a  work  entitled  the  Bestimmung 
des  Menschen^  the  Vocation  of  Man.  The  work 
is  divided  into  three  parts :  Doubt,  Knowledge 
and  Faith.  The  first  part.  Doubt,  opens  with 
an  inquiry  concerning  that  mystery  within  us 
that  calls  itself  "I,"  and  an  examination  of 
Nature  that  vaunts  itself  real.  From  this  inquiry 
and  from  this  examination,  Fichte  discovers  that 
man  is  but  a  link  in  a  chain  of  necessity,  a  part 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  159 

of  that  force  which,  amid  the  everlasting  revo- 
lution and  mutation  of  things,  is  the  sum  and 

substance  of  all  that  is. 

And  that  chain  of  necessity  !  Was  there  ever 
anything  more  delicately  interconnected  ?  One 
has  but  to  look  at  it  to  see  that  its  rivets  are  so 
tight  that  they  make  it  impossible  for  anything 
to  be  other  than  it  is.  Take,  for  instance,  a 
single  grain  of  sand  on  the  sea-shore,  and  fancy 
that  it  lies  a  few  feet  further  inland  than  it 
actually  does.  The  mental  operation  is,  admit- 
tedly, most  easy  to  perform ;  but  note  the  con- 
sequences. For  that  grain  of  sand  to  be  a  few 
feet  further  inland,  then  must  the  wind  which 
bore  it  have  been  stronger  than  it  was;  then 
must  the  state  of  the  atmosphere  which  occa- 
sioned the  wind  have  been  different  from  what 
it  was,  and  the  previous  changes  different;  in 
fact,  it  is  necessary  to  presuppose  an  entirely 
different  temperature  from  that  which  actually 
existed.  We  must  also  suppose  a  different  con- 
stitution of  the  bodies  which  influenced  the  tem- 
perature, the  barrenness  or  fertility  of  countries, 
on  which  depend  the  health  of  man  and  the 
duration  of  life.  Interfere,  therefore,  with  that 
grain  of  sand,  and  it  is  within  the  range  of  pos- 
sibilities that  in  such  a  state  of  weather  as  was 
necessary  to  move  it  but  a  few  feet  further  in- 
land, some  one,  long  ago,  may  have  died  of  cold 
or  hunger — long  ago,  before  the  birth  of  that  son 
from  whom  the  sophist  himself  descended ;  and 
behold,  Fichte  would  have  been  spared  the  trials 


i6o         The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

of  life,  and  prevented,  too,  from  solving  every 
problem,  and  leaving  the  student  nothing  to  do 
but  to  bore  himself  to  death. 

From  Fichte's  logic,  therefore,  the  necessity 
which  compels  everything  to  be  precisely  as  it 
is,  is  amply  demonstrated.  Nevertheless,  doubt 
is  not  yet  banished.  It  is  true  he  has  proved 
the  existence  of  man  to  be  but  a  manifestation 
of  a  force  whose  operation  is  determined  by  the 
whole  of  the  universe,  but  into  the  nature  of 
that  force  he  is  unable  to  look.  And  even  could 
he,  of  what  use  would  it  be  ?  It  would  not  help 
him  to  regulate  his  actions.  Nature  is  the  last 
one  to  contradict  herself,  and  she  allows  no  one 
to  contradict  her.  The  force  that  acts  on  us  and 
in  us  makes  us  what  we  are ;  and  to  attempt  to 
make  ourselves  otherwise  than  it  has  been  ap- 
pointed we  should  be,  is  a  task  which  may  be 
pleasant,  but  which  assuredly  is  useless.  In  the 
chain  of  necessity  we  are  all  interlinked :  fight 
free  who  may.  Th.ey  who  have  done  sa  have 
reached  that  bourne  from_38dtijch.jaQ.Jxayeller 
returns. 

We  may  rejoice  and  repent,  we  may  form  good 
resolutions  ;  but  the  joy  and  the  repentance  and 
the  good  resolutions  come  to  us  of  themselves, 
and  not  until  it  is  appointed  that  they  shall  do 
so.  When  they  do  come,  however  sincere  the 
repentance  may  be,  however  magnificent  the 
resolutions,  the  course  of  things  moves  on  un- 
changed and  changeless  as  before.  We  lie  in 
the  lap  of  necessity.   Should  Nature  destine  one 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  i6i 

man  to  be  wise  and  to  be  brave,  wise  and  brave 
he  will  be.  Should  she  destine  another  to  be 
scatterbrained  and  imbecile,  scatterbrained  and 
imbecile  will  he  become.  There  is  no  merit,  no 
blame,  to  be  ascribed  to  her  or  to  them.  The 
wishes  that  throb  in  our  hearts  may  rebel,  but 
the  great  Mother  snuffs  them  out  like  a  candle. 
She  is  governed  herself.     Her  laws  are  ours. 

It  is  in  musings  of  this  description  that  Fichte 
stretches  his  hand  to  Spinoza  and  denies  that 
man  is  a  free  agent.     At  best  he  is  a  conscious    > 
automaton.     But  what  if  he  were  not  even  that  ?  \|\ 
Is  there  any  one  thing  of  which  he  is  certain  ? 

"  Dreams  are  true  while  they  last,  and  do  we  not  live  in 
dreams?" 

Fichte  asks  himself  the  same  question,  and 
looking  with  introspective  eye  for  an  answer, 
discovers  the  purely  subjective  character  of  all 
human  knowledge.  He  sees  that  he  has  no  con- 
sciousness of  things  in  themselves,  only  a  con- 
sciousness of  a  consciousness  of  them.  Were  he 
blind,  what  would  he  know  of  colour  ?  Were  he 
deaf,  what  would  he  know  of  song  ?  Were  he 
without  imagination,  doubt,  hope  and  fear  would 
have  no  meaning.  Such  knowledge  as  man  pos- 
sesses  is  merely  a  knowledge  of  himself;  beyond 
it,  consciousness  never  goes.  When  it  seems  to 
do  otherwise,  when  man  assumes  to  be  conscious 
of  an  object — the  sun,  for  instance — he  has 
merely  the  consciousness  of  a  supposition  of  an 
object,  which  supposition  he  identifies  with  sen- 
sation and  takes  for  the  object  itself. 

M 


1 62  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

It  has  been  hinted  that  akosmism  and  science 
are  at  odds,  but  on  this  point  they  agree.  As 
a  matter  of  fact,  and  one  admitted  by  all  deco- 
rous scholars,  we  none  of  us  see  the  sun.  What 
we  do  see  are  certain  modifications  of  light  in 
immediate  relation  to  our  organ  of  vision.  And 
in  this  connection  it  is  not  improper  to  note  that 
no  two  persons  see  the  same  modifications  of 
the  same  light,  and  that  for  the  reason  that  each 
person  sees  a  different  complement  of  rays  acting 
on  his  own  individual  retina. 

But  to  return  to  Fichte,  and  to  put  his  idea 
less  technically,  it  is  a  self-evident  proposition 
that  we  neither  see  our  sight,  feel  our  touch,  nor 
yet  have  a  higher  sense  by  which  things  affecting 
the  organs  of  sense  are  perceived.  It  is  therefore 
not  difficult  to  accept  the  axiom  that  our  con- 
sciousness of  external  existence  is  merely  the 
product  of  our  presentative  faculty.  The  diffi- 
culty lies  in  the  application,  for  with  it  all  reality 
vanishes.  "  In  that  which  we  call  intuitive  know- 
ledge, we  contemplate  only  ourselves,  and  our 
consciousness  is  and  can  be  only  a  consciousness 
of  the  modifications  of  our  own  existence.  If, 
therefore,  the  external  world  arises  before  us 
only  through  our  own  consciousness,  it  follows 
that  what  is  particular  and  multiform  in  the  ex- 
ternal world  can  arise  in  no  other  way ;  and  if 
the  connection  between  ourselves  and  what  is 
external  to  us  is  simply  a  connection  of  thought, 
then  is  the  connection  of  the  multifarious  objects 
of  the  external  world  simply  this  and  no  other." 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  163 

The  whole  of  the  material  world  is,  then,  but  a 
cerebral  phenomenon.  There  is  no  being,  no 
real  existence.  The  only  things  that  exist  are 
pictures,  and  these  pictures  know  themselves 
after  the  fashion  of  pictures.  They  are  pictures 
which  float  past,  without  there  being  anything 
past  which  they  float, — pictures  which  picture 
nothing,  images  without  significance  and  without 
an  aim.  Reality  is  a  dream,  without  a  world  of 
which  the  dream  might  be,  or  a  mind  that  might 
dream  it  It  is  a  dream  which  is  woven  together 
in  a  dream  of  itself.  Intuition  is  the  dream; 
thought,  the  source  of  fancied  reality,  is  the 
dream  of  that  dream. 

In  this  charming  manner,  Fichte,  after  divest- 
ing himself  of  doubt  and  attaining  perfect  know- 
ledge, mounts  into  a  higher  sphere  which  he 
terms  Faith.  Into  the  austerities  of  this  abstrac- 
tion it  is  unnecessary  to  follow  him  \  and  it 
will  perhaps  suffice  to  note  that  the  conclusion 
amounts  to  the  assertion  that  where  the  canaille 
believe  that  things  are  as  they  appear,  because 
they  must,  the  philosopher  believes  because  he 
will.  After  a  deduction  such  as  that,  one  may 
well  exclaim  against  the  uselessness  of  philosophy 
in  general,  and  the  Fichtean  branch  in  particular. 

Fichte's  metaphysical  hysterics  excited  the 
wildest  hilarity.  His  formula  1  =  1,  on  which  in 
an  earlier  work  he  had  sounded  all  the  changes, 
was  popularly  supposed  to  mean  his  own  indi- 
vidual ego.  Fichte,  however,  meant  nothing  of 
the  sort.  The  "I"  he  used  in  the  impersonal 
M  2 


1 64         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

sense  which  is  conveyed  in  such  expressions 
as  "it  rains,"  "it  snows."  The  "I"  represented 
the  force  that  pervades  all  things,  and  which  in 
man  arrives  at  a  consciousness  of  self.  But 
Fichte  was  not  a  clear  writer — few  Germans  are ; 
and  if  he  was  taken  au  pied  de  la  lettre^  the 
fault  was  his  own.  In  any  event,  his  philosophy 
was  largely  ridiculed.  Heine  is  witness  to  the 
fact  that  a  cartoon  was  circulated  which  repre- 
sented a  goose  whose  liver  had  become  so  big 
that  the  bird  was  undecided  whether  she  was  all 
goose  or  all  liver.  Across  her  Fichtean  breast 
ran  the  legend  1  =  1.  The  reality  of  his  idealism, 
however,  was  not  taken  so  easily.  The  Philis- 
tines waxed  wroth.  Heine  represents  a  burgo- 
meister  as  exclaiming,  "  That  man  thinks  I  don't 
exist,  does  he?  Why  I'm  stouter  than  he  and 
his  superior  too  !"  The  ladies  asked,  "  Doesn't 
he  at  least  believe  in  the  existence  of  his  wife  ?" 
"Of  course  not."  ''And  does  Madame  Fichte 
permit  that?" 

But  with  whatever  facetiousness  the  matter 
may  be  viewed,  the  question  of  an  external  world 
has  been,  and  is  still,  one  of  the  great  battle-fields 
of  metaphysics.  The  realists  clamour  that  their 
opponents  are  colossal  in  their  errors  ;  the  ideal- 
ists answer,  "Tu  quoque."  Among  the  latter, 
few  have  been  more  vehement  than  Fichte.  He 
defended  his  belief  with  all  the  heavy  artillery 
of  the  German  dictionary,  and  entrenched  him- 
self with  logic.  It  was,  however,  merely  on 
speculative  principles  that  he  contended  that 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  165 

our  knowledge  of  mind  and  matter  is  only  a 
consciousness  of  what  Sir  William  Hamilton 
has  christened  "  various  bundles  of  baseless  ap- 
pearances." He  did  not  deny  the  veracity  of 
consciousness;  he  denied  the  veracity  of  its 
testimony,  a  distinction  as  subtle  as  it  is  valid. 
For  all  practical  purposes  the  material  world — 
including  Madame  Fichte — was  to  him  not  only 
thoroughly  real,  but  it  went  spinning  through 
space  at  the  rate  of  nineteen  miles  a  second. 
And  it  was  merely  the  certainty  of  uncertainty, 
the  haunting  conviction  of  the  unreliability  of 
the  perceptions  which  in  earlier  days  led  Socrates 
to  maintain  that  the  only  thing  he  knew  was  that 
he  knew  nothing,  which  caused  Fichte  to  discri- 
minate between  what  he  believed  and  what  he 
saw. 

But  however  unreal  the  world  might  be  in 
theory,  he  was  quite  sure  that  for  every -day 
purposes  it  was  the  worst  one  possible.  Indeed, 
Fichte  was  not  only  an  akosmist,  he  was  a  pessi- 
mist too,  a  combination  which  seemed  so  alluring 
to  Lammenais,  that  after  a  debauch  in  Fichteana 
he  was  pleased  to  describe  the  world  as  a  shadow 
of  that  which  is  not,  an  echoless  sound  from 
nowhere,  the  chuckle  of  Satan  in  chaos. 

Fichte's  successor  was  Schelling.  In  place  of 
the  abstractions  of  his  precursor,  this  gentleman 
presented  an  adventurous  mysticism.  Both  were 
ideahsts ;  but  where  the  one  extracted  the  real 
from  the  ideal,  the  other  reversed  the  proceeding. 
The  transcendentahsm  which  they  professed  in 


1 66         The  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

common,  is  the  history  of  consciousness  to  the 
highest  degree  of  its  development.  Fichte  tiara'd 
his  system  with  faith ;  Schelling  crowned  his  own 
with  aesthetics.  To  the  latter,  the  universe  was 
a  poem  whose  strophies  were  writ  in  metaphysical 
formulas,  a  phrase  which  may  be  taken  to  mean 
that  he  was  exquisitely  alive  to  the  beauties  of 
Nature  and  yet  unable  to  picture  them  in  read-  * 
able  prose.  His  real  master  was  Spinoza,  and 
his  philosophy  in  consequence  presents  some  of 
the  serenest  forms  of  pantheistic  belief. 

The  harmony  to  which  he  was  alive  prefigured 
to  him  the  agency  of  a  supreme  Principle;  of  a 
Being  eternally  unconscious;  veiled  from  the 
sight  of  man  by  the  purity  of  enveloping  light, 
and  apprehensible  only  through  intellectual  in- 
tuition. On  the  skirts  of  this  intuition  he  sus- 
pended knowledge.  Above  it  he  poised  art — 
"  the  revelation  of  that  Absolute  in  which  subject 
and  object  coincide;  in  which  the  conscious 
and  the  unconscious  unite." 

*'  That  which  we  call  Nature,"  he  said,  "  is  a 
poem  writ  in  mysterious  hieroglyphics,  but  in 
which,  were  they  decipherable,  whoso  lists  might 
read  the  Odyssey  of  the  Spirit,  preyed  upon 
by  illusion,  ever  seeking,  ever  fleeing  itself.  .  .  . 
Nature  is  to  the  artist  that  which  it  is  to  the 
philosopher ;  the  ideal  world  ceaselessly  appear- 
ing in  finite  forms ;  the  wan  reflection  of  a  uni- 
verse which  does  not  stretch  beyond  the  mind, 
but  rests  within  it." 

The  fundamental  idea  of  the  entire  system 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday,         167 

amounts  in  brief  to  this :  earth,  sea  and  sky,  and 
all  that  in  them  is,  are,  in  their  essence,  ema- 
nations, or,  as  Leibnitz  has  it,  fulgurations  of 
an  eternal  and  unconscious  activity.  Detached 
from  the  primordial  matrix,  these  manifestations, 
though  interconnected,  are  without  permanent 
reality.  The  finite  world  is  an  illusion.  The 
infinite  alone  exists. 

This  idea,  while  not  unalluring,  is  passably 
vague.  But  vagueness  has  no  terrors  for  those  who 
wish  to  be  mystified,  and  that  there  were  many 
such  is  evident  from  contemporary  accounts  of 
the  enthusiasm  with  which  it  was  greeted.  The 
enthusiasm,  however,  was  as  impermanent  as 
Schelling's  own  reality.  His  disciples  flocked  to 
a  rival  teacher,  to  Hegel,  whose  name  has  the 
sound  of  a  knell. 

The  doctrine  which  this  gentleman  advanced, 
and  which  to-day  is  to  be  sought  for  in  seven- 
teen massive  in-octavos,  may  be  regarded  as  the 
apotheosis  of  the  arriere-pensee.  Hegel  was 
the  chameleon  of  philosophy.  He  believed  in 
nothing ;  and  not  only  did  he  believe  in  nothing, 
but  he  possessed  no  fixity  of  disbelief.  When- 
ever it  is  possible  to  pin  him  down,  it  is  always 
on  a  contradiction  that  the  pinning  is  accom- 
plished. He  was  an  anatomist  of  thought,  a 
midwife  of  paradox.  No  phase,  no  flutter  of 
consciousness,  escaped  his  diagnostic.  He  ana- 
lysed and  dissected,  but  he  did  not  build,  or  at 
least  only  on  negations.  He  created  doubts, 
not  convictions.      He  made  disbelievers,   not 


1 68  The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

converts.  It  was  he  who  should  have  said, 
"  Ich  bin  der  Geist  der  stets  verneint." 

It  may  be  noted,  parenthetically,  that  the  pro- 
position of  which  Plato  caught  a  glimpse,  and 
which  Descartes  dimly  perceived,  the  proposi- 
tion that  man  is  the  one  centre  of  thought, 
formed  the  sum  and  substance  of  Kant's  teach- 
ing. "Look,"  he  admonished  the  reader,  "look 
at  time  and  at  space.  They  are  but  categories 
of  thought.  Time  is  not,  nor  yet  is  space. 
They  are  appearances  which  the  mind  creates, 
and  with  which  we  envelop  the  universe."  This 
idealism,  which  in  Kant  was  partial,  in  Fichte 
subjective,  and  in  Schelling  objective,  became 
absolute  with  Hegel.  To  him,  illusion  was  the 
one  permanency,  the  one  cause,  and  man  but 
the  shadow  of  its  effects. 

In  its  widest  sense,  Hegel's  philosophy  is  an 
attempt  to  make  the  acquaintance  of  Schelling's 
primordial  entity — the  Absolute.  As  a  necessary 
preparation  he  annihilated  the  finite,  or,  to  use 
his  own  language,  the  categories  of  the  finite 
which  stood  in  his  way  \  and  when  he  had  done 
so,  behold,  the  Absolute  had  crumbled  with 
them.  The  heavens  were  void.  There  has  been 
nothing,  there  is  nothing,  there  will  be  nothing, 
save  a  constant  evolution,  a  continuous  develop- 
ment, with  death  for  a  goal.  And,  after  all,  what 
is  the  lesson  that  history  conveys?  What,  indeed, 
if  it  be  not  this,  that  whatever  is  born,  is  born  to 
die. 

The  idolatry,  the  infatuation  of  Hegel's  dis- 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.         i6g 

ciples  was  without  precedent  or  parallel.  The 
streets  and  beer-halls  echoed  with  discussions 
on  the  identity  of  contradictories.  The  Idea,  the 
Absolute,  the  Ich  and  the  non-Ich,  were  every- 
night  topics.  Metaphysics  hung  over  Berlin 
like  a  London  fog.  Hegel  was  not  only  a  popu- 
lar teacher,  he  was  a  national  idol.  His  dia- 
lectic prestidigitations  had  all  the  charm  which 
attaches  to  the  unfathomable.  That  he  was  a 
charlatan  is  clear,  but  that  he  was  revered  is 
certain.  Among  the  group  of  mourners  that 
assembled  about  his  tomb,  one,  a  theologian, 
likened  him  to  Jesus.  More  recently,  Scherer 
compared  him  to  Napoleon.  Yet  on  his  death- 
bed Hegel  was  heard  to  mutter,  "  Only  one  man 
understood  my  philosophy,  and  he  only  half- 
caught  its  import." 

After  such  a  confession,  one  might  well  offer 
him  the  viaticum  and  hum  a  requiem  over  his 
seventeen  in-octavos.  And  yet  in  vain.  Hegel's 
influence  is  too  substantial  to  be  quieted  by  any 
requiescat,  however  determined.  In  spite  of 
the  hilarity  of  the  impolite,  his  spectre  looms 
through  the  most  rational  forms  of  contemporary 
negation.  In  the  core  of  his  philosophy  there 
broods  a  sphinx  that  still  defies. 

When  the  bewilderment  which  Hegel  excited 
subsided,  the  faith  which  he  had  inculcated  was 
questioned]  belief  soon  gave  way  to  heresies,  and 
the  metaphysical  assembly  divided  itself  into 
dissenting  camps.     From  one  of  these  issued 


I/O         The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

the  philosophy  which  counted  Emerson  and 
Carlyle  among  its  exponents.  In  the  uproar  of 
another,  Strauss,  Feuerbach,  Bruno  and  Stirner 
have  pointed  to  an  eternal  grave  and  taken  the 
nimbus  from  a  god.  It  is  owing  to  the  instruc- 
tion of  a  third  that  Vacherot  has  occupied  his 
time  in  showing  that  the  idea  of  perfection  is 
God,  but  that  perfection  does  not  exist ;  and  it 
was  something  of  the  original  spirit  that  smoothed 
the  way  for  the  amiable  fumisteries  of  Ernest 
Kenan. 

In  the  days  when  Hegelism  was  at  its  apc^ee, 
there  appeared  in  Berlin  a  young  man  who 
declined  to  take  any  other  part  in  the  general 
intoxication  than  that  of  spectre  at  the  feast. 
His  contempt  for  the  sophist,  the  pachyderm 
hydrocephali,  and  all  the  pedantic  eunuchs  who 
made  up  what  he  was  wont  to  term  the  apoca- 
lyptic retinue  of  the  bestia  trionfante,  was  sump- 
tuous in  its  magnificence.  So  sumptuous  even, 
that  he  took  counsel  from  an  attorney  as  to  the 
exact  limit  his  contempt  might  reach  without 
making  him  amenable  to  a  suit  for  defamation. 
Then,  reassured,  he  began  an  attack.  "  Hegel's 
philosophy,"  he  said,  "  is  sufficient  to  cause  an 
atrophy  of  the  intellect.  It  is  a  crystallised 
paralogism,  an  abracadabra,  a  puff  of  bombast, 
and  a  wish  wash  of  phrases  which  in  its  monstrous 
construction  compels  the  mind  to  form  impos- 
sible contradictions."  For  its  preparation  he 
offered  a  receipt  which  is  homeopathic  in  its 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.         171 

simplicity.  "  Dilute  a  minimum  of  thought  in 
five  hundred  pages  of  nauseous  phraseology,  and 
for  the  rest  trust  to  the  Teuton  patience  of  the 
reader." 

A  few  years  before,  this  violent  yet  cautious 
young  man  had  written  a  work  which  he  signed 
in  full  letters,  Arthur  Schopenhauer,  and  entitled, 
Die  Welt  als  Wille  und  Vorstellung.  This  work, 
which  he  thought  would  shake  the  sophistry  of 
all  civilisation,  had  been  left  unnoticed  and 
neglected  on  the  back  book-shelves  of  its  Leipzig 
publisher.  It  is  said  that  he  smarted  at  this 
inattention,  and  that  his  aggressiveness  and  con- 
tempt of  Hegel,  and  not  of  Hegel  alone,  but 
of  Fichte  and  Schelling,  the  three  sophists,  as 
he  was  pleased  to  call  them,  was  the  outcome 
of  envy.  Whether  or  not  this  statement  is  true, 
is  a  matter  of  small  importance.  The  point  to 
be  noted  is,  that  thirty  years  later  Hegel  was 
largely  forgotten,  and  the  works  of  his  obscure 
opponent  were  welcomed  with  an  enthusiasm 
which  has  been  expanding  ever  since. 

"  The  World  as  Will  and  Idea"  is  an  atheology 
compounded  of  Buddhism,  Tauism  and  Epi- 
curism, a  mosaic  of  Oriental  and  classic  nega- 
tions worked  out  by  an  original  and  brilliant 
thinker.  If  the  seventeen  in-octavos  already 
alluded  to  may  be  regarded  as  the  apotheosis 
of  the  arribre-pensee,  then,  in  comparison,  this 
philosophy,  together  with  its  complementary 
monographs,  represents  the  renaissance  of  com- 
mon-sense. 


1 72         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

Schopenhauer  was  not  a  pantheist.  Had  he 
possessed  any  of  the  views  of  ordinary  orthodoxy^ 
the  belief,  for  instance,  in 

*'  L'univers 
Ou  r^gne  un  Jehovah  dont  Satan  est  Fenvers," 

he  might  possibly  have  read  the  banns  over 
Nature  and  Satan,  but  he  never  would  have 
identified  the  former  with  God.  Nor  was  Scho- 
penhauer a  materialist.  He  was  a  theorematist 
of  force,  but  atoms  found  no  place  in  his  system. 
Yet  if  he  must  be  catalogued,  it  will  perhaps  be 
safest  to  say  that  he  was  an  idealist  who  saw  the 
inutility  of  dream.  Kant's  Krittk,  from  which 
all  German  metaphysics  proceeds,  had  shown 
him  that  reason  must  either  be  confined  within 
the  limits  of  experience,  or  else  let  loose  into  an 
absolute  idealism.  The  three  sophists  had  dis- 
gusted him  with  the  supersensible,  and  yet  he 
felt  suffocated  in  the  narrow  limits  of  the  real. 
There  was  yet  a  middle  course,  and  that  course 
he  took.  It  was  useless  to  ask  whence  the 
world  comes  or  whither  it  tends,  but  it  would 
not  be  impertinent  to  state  what  it  is;  and  the 
statement  which  Schopenhauer  made  to  the 
public  was  to  the  effect  that  the  world  is  but  the 
perception  of  a  perceiver,  a  simple  representation, 
a  mere  idea  which  man  carries  with  him  to  the 
tomb,  and  which  in  the  absence  of  a  thinker  to 
think  it  would  not  exist  at  all. 

In  the  Cogita,  a  note-book  of  which  extracts 
have  been  selected  by  Schopenhauer's  literary 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  173 

executor,*  is  the  following  passage:  "  Two  things 
were  before  me,  two  bodies,  regularly  formed, 
beautiful  to  see.     One  was  a  vase  of  jaspar,  with 
a  border  and  handles  of  gold.   The  other  was  an 
organism,  a  man.     When  I  had  admired  them 
sufficiently  from  without,  I  begged  the  genie  who 
accompanied  me  to  let  me  visit  within.     This 
permission  was  accorded.     In  the  vase  I  found 
nothing  save  the  pressure  of  weight,  and  between 
the  parts  some  obscure  reciprocal  tendency  which 
I  have  heard  designated  as  cohesion  and  affinity. 
But  when  I  entered  the  other  object,  my  surprise 
was  so  great  as  to  be  almost  untellable  :  in  legends 
and  fairy-tales  there  is  nothing  more  unbelievable 
than  the  spectacle  which  I  beheld.    In  this  object, 
or  rather  in  its  upper  end,  called  the  head,  and 
which  from  without  looks  like  anything  else,  I 
saw  nothing  less  than  the  world  itself  j  I  saw  the 
immensity  of  space  in  which  all  is  contained,  the 
immensity  of  time  in  which  everything  moves, 
and  therewith  the  prodigious  variety  of  objects 
that  fill  both  space  and  time ;  but,  what  is  most 
astounding,   I   saw  myself  coming  and  going ! 
That  is  what  I  discovered  in  this  object  that  was 
barely  larger  than  a  large  fruit  j  in  this  object 
which  the  headsman  can  dissever  with  a  single 
blow,  and  that,  too,  in  such  wise  as  to  plunge  into 
sudden  and  eternal  night  the  whole  of  the  world 
that  it  contains.     And  the  amusing  part  of  it  all 

*  Arthur  Schopenhauer.  Von  ihm.  Ueber  ihn.  Frauen- 
stadt. 


1 74  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

is,  that  if  objects  of  this  sort  did  not  sprout  like 
mushrooms,  continuously  prepared  to  receive  a 
universe  that  is  ever  ready  to  subside  into  chaos, 
and  did  not  give  and  take  like  a  ball  the  great 
idea  (Vorstellung)  which  is  identical  in  each,  and 
of  which  the  identity  is  expressed  with  the  word 
objectivity,  the  world  would  no  longer  exist." 

Schopenhauer  was  not  far  from  agreeing  with 
Berkeley  that  the  world  is  a  phantasmagoria,  a 
transformation-scene  existing  in  fancy,  or,  as  the 
Brahmans  declared,  a  mirage  evoked  for  the 
entertainment  of  the  Supreme.  The  source  and 
origin  of  the  exterior  world  lay  in  the  representa- 
tive faculty  which  creates  it  and  with  which  it 
disappears.  Matter,  according  to  him,  is  a  lie 
that  is  truth  j  it  is  not  an  illusion,  it  is  correlative 
with  the  intelligence  j  the  two  rise  and  fall  toge- 
ther ;  separated,  they  could  not  exist ;  one  is  a 
reflection  of  the  other.  Properly  speaking,  they 
are  the  same  thing  examined  from  different  points. 
But  what  is  this  same  thing?  Schopenhauer 
answers  with  a  word.  It  is  Will. 

This  Will  should  not  be  taken  to  mean  the 
conscious  act  of  a  higher  Intelligence.  It  is  a 
force,  invariable,  identical  and  equal,  of  which 
gravitation,  electricity,  heat — in  fact,  every  form 
of  activity  from  the  fall  of  an  apple  to  the  found- 
ing of  a  monarchy,  from  a  cataclysm  to  a  blade  of 
grass,  from  the  choir  of  planets  to  the  invisible 
molecule — is  merely  a  derivative  and  nothing 
more.  In  Nature,  it  is  a  blind,  unconscious 
power;   in  man,  it  is  the  foundation  of  being. 


The  Protests  oj  Yesterday,  175 

This  theory,  which  Schopenhauer  expounded 
with  a  great  luxuriance  of  vivid  argument,  and  in 
a  style  that  is  crystal  in  its  clarity,  coincides  in 
the  aptest  manner  with  the  doctrine  of  evolution. 
During  the  early  ages  of  the  world's  formation,  the 
objectivity  of  this  force  was,  he  says,  limited  to 
inferior  forms  \  but  when  the  conflict  of  chemical 
forces  had  ended,  atnd  the  granite,  like  a  tomb- 
stone, covered  the  combatants,  it  irrupted  in  the 
world  of  plant  and  forest.  The  air,  decarbonised, 
was  then  prepared  for  animal  life,  and  the  Will's 
objectivity  realised  a  new  form.  Fish  and  crusta- 
ceans filled  the  sea,  gigantic  reptiles  covered  the 
earth,  and  gradually  through  innumerable  forms, 
each  more  perfect  than  the  last,  the  propulsion 
ascended  to  man. 

Schopenhauer  decHned  to  believe  that  either 
here  or  in  another  planet  a  being  superior  to  man 
could  possibly  exist ;  and  that  for  the  reason  that 
with  enlarged  intelligence  he  would  consider  life 
too  deplorable  to  be  supported  for  a  moment. 
As  a  consequence,  the  Will's  objectivity  can 
ascend  no  higher.  Its  latest  manifestation  is  even 
the  final  term  of  its  progress,  for  with  it  has  come 
the  possibiUty  of  its  denial,  the  possibility  that 
some  day  it  may  be  throttled  into  extinction  and 
choked  back  into  the  chaos  from  which  it  sprang. 

In  all  the  grades  of  its  manifestations.  Will,  he 
taught,  dispenses  with  any  end  or  aim.  It  simply 
and  ceaselessly  strives,  for  striving  is  its  sole 
nature.  But  as  any  hindrance  of  this  striving, 
through  an  obstacle  placed  between  it  and  its  tem- 


176         The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

porary  aim,  is  called  suffering,  and  the  absence 
of  any  obstacle,  satisfaction, — it  follows,  if  the 
obstacles  it  meets  outnumber  the  facilities  it 
encounters,  that,  having  no  final  end  or  aim, 
there  can  be  no  end  and  no  measure  of  suffering. 

That  pain  does  outbalance  pleasure  is  a  fact 
too  well  established  to  need  discussion  here. 
Pain  begins  with  the  lowest  types  of  animal  life, 
becomes  acute  with  the  nervous  system  of  the 
vertebrates,  increases  in  proportion  to  the  deve- 
lopment of  the  intelligence ;  and  as  intelligence 
attains  distinctness,  pain  advances  with  it,  until 
what  Mr.  Swinburne  calls  the  gift  of  tears  finds 
its  supreme  expression  in  man.  And  man  is 
not  a  being  to  be  envied.  He  is  the  concretion 
of  a  thousand  necessities.  His  life,  as  Schopen- 
hauer has  it,  is  a  fight  for  existence,  with  the 
certainty  of  defeat  in  the  end ;  and  even  when 
his  existence  is  assured,  there  comes  a  struggle 
with  a  shadowy  burden,  an  effort  to  kill  time, 
and  a  vain  attempt  to  escape  ennui. 

Nor  is  ennui  a  minor  evil.  It  is  not  every 
one  who  can  get  away  from  himself  Schopen- 
hauer could,  it  is  true  j  but  in  so  doing  he  noted 
that  its  ravages  depicted  on  the  human  counte- 
nance an  expression  of  absolute  despair,  and 
made  beings  who  love  each  other  as  little  as 
men  do,  seek  eagerly  the  society  of  each  other. 
In  this  way,  between  effort  and  attainment,  the 
life  of  man  rolls  on.  The  wish  is  in  its  nature 
pain,  and  satisfaction  soon  begets  satiety.  No 
matter  what  fortune  may  have  done,  no  matter 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  177 

what  a  man  may  be  or  what  he  may  possess, 
pain  can  never  be  avoided.  Efforts  to  banish  it 
effect,  if  successful,  only  a  change  of  form.  It 
may  appear  as  want  or  care  for  the  maintenance 
of  life.  If  this  preoccupation  be  removed,  back 
it  comes  again  in  the  mask  of  love,  jealousy, 
hatred  or  ambition;  ,and  if  it  gain  entrance 
through  none  of  these  avatars,  it  comes  as  simple 
boredom,  against  which  we  strive  as  best  we 
may.  Even  in  this  latter  case,  if  we  get  the 
upper  hand,  we  shall  hardly  do  so,  Schopenhauer 
says,  without  letting  pain  in  again  in  one  of  its 
earlier  forms.  And  then  the  dance  begins  afresh ; 
for  life,  like  a  pendulum,  swings  ever  backward 
and  forward  between  pain  and  ennui. 

The  one  relief,  a  relief  which  at  best  is 
momentary  and  accidental,  is  in  that  impersonal 
contemplation  in  which  the  individual  is  effaced, 
and  only  the  pure,  knowing  subject  subsists. 
This  condition  Schopenhauer  praises  as  the  pain- 
less state  which  Epicurus  described  as  the  highest 
good,  the  bliss  of  the  gods.  Therein  man  is 
freed  from  the  yoke  of  Will ;  the  penal  servitude 
of  daily  life  ceases  as  for  a  sabbath;  the  wheel 
of  Ixion  stands  still.  The  cause  of  this  he  was 
at  no  loss  to  explain,  and  he  did  so,  it  may  be 
added,  in  a  manner  poetically  logical  and  pecu- 
liar to  himself. 

"  Every  desire  is  born  of  a  need,  of  a  privation 
or  of  a  suffering.  When  satisfied,  it  is  lulled;  but 
for  one  that  is  satisfied,  how  many  are  unap- 
peased  !     Desire,  moreover,  is  of  long  duration ; 

N 


178  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

its  exigencies  are  infinite ;  while  pleasure  is  brief 
and  narrowly  measured.  Pleasure,  too,  is  but 
an  apparition  that  is  destined  to  be  succeeded 
by  another.  The  first  is  a  vanished  illusion ; 
the  second  an  illusion  that  lingers  still.  Nothing 
is  capable  of  appeasing  Will,  nor  of  permanently 
arresting  it.  The  best  we  can  do  is  like  the 
alms  tossed  to  a  beggar,  which,  in  preserving  his 
life  to-day,  prolongs  his  misery  to-morrow.  While, 
then,  we  are  dominated  by  desires  and  ruled  by 
Will,  so  long  as  we  give  ourselves  up  to  hopes 
that  delude  and  fears  that  alarm,  we  have  neither 
peace  nor  happiness.  But  when  an  accident,  an 
interior  harmony  lifting  us  for  the  moment  from 
out  the  torrent  of  desire,  delivers  the  spirit  from 
the  oppression  of  Will,  turns  our  attention  from 
everything  that  solicits  it,  and  all  things  seem  as 
freed  from  the  allurements  of  hope  and  personal 
interest,  then  repose,  vainly  pursued,  yet  ever 
intangible,  comes  to  us  of  itself,  bearing  with 
open  hands  the  plenitude  of  the  gift  of  peace." 

Contemplation  is  then  an  affranchisement.  It 
delivers  us  for  a  moment  from  ourselves ;  it  sus- 
pends the  activity  of  V/ill ;  and  in  raising  man 
out  of  misery  into  the  pure  world  of  ideas,  brings 
him  a  foretaste  of  that  repose  which  is  the  freedom 
of  the  non-existent.  But  the  liberation  from  the 
trammels  of  Will  which  is  found  in  art  and  dis- 
interested contemplation,  is  a  solace  that  is 
momentary  and  accidental.  That  which  is  more 
desirable  is  a  complete  and  unfettered  freedom. 
The  cause  of  evil  is  known ;  it  is  the  affirmation 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  179 

of  the  Will-to-live.  The  remedy  is  its  denial. 
The  Will  affirms  itself  when,  after  an  acquaintance 
with  life,  it  persists  as  much  in  willing  as  in  the 
first  moment  when  it  was  a  mere  blind  necessity. 
The  Will  denies  itself  when  it  renounces  life, 
when  it  frees  itself  through  a  persistent  abdica- 
tion, and  abolishes  itself  of  its  own  accord. 

In  this  there  is  no  question  of  suicide.  For 
suicide,  far  from  being  a  denial  of  the  Will-to- 
live,  is  one  of  its  strongest  affirmations.  The 
man  who  takes  his  own  life  really  wants  to  live. 

What  he  does  not  want  are  the  miseries  and 
trials  attendant  on  his  particular  existence.  He 
abolishes  the  individual,  but  not  the  race.  The 
species  continues,  and  pain  with  it.  To  be  scien- 
tifically annihilated,  life  should  be  aboHshed  not 
only  in  its  suffering,  but  in  its  empty  pleasures 
as  well.  Its  entire  inanity  should  be  recognised, 
and  the  whole  root  cut  once  and  for  all.  In 
explaining  in  what  manner  this  is  to  be  accom- 
plished, Schopenhauer  carried  his  reader  far  off 
into  the  shadows  of  the  Orient.  On  the  one 
side  is  the  lethargy  of  the  Rishis ;  on  the  other, 
the  Tauists  drugged  with  opium  \  while  above  all 
rises  the  phantasy  of  the  East,  the  dogma  of 
metempsychosis. 

As  the  present  writer  has  elsewhere  explained,* 
Schopenhauer  gives  the  name  of  Will  to  that 
force  which  in  Indian  philosophy  is  held  to 


*  The   Philosophy  of  Disenchantment.      Houghton, 
Mifflin  &  Co.,  Boston 

N  2 


1 80  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

resurrect  with  man  across  successive  lives,  and 
with  which  the  horror  of  ulterior  existences  re- 
appears. It  is  from  this  nightmare  that  we  are 
summoned  to  awake,  but  in  the  summons  we 
are  told  that  the  awakening  can  only  come  with 
a  recognition  of  the  true  nature  of  the  dream. 
The  work  to  be  accompHshed  is  therefore  less 
physical  than  moral.  We  are  not  to  strangle 
ourselves  in  sleep;  we  are  to  rise  out  of  it  in 
meditation. 

"In  man,*'  Schopenhauer  says,  "the  Will-ta- 
live  advances  to  consciousness,  to  that  point 
where  it  can  choose  between  its  continuance  or 
abolition.  Man  is  the  saviour.  Nature  awaits 
her  redemption  through  him.  He  is  at  once  the 
priest  and  the  victim." 

If,  then,  in  the  succeeding  generations  the 
appetite  for  liberty  has  been  so  highly  cultivated 
that  a  widespread  and  united  compassion  is  felt 
for  all  things,  then  through  continence  absolute 
and  universal,  that  condition  will  be  produced  in 
which  subject  and  object  disappear,  and — the 
sigh  of  the  egotist  Will  once  choked  thereby 
into  a  death-rattle — the  world,  delivered  from 
pain,  will  pass  into  that  peace  which  passeth  all 
understanding,  into  the  Prajna-Paramita,  the 
"  beyond  all  knowledge,"  the  Buddhist  goal 
where  nothing  is. 

"It  is  this,"  Schopenhauer  exclaims  in  his 
concluding  paragraph,  "it  is  this  that  the  Hindus 
have  expressed  in  the  empty  terms  of  Nirvana 
and  re-absorption  in  Brahm.     I  am,  of  course, 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  1 8 1 

a^vare  that  what  remains  after  the  abolition  of 
the  Will,  is  without  eifect  on  those  in  whom  it 
still  works.  But  to  those  in  whom  it  has  been 
crushed,  what  is  this  world  of  ours,  with  its  suns 
and  stellar  systems  ?     Nothing^ 

Among  thinking  people,  Schopenhauer's  ad- 
mirers are  to-day  sufficiently  frequent  to  defy 
enumeration.  The  theory  of  force,  which  was 
his  chief  originality,  has  found  few  serious  adhe- 
rents ;  fewer  still  are  they  who  pin  any  faith  to 
his  plan  for  the  extinction  of  humanity ;  it  is  his 
classic  insistance  on  the  immedicable  misery  of 
life,  it  is  the  pessimism  which  he  expounded, 
but  which  was  no  more  his  own  invention  than 
is  atheism,  that  has  multiplied  the  translations 
and  editions  of  his  works.  For  thirty  years  these 
works  were  unnoticed.  But  Schopenhauer,  who 
was  very  blithe  in  his  misanthropy,  snapped  his 
fingers  at  the  inattention  of  the  public  \  he  knew 
that  Time,  who  is  at  least  a  gentleman,  would 
bring  him  his  due  unasked.  "My  death,"  he 
said,  "  will  be  a  canonisation,  the  extreme  unc- 
tion, a  baptism."  Yet  before  he  died,  fame  and 
honours  came  and  found  him  unsurprised.  ''Time 
has  brought  his  roses  at  last,"  he  said.  "  But  see," 
he  added,  touching  his  silvered  hair,  "  they  are 
white." 

The  most  prominent  of  Schopenhauer's  suc- 
cessors is  Dr.  Eduard  von  Hartmann.  On  many 
points  this  gentleman  separates  widely  from  the 
master.  In  matters  ontological  and  teleological 
there  is  a  variance  that  is  noticeably  large.     But 


1 8  2  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

their  pessimism  is  the  same ;  if  any  difference  is 
discernible,  it  is  merely  in  this,  that  the  tone  of 
the  later  comer  has  gained  from  recent  science  the 
steadiness  and  assurance  that  comes  of  broader 
knowledge. 

Dr.  von  Hartmann,  who  sits  at  the  head  of 
contemporary  metaphysicians,  is  a  transcendental 
realist.  His  doctrine  is  a  pantheism,  or,  as  he 
prefers  to  call  it,  a  monism,  in  which  nihilism  and 
idealism  are  found  in  equal  parts,  and  one  which 
has  given  to  Hegelism  a  new  and  unexpected 
activity.  Nature  to  him  is  truly  divine ;  but  the 
misery  of  existence  is  irremediable,  or  at  least 
will  continue  to  be  so  until  advancing  science 
has  taught  in  what  way  the  clamour  of  life  may 
be  quelled.  That  which  the  Hindu  termed  Atma, 
that  which  Spinoza  designated  as  Substance — in 
short,  the  universal  and  indetectable  force  which 
has  made  all  things  what  they  are,  is  called  by 
him  the  Unconscious.  The  Unconscious  is  sove- 
reignly wise,  and  the  world  is  admirable  in  every 
respect ;  it  is  existence  that  is  irreclaimable  in  its 
misery. 

The  originality  of  this  philosophy  consists  in 
a  theory  of  optimistic  evolution  as  counterbal- 
anced by  a  pessimistic  analysis  of  life ;  but  the 
originality  is  not  lost  in  its  conclusion,  in  which 
it  is  argued  that,  as  the  world's  progressus  tends 
neither  to  universal  nor  individual  happiness,  the 
great  aim  of  science  should  be  to  emancipate 
man  from  a  love  of  life,  and  in  this  wise  lead  the 
world  back  to  chaos.     The  interest  of  the  Un- 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  183 

conscious  is  opposed  to  our  own.  It  is  to  our 
advantage  not  to  live  j  it  is  to  the  advantage  of 
the  Unconscious  that  we  should  do  so,  and  that 
others  should  be  brought  into  existence  through 
us.  The  Unconscious,  therefore,  in  the  further- 
ment  of  its  aims,  has  surrounded  man  with  such 
illusions  as  are  capable  of  deluding  him  into  a 
belief  that  life  is  a  pleasant  thing  well  worth  the 
living.  The  instincts  within  us  are  the  different 
forms  beneath  which  the  desire  to  live  is  at  work, 
and  with  which  the  Unconscious  moulds  man  to 
its  profit.  Hence  the  energy  witlessly  expended 
for  the  protection  of  an  existence  which  is  but 
the  right  to  suifer;  hence  the  erroneous  idea 
which  is  formed  of  the  happiness  derivable  from 
life;  and  hence,  too,  the  modification  of  past 
disenchantments  through  the  influence  of  fresh 
and  newer  hopes.  But  when  in  the  old  age  of 
the  world,  when  humanity  has  divested  itself  of 
the  belief  that  happiness  is  obtainable  in  this 
life,  when  it  has  lost  all  faith  in  the  promise  of 
another — in  fact,  when  every  illusion  has  been 
dissipated,  when  hope,  love,  ambition  and  gold 
are  recognized  as  chimeras,  or  at  least  as  incen- 
tives to  activity  which  cause  more  pain  than 
pleasure — then,  science  aiding,  humanity  will 
perform  its  own  execution,  and  Time  at  last  will 
cease  to  be. 

Such  is  Dr.  von  Hartmann's  conception  of 
life,  and  such  is  the  idea  he  has  formed  of  the 
destiny  of  the  world.  In  regard  to  the  latter, 
nothing  need  now  be  said ;  but  it  may  be  noted 


184  The  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

that  to  the  general  public  his  theory  of  pleasure 
and  pain  has  not  seemed  wholly  satisfactory. 
There  have  been  many  attempts  to  confute  his 
pessimism,  and  many  attempts  to  show  that  life, 
so  far  from  being  immedicable  in  its  misery,  is  a 
well-spring  of  delight.  And  to  many,  doubtless, 
it  has  so  seemed.  But  a  point  of  view  is  not  an 
argument.  Whether  life  is  held  to  be  valuable, 
or  whether  it  is  held  to  be  valueless,  its  nature 
in  either  case  remains  unchanged.  To  the 
obtuse  it  is  usually  the  one ;  to  the  sensitive  it 
is  generally  the  other.  But  to  the  impersonal 
observer,  the  disinterested  witness,  to  him  who 
looks  back  through  the  shudders  of  history,  and 
who  gazes  into  a  future  that  will  be  as  inexpli- 
cable as  the  past,  to  him  who  feels  some  sympathy 
for  the  suffering,  some  compassion  for  the  dis- 
tressed and  some  pity  for  those  in  pain,  life 
seldom  seems  other  than  an  immense,  an  un- 
necessary affliction. 


Why,  asked  Voltaire,  with  that  leer  which  de 
Musset  has  made  immortal.  Why  is  there  any- 
thing ?  An  answer  often  given  to  this  question 
is,  that  the  ultimate  reason  of  things  is  discover- 
able only  in  matter  and  motion.  In  theological 
circles  the  advocates  of  this  explanation  are  not 
in  good  repute.  In  polite  society  it  is  considered 
as  bad  form  to  hold  such  theories  as  it  is  to 
carve  salad  or  guillotine  asparagus.  In  fact, 
beyond  the  jurisdiction  of  the  scientific  world 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  185 

the  materialist  has  a  bad  name.  The  pantheist, 
passe  encore.  Pantheism  is  vague  and  poetic, 
and  apprehended  with  difficulty.  But  the  mate- 
rialist brings  a  different  guitar.  His  conception 
of  the  universe  demands  but  little  study  to  seem 
tolerably  clear.  Besides,  in  his  heart  he  seems 
to  say,  There  is  no  God,  and  the  appearance  of 
that  inward  speech  is  not  compatible  with  good 
manners.  Society  has  a  stronger  leaning  to 
affirmations  than  to  negations ;  in  fact,  as  Rousseau 
has  pointed  out,  the  average  intellect  prefers  to 
be  wrong  in  its  belief  than  to  have  none  at  all. 
The  materialist,  standing  as  he  does  in  opposi- 
tion to  theological  tenets,  is  therefore  eyed  askant, 
and,  what  is  more,  is  called  an  atheist  when  his 
back  is  turned. 

Parenthetically  it  may  be  noted  that  the  his- 
torical definition  of  an  atheist  is  a  citizen  who 
refuses  to  worship  the  gods  which  the  authorities 
of  the  state  have  appointed  as  worthy  of  worship. 
In  modern  parlance  the  word  has  acquired  a 
sharper  tone,  and  is  generally  used  in  reference 
to  whoso  disbelieves  in  the  supernatural.  In 
the  coming  centuries  it  is  possible  that  it  will 
cease  to  be  a  term  of  reproach.  Indeed,  its  reha- 
bilitation has  in  certain  quarters  already  begun. 
But  be  this  as  it  may,  there  are  still  few  thinkers 
who  hear  themselves  called  atheists  without  ex- 
periencing some  bewilderment.  "Tell  a  philoso- 
pher," Heine  said,  "  that  his  theories  are  atheistic, 
and  he  will  be  as  much  surprised  as  would  a  geo- 
metrician on  learning  that  his  triangles  were  red." 


1 86  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

The  denomination  is  as  impertinent  to  the  views 
of  the  one,  as  the  colour  is  to  the  triangles  of  the 
other.  Not  every  one,  however,  has  had  the 
privilege  of  sitting  at  Heine's  feet,  and  the  ex- 
pression continues  to  be  flung,  with  more  or  less 
vigour,  at  all  systems  of  rationalistic  thought, 
though  at  none  more  virulently  than  at  mate- 
rialism. 

As  has  been  hinted  in  earlier  chapters,  mate- 
rialism is  as  old  as  philosophy  itself.  In  India, 
it  was  a  precursor  of  Buddhism;  in  China,  it 
antedates  Laou-tze:  In  classic  antiquity,  Demo- 
critus,  Epicurus  and  Lucretius  were  among  its 
advocates.  Arrested  by  Christianity,  it  was  im- 
prisoned all  through  the  middle  ages ;  but  when» 
over  a  century  ago,  it  at  last  escaped,  thrones  and 
altars  fell  before  it.  It  is,  however,  only  within 
recent  years  that  materialism  received  the  en- 
dorsements of  science.  The  standard-bearer  of 
this  movement,  a  movement  all  the  more  signi- 
ficant in  that  it  was  a  reaction  against  Hegelian 
abstractions,  was  Moleschott.  His  principal  work, 
the  Krieslauf  des  Lebens,  awoke  Germany  from 
her  stupor.  It  was  attacked,  applauded  and 
abused.  The  thinking  world,  which  since  Hegel's 
death  had  been  twirling  its  thumbs,  turned  toward 
it  expectant  eyes.  The  hypothesis  of  an  indefi- 
nite circulation  of  matter  passing  ceaselessly  from 
life  to  death  and  from  death  to  life,  was  old 
enough  to  seem  quite  new,  and  the  axiom.  With- 
out force,  no  matter;  without  matter,  no  force,  was 
listened  to  with  grave  attention. 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday,         187 

The  Kreislauf  des  Lebens  inspired  any  number 
of  affiliated  works.  Vogt,  Lowenthal,  Czolbe 
and  Eudolphe  Wagner  made  themselves  promi- 
nent in  its  defence.  Old-fashioned  methods 
were  abandoned.  Psychology  was  put  aside. 
Since  there  was  no  psyche,  of  what  use  could  it 
be?  Metaphysics  was  relegated  to  the  night 
from  which  it  had  sprung.  Modem  materialism 
determined  to  support  its  dogmas  with  the 
sciences  which  are  called  exact.  And  Biichner, 
mailed  with  astronomy,  chemistry,  geology,  phy- 
siology and  natural  history,  produced  in  Kraft 
und  Stqf  the  text-book  of  the  new  belief.  There- 
after it  only  needed  a  hymnal  to  be  complete. 
The  deficiency  has  been  supplied  by  Eichepin's 
Blasphlmes. 

The  first  principle  of  scientific  materialism  is 
the  inseparability  of  matter  and  force.  Matter  is 
not  a  vague  substance  on  which  force  grapples 
from  without.  In  the  absence  of  the  one,  the 
the  other  is  inconceivable,  save  perhaps  by  way 
of  hypothesis.  Without  force,  matter  would  enter 
at  once  into  a  formless  void.  Without  matter, 
force  would  fade  into  a  region  of  pure  abstrac- 
tions. Endeavour,  for  instance,  to  represent 
matter  without  force,  that  is,  without  the  power 
of  cohesion  or  affinity,  attraction  or  repulsion, 
and,  presto  !  the  very  idea  of  matter  disappears. 
In  like  measure,  an  effort  to  represent  force 
without  matter  results  in  a  similar  denouement. 

The  second  principle  is  that  force  and  matter 
are  indestructible.      There  are  transformations. 


1 88  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

there  are  varieties  in  their  manifestations,  but  in 
the  sum  of  their  effects  the  intensity  is  undimi- 
nished. Burn  a  log  of  wood,  and  the  scales  of 
a  chemist  will  show  that  not  a  particle  of  matter 
has  been  destroyed.  **  Annihilate  a  particle  of 
matter,"  said  Spinoza,  **^and  the  world  will 
crumble."  Not  an  atom  can  lose  itself  in  im- 
mensity, and  to  immensity  not  an  atom  can  be 
added.  The  flux  and  reflux  of  things  show 
beneath  incessant  variations  the  same  persistent 
and  invariable  aggregate.  There  is  a  circulation 
of  materials  of  which  each  fortuitous  combination 
has  its  beginning  and  its  end,  but  in  some  one 
form  or  another  the  materials  meet  again  and 
interconnect  anew. 

As  with  matter,  so  with  force.  What  disap- 
pears on  one  side  re-appears  on  another.  Fric- 
tion produces  fire,  motion  is  obtained  by  steam. 
The  amount  of  movement  expended  is  reco- 
vered in  the  amount  of  heat;  the  amount  of 
heat  dissipated  is  recovered  in  the  amount  of 
motion.  Force,  then,  like  matter,  is  immortals 
It  may  be  transformed,  but  never  destroyed. 
From  these  considerations,  materialism  concludes, 
that,  as  that  which  is  indestructible  can  have  had 
no  beginning,  matter  and  force  cannot  have  been 
created.  Ex  nihilo  nihil,  in  nihilum  nil  posse 
reverti.  The  transformation  of  something  into- 
nothing  is  as  inconceivable,  says  Lebon,  as  is  the 
creation  of  something  from  nothing.  And  Taine 
adds,  "  There  is  nothing  but  matter  and  motion. 
Space  is  the  infinity  of  matter,  as  time  is  the 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  189 

eternity  of  motion."  Matter  and  force  are,  then, 
eternal.  But  eternity  is  shared  alone  by  them. 
Dust  we  are,  to  dust  we  shall  return. 

Matter  and  force  being  eternal,  their  laws  are 
immutable.  Were  it  otherwise,  the  properties  of 
matter  would  change,  and  on  the  tablets  of  ex- 
perience no  change  is  recorded.  Nature  has 
never  varied.  Her  laws  are  the  mechanical  rela- 
tion of  forces  which,  in  disclosing  no  trace  of  a 
higher  Will,  turn  superstition  into  a  vagabond  that 
has  not  where  to  lay  its  head.  Time,  in  which 
all  things  unroll,  is  the  great,  the  one  creator. 

The  novelty  of  modern  materialism,  a  novelty 
which  distinguishes  it  from  other  systems,  is  that 
it  claims  to  rest  its  affirmations  on  a  basis  which 
is  strictly  scientific.  .  Its  explanation  of  the  uni- 
verse by  means  of  the  action  of  natural  forces, 
its  reduction  of  natural  forces  to  the  variable 
modes  of  the  force  inherent  in  nature,  are  indeed 
supported  by  physics,  chemistry  and  physiology. 
But  into  certain  regions  that  it  attempts  to  pene- 
trate, it  has  not  been  preceded  by  any  avant- 
courier  that  at  all  resembles  exact  knowledge. 

The  hypothesis  that  the  attraction  of  all  pon- 
derable matter  which  maintains  the  planets  in 
their  orbits,  must  at  one  time  have  been  in  a 
condition  to  mould  the  universe  from  the  cosmic 
dust  spread  through  space,  is  the  starting-point 
of  materialistic  cosmogony.  This  hypothesis, 
hazarded  by  Kant,  signed  by  Laplace  and  attested 
by  Herschel,  is  crowned  by  another,  which  is  as 
opulent  in  vistas  as  is  the  retrospect  of  the  first. 


1 90  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

It  is  to  the  effect  that  the  earth,  like  her  lost 
satellite  whose  fragments  have  deluged  the  globe, 
will  in  turn  be  disembowelled  and  tossed  through 
space.  Historically  these  hypotheses  are  not  new. 
Entertaining  as  the  conjunction  may  appear,  they 
are  part  of  Buddhist  lore.  But  they  are  a  part  of 
Buddhism  which  is  as  vague  as  it  is  poetic.  In 
materialism,  if  there  is  less  vagueness,  there  is 
also  less  poetry.  Materialism  is  nothing  if  not 
matter-of-fact.  Starting,  then,  from  the  hypothesis 
that  a  mass  of  cosmic  matter  originally  filled  the 
space  which  our  planetary  system  occupies,  and 
that,  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  gravitation 
which  draw  the  parts  to  the  centre,  the  sun  was 
formed  by  the  gradual  concentration  of  its  ele- 
ments, it  is  not  difficult  to  fancy  a  fragment  of 
nebulosity  detached  from  the  centre  and  shot 
through  space,  developing  first  in  a  collection 
of  gases,  then .  into  molecules  that  the  rotatory 
movement  fused  and  ignited,  and  which  in  cool- 
ing formed  a  crust  above  an  interior  furnace. 
This  flight  of  fancy  accomplished,  it  is  yet  easier 
to  imagine  the  condensation  of  vapours  into  rain, 
the  growth  of  plants  and  the  birth  of  the  monera 
from  which  man  descends. 

And  life  ?  Is  it  then,  as  Marcus  Aurelius  in 
his  sceptred  melancholy  suggested,  but  a  halt 
between  two  eternities?  Bah!  Away  with  phrases ! 
A  bottle  containing  carbonate  of  ammonia,  chlo- 
ride of  potassium,  phosphate  of  soda,  chalk, 
magnesia,  sulphuric  acid  and  silex,  is  life  in  its 
most  ideal,  in  its  completest  expression. 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  191 

Some  sixty  million  years  ago,  when  primitive 
man  blinked  at  a  brighter  sky  than  ours,  he  thought 
of  the  archeolithic  ape,  if  he  thought  at  all,  as  an 
inferior  animal.  And,  indeed,  there  could  have 
been  little  in  common  between  the  shuddering 
orang-outang  and  the  speechless  yet  ferocious 
troglodyte  who  with  an  uprooted  tree  crushed 
the  skull  of  a  lion  and  then  sucked  the  fuming 
brain. 

The  link  between  the  two  was  as  undiscernible 
to  him  as  to  the  theologian  of  to-day.  And  yet, 
as  Huxley  has  pointed  out,  the  anatomical  differ- 
ence between  man  and  a  gorilla  is  less  than 
between  a  gorilla  and  an  inferior  ape.  And,  to 
pursue  the  same  line  of  argument,  the  difference 
between  a  Shakespeare  and  a  savage  is  infinitely 
greater  than  between  a  savage  and  a  brute.  Why, 
a  magpie  is  cleverer  than  the  aboriginal  Austra- 
lian ;  but  at  the  same  time  the  cleverness  of  a 
magpie  is  not  a  proof  of  the  evolution  of  man. 

The  old  coquette,  this  world  of  ours,  conceals 
her  age,  but  her  biography  is  under  our  feet.  As 
we  read  backwards  through  it,  her  years  mount 
up  into  ten  hundred  millions.  The  date  of  that 
initial  catastrophe,  her  birth,  is  yet  unreached ; 
but  we  know  enough  of  her  past  to  be  sure  that 
it  has  been  long  enough  and  sufficiently  immoral 
for  many  things  to  happen  of  which  our  philoso- 
phy may  dream  though  it  cannot  prove.  Among 
these  things  are  spontaneous  generation  and  the 
descent  of  man.  When  these  are  substantiated? 
materialism  will  have  proved  its  claim ;  its  sway 


1 92  The  A  natomy  of  Negation, 

will  be  undisputed ;  but  until  then,  its  arguments 
have  as  much  evidential  value  as  so  many  astro 
gals. 

In  attempting  to  explain  the  organic  by  the 
inorganic,  the  main  argument  was  the  alleged 
birth  of  insects  in  putrefied  matter.  This  argu- 
ment was  routed  by  Redi,  who  enveloped  some 
meat  in  a  light  gauze,  on  which,  a  little  later, 
eggs  were  found  to  have  been  deposited  by 
passing  flies,  and  at  once  the  mystery  was 
explained.  The  discovery  of  the  microscope 
brought  new  hopes  to  the  materialists.  The 
animalculae  which  were  found  in  certain  infusions 
appeared  to  have  been  produced  without  the 
assistance  of  antecedent  germs.  The  falsity  of 
this  conclusion  was  demonstrated  by  Schwann, 
and  the  hypothesis  of  abiogenesis  was  abandoned, 
until  Pouchet  brought  it  again  into  fashion.  But 
experiments  recently  made  by  M.  Pasteur  con- 
tradict those  made  by  Pouchet;  and  so  far  as 
contemporary  science  is  competent  to  give  a 
decision,  the  arguments  of  the  anti-vitalists  are 
inadequate  to  support  their  case. 

But  though  the  theory  of  spontaneous  genera- 
tion must  be  abandoned,  at  least  for  the  moment, 
the  materialists  are  by  no  means  at  their  wits'- 
end.  Life  has  arisen  in  some  manner,  and  why 
not  from  the  interaction  of  molecular  forces  ? 

One  of  the  most  charming  hypotheses  on  this 
subject  was  advanced  a  few  years  ago  by  Sir 
William  Thomson.  To  this  gentleman,  life,  or 
perhaps  it  would  be  better  to  say  a  germ  poten- 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday,  193 

tially  alive,  that  is,  having  within  itself  the  ten- 
dency to  assume  a  definite  living  form,  first 
visited  the  earth  in  a  meteor.  If  it  is  proper  to 
assume  that  meteors  are  fragments  of  shattered 
and  once  peopled  worlds,  it  may  be  assumed 
with  equal  propriety  that  some  of  these  fragments 
are  partially  intact.  The  moment,  then,  that  it 
is  admitted  that  beside  our  own  there  are  a 
number  of  life-supporting  worlds  and  that  other 
worlds  have  existed  in  anterior  epochs,  it  would 
not  seem  improbable  that  germ-bearing  meteors 
have  moved  and  do  still  move  through  space. 
As  a  consequence,  any  germ -bearing  meteor 
which  fell  upon  the  earth  during  the  time  when 
it  was  destitute  of  life  may  have  been  the  uncon- 
scious cause  of  the  failure  which  we  are  now 
enjoying. 

Dr.  Zoellner,  a  German  scientist  trained  in  all 
the  illiberalities  of  ofiicial  optimism,  attempted 
to  refute  this  hypothesis  on  the  ground  that  when 
a  meteor  enters  our  atmosphere,  the  friction  of 
the  air  makes  it  incandescent  and  consequently 
incapable  of  preserving  and  transporting  any 
germ,  however  potentially  alive.  To  this  refuta- 
tion Helmholtz  made  answer,  that  only  the  surface 
of  meteors  become  heated,  and  that  germs  might 
readily  remain  unharmed  in  interior  crevices,  or 
if  on  the  surface  might  on  reaching  our  atmo- 
sphere be  blown  from  their  conveyance  by  the 
wind,  and  that,  too,  before  the  heat  was  great 
enough  to  cause  their  destruction.  But  if  this 
solution  be  accepted,  the  origin  of  life  on  other 
o 


1 94         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

planets  remains  still  to  be  explained.  It  may 
be  then,  as  Helmholtz  has  suggested,  that  life  is 
co-eternal  with  matter,  and  its  germs,  transported 
from  one  planet  to  another,  develop  wherever 
they  find  a  propitious  spot.  But  this,  too,  is 
merely  an  hypothesis,  and  one  that  has  not  the 
slightest  evidence  in  its  favour.  The  enigma  of 
life  is  for  the  present  a  part  of  the  unknowable. 
But  whether  it  will  always  remain  so  is  another 
question.  The  differences  which  once  were  sup- 
posed to  constitute  a  barrier  between  the  verte- 
brate and  the  non-vertebrate  no  longer  exist. 
The  modifications  by  which  the  quadrupedal 
reptile  became  a  bipedal  bird  have  been  clearly 
shown.  Forty  years  ago,  there  was  no  evidence 
that  such  a  demonstration  would  ever  be  made. 
Forty  years  hence,  who  shall  say  but  that  the 
missing  link  may  be  discovered,  or  the  manufac- 
ture of  the  organic  from  the  inorganic  begun  ? 
As  Professor  Huxley  has  hinted,  no  one  who  has 
watched  the  gradual  development  of  a  compli- 
cated animal  from  the  protoplasm  which  con- 
stitutes the  egg  of  a  frog  or  a  hen,  will  deny  that 
a  similar  evolution  of  the  whole  animal  world 
from  a  like  foundation  is  at  least  within  the 
bounds  of  possibility. 


Of  the  various  creeds  which  man  has  been 
pleased  to  invent,  the  youngest  is  positivism. 
The  position  which  this  system  of  thought  has 
acquired  is  due  to  its  own  merit.   It  cannot,  like 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.         195 

pantheism,  look  back  through  the  terraces  of 
time  and  claim  the  quaterings  of  race.  Nor  can 
it,  like  materialism,  bedeck  itself  with  Greek 
insignia.  Among  philosophies,  positivism  is  a 
parvenu.  As  such,  it  is  viewed  with  scorn,  en- 
thusiasm and  indifference. 

Positivism  made  its  debut  a  little  over  forty 
years  ago.  Its  name  was  its  fortune.  There  was 
in  the  sound  of  it  an  invitation  to  nearer  acquaint- 
ance. But  when  the  acquaintance  was  made, 
the  name  was  found  to  partake  of  the  nature  of 
a  lure.  Relativism,  if  less  attractive,  would  have 
been  a  clearer  description.  For  positivism,  if 
positive  at  all,  is  positive  that  there  is  nothing 
positive.     Its  sponsor  was  Auguste  Comte. 

If  the  realisation  of  the  ambitions  of  youth 
may  be  regarded  as  the  criterion  of  a  successful 
career,  the  life  of  this  thinker  cannot  be  con- 
sidered a  failure.  At  a  comparatively  early  age 
the  outlines  of  his  doctrine  appear  to  have  been 
clearly  defined.  The  outlines  sprang  of  a  sug- 
gestion of  Saint-Simon,  who  was  wont  to  declare 
that  all  knowledge  should  be  co-ordinated  into 
one  vast  and  comprehensive  synthesis,  but  their 
development  was  accomplished  without  material 
indebtedness.  In  synthetising  knowledge  into  a 
single  system  of  thought,  Comte  proposed  nothing 
less  than  the  abolishment  of  theology  and  meta- 
physics, and  the  re-organisation  of  the  Occident 
through  a  philosophy  of  his  own  manufacture. 
In  1842,  the  sixth  and  last  volume  of  this  philo- 
sophy was  given  to  the  public,  and  with  it  the 
o  2 


196         TJie  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

knell  of  all  religions  was  supposed  to  have  been 
rung.  Ten  years  later,  to  the  utter  bewilderment 
of  his  disciples,  Comte  proclaimed  the  necessity 
of  founding  a  new  religion,  of  which  the  sovereign 
pontiff  was  to  be  none  other  than  himself. 

In  an  earlier  paragraph  it  has  been  hinted 
that  positivism  is  positive  that  there  is  nothing 
positive,  a  phrase  which,  from  a  Comtist  stand- 
point, may  be  taken  to  mean  that  the  essence 
of  things  escapes  us.  We  can  understand  the 
interconnection  of  facts — that  is,  their  direct 
antecedents  and  immediate  sequences — but  the 
initial  causes  and  ultimate  results  are  inaccessible 
to  the  intellect.  In  a  word,  there  is  nothing 
except  material  phenomena  and  the  laws  thereof. 
As  this  principle  is  the  pivot  on  which  the  entire 
philosophy  turns,  a  momentary  examination  may 
not  be  without  benefit. 

Many  a  sceptic  Jias  filled  his  hours  in  showing 
that  things  are  not  what  they  seem,  but  none  of 
them,  however  revolutionary,  have  disputed  the 
reality  of  consciousness,  or  denied  the  phenomena 
that  are  manifest  in  thought,  feeling  and  volition. 
In  affirming,  therefore,  that  the  objects  appre- 
hended by  the  senses  are  the  only  apprehensible 
phenomena,  positivism  apparently  displays  a 
radicalism  which  is  as  audacious  as  it  is  novel. 
It  is  of  course  possible  and  even  proper  to 
regard  thought,  feeling  and  volition  as  products 
of  the  body,  but  it  would  be  a  misuse  of  language 
to  assert  that  they  are  material  phenomena ;  and, 
as  positivism's  first  tenet  is  that  there  is  nothing 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  197 

except  material  phenomena,  it  would  seem  that, 
like  any  other  screw,  the  before-mentioned  pivot 
is  loose.  On  the  other  hand,  it  may  be  objected 
that  the  phenomena  called  internal  are  unob- 
servable,  and  that  any  attempt  to  distinguish 
them  from  their  external  elements  results  merely 
in  demonstrating  the  vainness  of  the  endeavour. 
If  this  view  be  accepted,  positivism  is  found  less 
rickety  than  it  first  appeared,  and  the  introduc- 
tory statement  may  be  welcomed  at  once  and 
without  further  hesitation. 

If,  then,  as  positivism  asserts,  the  essence  of 
things  escapes  us,  any  speculation  on  the  origin 
and  purpose  of  the  world  is  profitless.  On  such 
and  kindred  subjects  the  mind  should  be  without 
conjecture.  It  is  only  natural  that  man  should 
have  been  on  the  qui  vive  in  his  effort  to  discover 
efficient  and  final  causes,  but  his  effort  has  never 
been  successful.  "  If  God  did  not  exist,"  said 
Voltaire,  "  the  world  would  have  invented  him.'* 
"  Which,"  a  wit  replied,  "  is  precisely  what  the 
world  has  done." 

The  mobility  of  phenomena,  the  fugitiveness 
of  sensations,  the  impermanency  of  the  actual, 
the  real  which  each  moment  ends  and  begins 
anew,  have,  in  all  ages,  incited  to  a  knowledge 
of  the  unknowable.  But  the  knowledge  has  not 
been  obtained,  and  it  was  in  view  of  the  imprac- 
ticability of  the  attempt  that  Comte  ventured  to 
suggest  what  may  be  termed  a  middle  course. 
In  the  effort  to  pierce  the  impenetrable,  humanity, 
he  said,  has  passed  and  is  still  passing  through 


1 9S         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

certain  stages  of  thought  which  correspond  to 
those  of  childhood,  adolescence  and  maturity. 
The  first  is  the  age  of  theology ;  the  second,  of 
metaphysics ;  and  the  third,  of  science.  This 
doctrine,  which  is  known  as  the  law  of  the  three 
states,  conveys  the  suggestion  alluded  to,  together 
with  a  theory  which  is  as  liberal  as  the  sea.  It 
runs  somewhat  as  follows  : 

In  the  infancy  of  thought,  Nature  is  dowered 
with  the  same  illusions  to  which  man  himself  is 
subjected.  Every  object  is  animated,  and  the 
government  of  the  universe  is  ascribed,  not  to 
invariable  laws,  but  to  sentient  and  intelligent 
beings.  In  everything  that  occurs  is  seen  the 
manifestation  of  a  direct  intention,  and  each 
particular  event  is  attributed  to  forces  which  are 
but  the  aggrandisements  of  those  of  man.  In 
the  advance  of  thought,  these  forces,  whose 
prowess  is  discernible  in  effects  which  man  is 
impotent  to  produce,  become  the  gods,  invisible 
yet  multitudinous.  Then,  gradually,  as  arises 
the  capacity  of  co-ordinating  phenomena  into 
separate  groups,  the  number  of  divinities  dimi- 
nishes, until,  through  processes  of  generalisation, 
they  are  reduced  to  one,  and  behold,  man  has 
passed  out  of  fetishism  into  polytheism,  and 
from  thence  to  a  belief  in  a  unique  Creator. 

But  there  is  a  further  advance  of  thought,  and 
in  its  train  comes  the  suggestion  that  the  uni- 
formity noticeable  in  the  universe  is  incompatible 
with  the  theory  of  an  arbitrary  Will.  The  initial 
conceptions  are  dismissed,  the  celestial  and  in- 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.  199 

accessible  reason  of  things  is  banished,  and 
realised  abstractions  are  accepted  instead.  Nature 
is  governed,  not  by  an  external  power,  but  by 
internal  and  occult  qualities.  The  reign  of  dryads 
and  nymphs  is  passed,  and  their  place  is  usurped 
by  entities,  by  theories  which  deal  with  a  plastic 
force  and  a  vital  principle.  This  is  the  second, 
or  metaphysical  state,  which  is  of  advantage  in 
being  a  negation  of  the  first  and  a  preparation 
for  the  third,  which  latter  is  reached  when 
men,  weary  of  explanations  that  explain  nothing, 
discover  that  what  is  necessary  for  the  mind  is 
not  obligatory  for  things,  and  that  a  cause  which 
is  conceived  by  the  one  need  not  have  a  place 
among  the  others.  Such  is  the  positive,  or  scien- 
tific state  of  mind,  to  which,  according  to  Comte, 
all  humanity  tends ;  and  such,  too,  is  the  middle 
course  which  he  recommended  to  thoughtful  and 
decorous  persons. 

Stripped  of  its  verbal  husks,  the  law  of  the 
three  states  may  be  reduced  to  a  truism.  In 
seeking  the  reason  of  things,  men  look  first  above, 
then  within,  and  finally  confess  themselves  van- 
quished. 

The  law  of  the  three  states  which  Stuart  Mill 
called  the  backbone  of  the  entire  philosophy, 
but  which  is  not  particularly  new  nor  particularly 
convincing — not  new,  because  sketched  by  Kant 
in  outline,  and  not  convincing,  because  Comte 
himself  decHned  to  be  bound  by  it — is  supple- 
mented by  a  classification  of  sciences  from  out 
of  which  was  drawn  a- fresh  one,  called  sociology. 


200  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

In  the  study  of  facts,  the  interpretation  of  the 
experience  which  is  written  between  the  lines  of 
history,  sociology  was  to  be  the  lever  in  the 
substitution  of  science  for  religion.  It  was  to 
terminate  the  conflict  between  theology,  which 
demands  order  without  progress,  and  metaphysics, 
which  aims  at  progress  and  turns  its  back  on 
order.  It  was  to  arrest  the  retrogression  of  the 
one,  and  still  the  anarchy  of  the  other.  In  the 
government  of  life  it  was  to  replace  religion  with 
science,  and  give  to  intelligence  the  guiding- 
strings  of  the  world. 

In  mapping  this  programme,  Comte  fancied 
that  sociology  could  be  raised  to  the  level  of  an 
exact  science,  and  that  through  its  influence  all 
enlightened  nations  would  join  hands  in  the  pro- 
fession of  identical  doctrines.  In  the  Utopias  in 
which  he  then  lost  himself,  he  planned  a  re- 
organisation of  society  on  a  basis  which,  if  sug- 
gestive of  Plato's  Republic,  is  otherwise  without 
value  or  allurement.  There  is,  he  pointed  out, 
no  such  thing  as  liberalism  in  astronomy,  physics 
or  chemistry  j  and  if  it  be  otherwise  in  ethics  and 
politics,  it  is  because  neither  of  them  possess 
established  principles.  When  they  acquire  them, 
as  they  will  do  when  positivism  begins  its  sway, 
the  force  of  public  opinion  will  disappear.  A 
corporation  of  philosophers,  salaried  by  the  State 
and  treated  with  the  greatest  respect,  will  have 
the  entire  charge  of  education,  together  with  the 
right  to  counsel  and  direct  each  citizen  in  his 
private  and  public  life,  and  enjoy,  moreover,  such 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.         201 

an  amount  of  authority  over  students  and  thinkers 
as  will  enable  them  to  prevent  the  latter  from 
squandering  their  time  and  knowledge  in  spe- 
culations that  are  valueless  to  humanity,  and 
oblige  them  to  apply  themselves  to  such  inves- 
tigations as  may  be  deemed  most  important  to 
general  prosperity.  The  decrees  which  the  cor- 
poration may  formulate  are  not  to  be  questioned, 
and,  as  the  idea  of  the  sovereignty  of  the  people 
is  one  of  the  most  pernicious  that  civilisation  has 
advanced,  but  slight  attention  will  be  paid  to  the 
inclinations  of  the  masses.  In  each  nation  there 
will  be  a  governing  body  and  a  body  governed, 
in  which  latter  the  citizen  will  occupy  the  position 
for  which  his  abilities  have  fitted  him.  There- 
after religion  and  metaphysics  will  disappear. 
Scientific  dissidence  will  be  effaced,  and  an  in- 
variable and  uniform  political  dogma  will  at  last 
be  accepted  by  united  and  peaceful  nations. 

To  the  clear-headed  and  matter-of-fact  audience 
which  was  Comte's,  theories  such  as  these  were 
viewed  with  suspicion.  The  idea  that  there  is 
no  God  had  in  it  nothing  that  was  alarming; 
the  prophecy  of  the  overthrow  of  superstition 
and  the  general  adoption  of  positivist  tenets 
seemed  not  unreasonable;  the  prohibition  against 
idle  speculations  and  the  complementary  recom- 
mendation to  treat  only  with  the  real  were  re- 
ceived with  open  favour ;  but  the  sturdiest  could 
not  look  without  terror  on  a  future  governed  by 
philosophers. 

When  this  horizon  was  disclosed,  it  is  probable 


202         The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

that  Comte  had  already  entered  into  what  is 
known  as  his  pathological  period.  In  earlier 
years  he  suddenly  lost  his  reason,  and  as  sud- 
denly recovered  it.  The  border-lands  of  genius 
and  insanity  are  never  well  defined,  and  it  is 
not  unlikely  that  before  the  Cours  de  philosophic 
positive  was  completed,  something  of  that  of 
which  he  had  too  much,  something  of  that  weight 
of  thought  which  obscures  the  vision  and  tips 
the  scales  of  common-sense,  was  again  at  work, 
though  this  time  more  dumbly  and  dimly  than 
before.  Thereafter  the  champion  of  the  actual 
who  had  wished  to  lead  God  to  the  frontiers, 
and  there  thank  him  kindly  for  his  provisory 
services,  lapsed  into  a  morbid  mysticism.  The 
sceptre  of  the  world  which  he  had  given  to  intel- 
lect was  transferred  to  sentiment.  It  was  for  the 
heart  to  rule  and  for  the  intellect  to  obey. 

The  Philo'sophie  politique^  in  which  his  ideas 
on  this  subject  are  conveyed,  shows,  even  amid 
the  luxuriance  of  luminous  thought,  the  same 
evidence  of  mental  decadence  as  is  noticeable 
in  Kant's  Kritik  der  Pradischen  Vernunft.  Both 
belong  to  the  senilia  of  great  minds.  During 
the  year  that  intervened  between  its  appearance 
and  the  publication  of  his  chief  work,  Comte 
conceived  what  his  biographers  term  a  platonic 
affection  for  a  lady  whose  influence  over  him 
was  of  such  a  nature,  that,  aided  by  the  historical 
meditations  in  which  his  life  had  been  passed, 
he  dreamed  of  a  happiness  that  should  be  uni- 
versal, and  of  a  world  that  should  be  ruled,  not 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday,         203 

by  a  corporation  of  salaried  philosophers,  but  by 
love  in  its  purest  and  most  disinterested  form. 

The  pompous  Religion  of  Humanity  which 
he  then  evolved,  and  which  has  no  more  connec- 
tion with  positivism  than  an  opera -bouffe  has 
with  logarithms,  saddened  the  boldest  among 
his  adherents.  It  found  adepts — what  vagary 
has  not  ?  The  altruism  which  it  inculcated  is  cer- 
tainly not  without  charm ;  but  the  deification  of 
humanity  past  and  future,  the  transformation  of 
earth  into  a  fetish,  space  into  fate  and  numbers 
into  virtues,  are  among  the  most  deplorable  in- 
stances of  the  aberrations  of  genius.  After  shutting 
out  the  unknowable,  the  door  was  opened  to  super- 
stition; after  banishing  metaphysics,  sentiment 
was  beckoned  in  to  occupy  its  place;  religion  was 
superseded  by  idolatry;  and  the  heavens,  that  no 
longer  told  of  the  glory  of  God,  were  set  ablaze 
with  the  memories  of  great  men. 

In  its  uncorrupted  form,  positivism  is  a  modi- 
fication of  materiaUsm.  Among  theologians  there 
is  a  disposition  to  regard  both  in  the  same  light. 
But  no  positivist  likes  to  be  called  a  materialist. 
He  shows  as  much  displeasure  at  the  term  as 
he  would  were  he  called  a  theist  or  a  pantheist. 
And,  indeed,  the  lines  of  demarcation,  if  not 
always  broad,  are  none  the  less  apparent.  At 
the  origin  of  things,  theism  places  a  personal 
and  infinite  Being ;  pantheism  sees  in  all  things 
the  immanency  of  a  Being  that  is  infinite  but 
impersonal;  and  materialism  asserts  that  the 
cause  of  all  things  lies  in  the  arrangement  and 


204         The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

properties  of  force  and  matter.  Positivism,  on 
the  other  hand,  knows  nothing  of  an  infinite 
Being,  whether  personal  or  impersonal;  in  the 
spheres  that  are  inaccessible  to  it,  it  recognises 
nothing  but  matter  and  the  properties  of  matter ; 
but,  unlike  materialism,  it  draws  no  conclusions. 
According  to  Littr^,  positivism  is  simply  a  me- 
thodical, hierarchic  arrangement  of  the  general 
facts  of  science,  excluding  every  subjective  ele- 
ment, and  accepting  nothing  that  is  not  drawn 
from  experience. 

A  positivist,  moreover,  shows  no  evidence  of 
delight  at  being  called  an  atheist.  As  Littre 
has  described  him,  an  atheist  is  in  a  certain 
measure  a  theologian.  He  is  not  entirely  eman- 
cipated. He  has  his  explanations  of  things; 
he  knows  how  they  began.  He  believes  in 
the  chance  clash  of  atoms,  or  in  occult  forces, 
or  in  a  first"  cause.  Of  all  this  the  positivist 
knows  nothing.  He  ignores  productive  atoms 
as  well  as  a  creating  and  ordaining  force.  But 
whoso  thinks  that  history  follows  a  development 
that  is  obedient  to  a  natural  law — whoso  thinks 
that  the  origin  of  societies,  the  establishment  or 
mutation  of  religion,  the  founding  of  empires, 
cities,  castes,  aristocracies,  governments,  oracles, 
prophecies,  revelations,  theologies,  arts  and  in- 
dustries, are  due,  one  and  all,  to  the  faculties  of 
man — whoso  accepts  this  view  has  fully  accom- 
plished the  cycle  of  mental  emancipation.  The 
moment  that  he  leaves  no  place  for  the  super- 
natural either  in  the  organic  or  the  inorganic. 


The  Protests  of  Yesterday.         205 

either  among  cosmic  phenomena  or  among  those 
of  history,  that  moment  he  passes  initiate  into 
the  brotherhood  of  positivism. 

The  charm  of  positivism  is  the  matter-of-fact 
position  which  it  assumes  before  the  insolvable. 
If  it  cuts  no  old  knots,  it  brings  no  new  tangles. 
It  treats  metaphysics  with  the  respect  which  is 
due  to  all  that  is  venerable ;  in  the  presence  of 
religion  it  puts  the  dialectic  broadsword  softly 
back  in  its  sheath.  It  leaves  the  great  query 
where  it  found  it.  And  in  this  is  its  wisdom ;  its 
agnosticism  is  its  strength.  Clamour  as  we  may, 
there  is  no  answer  to  our  whys  and  wherefores. 
There  is  in  us,  about  and  beyond  us,  an  enigma 
that  will  defy  the  Champollions  of  the  future  as 
it  has  routed  the  seers  of  the  past.  The  reason 
of  things  lies  beyond  the  sphere  of  knowledge, 
and  the  nearest  approach  that  can  be  made  is  in 
a  suspicion  that  all  is  relative. 


CHAPTER  VL 


A     POET  S    VERDICT. 


There  have  been  days  in  the  history  of  the 
world  when  the  poet  was  regarded  with  a  respect 
that  approached  veneration.  He  was  considered 
the  oracle  of  the  gods,  and  his  voice  was  listened 
to  with  reverence.  This  pleasant  custom  has 
fallen  into  disuse.  The  gods  have  disappeared 
and  carried  the  divine  afflatus  with  them.  In 
an  age  like  the  present,  the  demand  for  poets  is 
slight.  Their  titles  have  been  examined,  and  it 
has  been  found  that  to  be  useless  is  their  one 
patent  of  nobility.  As  a  consequence,  the  poet's 
vocation  has  seemed  to  many  a  synonym  of  the 
ridiculous.  And  yet,  as  Gautier  with  a  charming 
affectation  of  naivete  remarked,  an  inability  to 
write  in  verse  can  scarcely  be  considered  as  con- 
stituting a  special  talent.  But  there  is  another 
inconvenience ;  a  poet  is  never  rightly  appre- 
ciated save  by  his  peers ;  and  as  his  peers  are 
infrequent,  the  majesty  which  resides  within  him 
often  lacks  the  trumpetings  of  a  herald.  Then, 
too,  in  an  era  of  remorseless  activity,  it  is  only 
quiet  people  who  live  in  the  country  that  find 


A  Poefs  Verdict.  207 

leisure  to  listen  to  the  footfalls  of  the  Muse.  For 
the  benefit  of  such  as  they,  verse  may  be  divided 
into  three  broad  classes  :  that  which  pleases  the 
author's  enemies,  that  which  pleases  the  author's 
contemporaries,  and  that  which  passes  unob- 
served to  pleasure  the  idlesse  of  posterity.  Of 
these  classes,  the  verse  of  Leconte  de  Lisle 
belongs  to  the  third. 

Any  one  who  has  taken  an  interest  in  French 
literature  during  the  last  decade  can  hardly  have 
failed  to  notice  the  number  of  new  writers  that 
have  come  into  being,  and  more  particularly  the 
inferiority  of  their  work.  In  explanation  of  this 
surge  of  mediocrity,  many  theories  might  be 
advanced ;  but  perhaps  the  most  palpable  would 
be  that  the  literature  of  our  expiring  century, 
after  having  passed  from  youth  to  virility,  has 
begun  to  experience  the  maladies  and  garrulities 
of  old  age.  But  however  the  subject  may  be 
viewed,  it  is  at  least  evident  that  the  paladins  of 
1830,  who  were  as  revolutionary  in  literature  as 
their  ancestors  were  in  religion,  have  passed  away, 
and  also  that  their  methods  have  so  far  disap- 
peared with  them  that  the  day  before  yesterday 
Victor  Hugo  seemed  like  a  living,  anachronism. 
Readers  latterly  have  refused  to  be  interested  in 
the  phantasies  of  the  romantics,  and  perhaps  their 
pages  were  a  trifle  over-coloured;  but  their  excuse 
lay  in  the  fact  that  literature  had  become  im- 
poverished through  conventionalities;  there  were 
synonyms  instead  of  words;  and  in  place  of 


208  TJie  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

ample  vocabularies  there  were  small  niceties  of 
expression.  All  this  the  romantics  did  away 
with.  They  breathed  health  and  vigour  into  an 
enervated  dictionary,  and  startled  Europe  with 
the  opulence  of  their  adjectives. 

It  was  in  those  victorious  days  that  Gautier 
threw  aside  his  brush  and  went  in  a  famous  red 
waistcoat  to  guy  the  philistines  at  the  birth-night 
of  Hernani.  In  graver  years  Gautier  complained 
that  in  the  eyes  of  the  bourgeois  he  had  never 
ceased  to  wear  that  crimson  garment,  and  some- 
how, save  among  the  liberal  few,  he  has  always 
been  looked  upon  more  or  less  askant.  It  has 
been  said  that  it  was  his  purpose  to  seek  the 
hazardous  and  display  it,  but  it  must  be  admitted 
that  what  he  had  to  say  he  told  with  a  grace 
such  as  had  been  seldom  heard  before.  He 
chose  his  words  for  their  colour,  for  their  aroma, 
as  one  may  say;  and  it  is  related  that  he  objected 
now  and  then  to  an  accent  because  it  took  away 
something  from  the  charm  which  the  grouping 
of  certain  letters  otherwise  conveyed. 

Through  those  days,  too,  Alfred  de  Musset 
passed  with  the  indolence  of  a  dissolute  young 
god.  He  joined  the  ranks  of  the  romantics,  as 
did  all  men  of  talent,  but  he  joined  them  more 
as  an  amateur  than  a  professional :  the  familiar 
ballad  in  which  the  moon  is  represented  as  sus- 
pended over  a  steeple  like  a  dot  over  an  /, 
opened  for  him  the  doors  of  the  cenacle  with- 
out even  giving  him  the  trouble  to  knock.     In 


A  Poefs  Verdict  209 

a  subsequent  poem  he  asked  forgiveness  for  that 
misdeed ;  and  though  he  boasted  that  his  Muse 
went  bare  of  foot  like  Truth,  she  might  still  have 
been  pictured  as  shod  with  buskins  of  gold. 

Another  of  the  heroes  of  this  epoch  was  Alfred 
de  Vigny.  Some  one  has  said  that  the  face  of  a 
poet  is  never  known  until  years  and  sorrow  have 
marred  its  original  beauty ;  but  to  this  rule  de 
Vigny  was  an  exception.  He  was  famous  when 
quite  young,  and  his  bust,  as  it  stands  to-day  in 
the  lobby  of  the  Theatre  Fran9ais,  arrests  the 
attention  even  of  the  indifferent.  At  the  time 
to  which  allusion  is  made,  he  mingled  but  little 
with  his  fellows,  appearing  only  when  the  moral 
support  of  his  presence  was  needed.  In  later 
years,  in  spite  of  his  talent,  his  beauty  and  his 
position,  de  Vigny,  devoured  by  melancholy,  turned 
his  back  entirely  upon  the  world,  and  retired  into 
what  Sainte-Beuve  has  termed  his  totcr  d'ivoire. 

In  the  wake  of  these  poets  came  the  familiar 
figure  of  Charles  Baudelaire.  Recently  he  has 
been  described  as  having  had  the  appearance  of 
a  deHcate  prelate,  a  trifle  depraved.  This  de- 
scription might  be  suggested  by  the  mere  reading 
of  his  verse.  In  the  work  of  every  poet  there  is 
something  of  the  individual,  and  it  is  probable 
that  few  have  studied  the  chiselled  lines  which 
he  worked  up  with  even  a  shrewder  eye  for  the 
Satanic  than  that  which  was  given  to  Edgar  Poe, 
without  calling  up  some  such  picture  of  their 
author.  Baudelaire  entered  the  ranks  when  the 
battle  was  won,  but  nevertheless  he  managed  to 
p 


2 1  o  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

flaunt  a  standard  that  has  troubled  the  vision  of 

many  an  after-comer. 

So  swiftly  does  time  go  by,  that  of  these  writers 
little  more  than  tradition  now  remains.  In  the 
eyes  of  contemporary  critics,  de  Musset  is  a  dis- 
locator  of  Alexandrines,  de  Vigny  is  a  memory, 
Baudelaire  a  curiosity,  and  Gautier  a  model. 
Yet  each  of  them  left  a  legacy  that  is  still  dis- 
puted. From  de  Musset  descends  the  gift  of 
eloquence ;  in  Baudelaire's  testament  is  the  heir- 
loom of  lurid  effect ;  de  Vigny  has  devised  his 
morbidity ;  while  Gautier's  bequest  is  perfection 
in  form.  Taken  together,  they  were  the  poetic 
embodiment  of  the  agitation  of  which  Voltaire, 
Holbach  and  Diderot  were  the  heralds.  *'Je 
ne  crois  pas,  6  Christ,  k  ta  parole  sainte,"  cried 
de  Musset,  and  the  cry  was  echoed  by  his  fellow- 
workers. 

In  a  literary  sense,  these  poets  were,  on  their 
first  appearance,  very  generally  looked  upon  as 
impertinent  innovators,  and  in  their  assault  upon 
the  classicists  they  caused  much  rage  and  rhetoric. 
Viewed  at  this  distance,  the  disturbance  seems 
unnecessary ;  for,  after  all,  what  is  romanticism 
but  the  art  of  pleasing  one's  contemporaries,  and 
what  is  classicism  but  the  art  which  delighted 
earlier  generations?  Turn  about  is  always  fair 
play.  In  a  little  while  Hugo  will  be  a  classic, 
precisely  as  Racine  is  beginning  to  be  considered 
a  romantic.  But  be  this  as  it  may,  the  seething 
passion  which  in  1830  seemed  more  alluring 
than  the  chill  restrictions  of  former  years,  gra- 


A  Poefs  Verdict  2ii 

dually  disappeared,  and  its  place  was  taken  by 
the  serene  impassibility  of  another  group  of  poets 
who  were  called  the  Parnassians. 

The  advent  of  this  new  school  was  necessarily 
less  boisterous  than  that  of  their  predecessors  :  for 
that  matter,  they  excited  more  ridicule  than  anger; 
and  it  is  related  that  a  cabman  in  a  street  row, 
after  having  called  his  adversary  everything  that 
was  unpleasant,  hurled  at  him  with  withering 
contempt  as  last  and  supreme  reproach,  the  un- 
avengeable  insult,  ^^  Farnassien^  val" 

Of  the  poets  who  made  up  this  group,  the 
better  known  are  MM.  Sully-Prudhomme  and 
Frangois  Coppee.  Sully-Prudhomme  is  an  avowed 
materialist  and  frankly  pessimistic.  His  poems 
may  be  summarised  as  a  series  of  very  delicate 
impressions  intermingled  with  a  fair  amount  of 
philosophic  suggestion.  His  repertory  is  not 
extensive.  It  consists  in  three  or  four  themes 
and  their  variations — such,  for  instance,  as  the 
familiar  aspiration  toward  the  infinite,  man's 
sentiment  of  nothingness  before  the  immensity 
of  the  universe,  the  agony  of  doubt,  and  the 
usual  communion  with  Nature.  The  limits  of 
this  range  do  not  necessarily  imply  a  lack  of 
ability.  The  art  in  any  form  of  verse  consists 
merely  in  the  skill  with  which  one  or  more  of 
half-a-dozen  old-fashioned  sentiments  is  rendered, 
and  in  this  respect  the  work  of  Sully-Prudhomme 
is  generally  irreproachable.  In  his  treatment  of 
purely  personal  dramas,  the  mental  and  moral 
combats  which  we  all  of  us  wage  with  ourselves, 

P  2 


212  The  Anatomy  of  Negation. 

he  leaves  little  to  be  desired,  and  it  would  be 
difficult  to  mention  a  poet  who  has  entered  more 
deeply  than  he  into  the  psychological  develop- 
ments of  the  century.  For  all  this  he  has 
received  much  praise,  and  if  his  verse  is  ever 
criticised,  it  is  because  it  is  at  times  a  trifle  vague. 
Sully-Prudhomme  has  been  as  honestly  puzzled 
by  the  discord  between  the  real  and  the  ideal  as 
any  writer  of  his  class ;  but  in  his  perplexity  his 
thought  floats  away  to  uncertain  heights,  and 
there  disappears  with  a  flutter  of  restless  in- 
quietude. To  put  the  matter  briefly,  Sully-Prud- 
homme very  often  seems  as  though  he  were 
about  to  say  something  well  worth  the  telling, 
but  before  he  has  gotten  it  safely  on  paper  the 
force  of  the  idea  has  vanished. 

Frangois  Coppee  is  another  of  the  dispersed 
Parnassians.  His  negations,  if  more  carefully 
veiled  than  those  of  Sully-Prudhomme,  are  none 
the  less  discernible.  He  is  at  times  dramatic, 
but  his  sadness  is  always  insistent.  To  be  sad 
is  admittedly  the  poet's  privilege ;  yet  to  be  sim- 
ply sad,  and  to  express  such  a  state  of  being  as 
who  should  say,  "  I  hunger"  or  "  I  thirst,"  is  not 
necessarily  poetic ;  rather  is  it  commonplace.  To 
be  worth  the  telling,  grief  should  express  a  thought 
that  is  neither  humdrum  nor  familiar ;  it  should 
lay  bare  fresh  possibilities  or  set  new  limits  to 
resignation  :  if  it  does  not  do  this,  then,  however 
readily  the  tears  may  flow,  however  gracefully 
the  grief  be  told,  it  is  what  a  boulevardier  would 
call  le  vieux  jeu — the  old  story,  of  which  we  are 


A  Poefs  Verdict.  213 

most  of  us  thoroughly  tired.  It  is  this  old  story 
that  M.  Coppee  re-tells;  and  though  the  telling  is 
managed  with  much  refinement,  it  is  impossible 
to  call  it  novel.  M.  Coppee  has  also  much  to 
say  about  his  boredom.  Boredom,  however,  is 
not  a  flexible  topic ;  indeed,  unless  it  is  handled 
with  unusual  dexterity,  there  is  a  danger  that  the 
reader  will  find  it  even  more  irritating  than  the 
writer,  and  thereupon  withdraw  his  attention  and 
support.  Boredom  also  is  more  of  a  fine  art 
than  is  generally  supposed,  and  not  to  every  one 
is  it  given  to  disentangle  original  ideas  from  that 
which  is  flat  and  unprofitable.  Leopardi  and 
Baudelaire  have  done  so,  it  is  true;  but  between 
them  they  managed  to  throttle  the  subject  and 
share  the  booty.  For  a  later  comer  like  M. 
Coppee,  nothing  was  left. 

MM.  Prudhomme  and  Coppee  have  both  sat 
at  the  feet  of  Leconte  de  Lisle.  To-day  they 
are  better  known  than  he,  but  neither  of  them 
have  ventured  to  rate  their  work  above  that 
of  their  master.  In  this  modesty  much  good 
taste  is  shown.  He  has  none  of  their  faults, 
and,  moreover,  he  has  genius,  which  both  of 
them  lack.  In  comparison  with  him  they  are  as 
concettists  to  Dante. 

Leconte  de  Lisle  is  perhaps  the  most  perfect 
poet  of  France.  It  is  he  who  is  the  rightful 
heir  to  the  legacies  of  the  romantics,  and  these 
possessions  he  has  rounded  and  improved  with 
an  erudition  which  embraces  history,  philology, 
archaeology,  anthropology,  and  doubtless  much 


214  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

more  beside.  In  spite  of  this,  or  perhaps  on  that 
account,  his  literary  luggage  is  scant.  He  has 
translated  a  few  ancient  authors,  written  a  drama 
or  two,  and  pubUshed  three  compact  volumes  of 
verse.  In  speaking  of  the  latter,  it  is  difficult  to 
describe  them  in  a  phrase,  though  this  perhaps 
may  be  accomplished  in  saying  that  they  do  not 
contain  a  commonplace  line.  The  three  volumes 
are  respectively  entitled,  Foemes  antiques,  Formes 
barhares,  and  Folmes  tragiques.  The  first  division, 
which  is  largely  made  up  of  Vedic  hymns  and 
Greek  idyls,  is  one  in  which  the  characteristics 
of  the  author  are  best  displayed,  and  in  which 
his  impersonality  is  most  strongly  marked.  Many 
of  the  poems  in  this  series  bring  with  them  a 
haunting  impression  that  they  are  translations 
from  some  unknown  Valmiki,  while  others  might 
be  taken  for  the  work  of  Max  Miiller  turned  poet. 
When  these  poems  were  first  published,  they 
created  among  the  lettered  an  intense  admiration. 
It  was  admitted  that  lines  of  such  splendour  and 
impersonal  serenity  had  never  been  hewn  before  \ 
and  certainly,  after  the  ardour  of  the  romantics, 
their  impassibility  could  not  have  been  other 
than  a  refreshing  change.  It  was,  however,  the 
fortune  of  the  book  to  appeal  only  to  scholars ; 
to  the  newspaper  public  it  was  unintelligible  j  the 
author  had  made  no  effort  to  please ;  and,  more- 
over, he  had  declined  to  make  any  concessions 
to  the  ordinary  reader.  The  result  might  have 
been  foreseen ;  Brahma  was  declared  to  lack 
actuality ;  and  it  was  held  to  be  tiresome  to  con- 


A  Poets  Verdict.  215 

strue  a  modem  poet  with  a  Greek  dictionary. 
What,  it  was  asked,  has  Juno  done  to  be  called 
Here,  and  why  must  the  sky  be  ouranos  ? 

As  was  the  case  with  the  series  just  mentioned, 
the  Polmes  barbares  found  favour  only  with  the 
few.  To  the  general  public  they  seemed  very 
subversive.  They  displayed  a  pessimism  which 
was  new  to  France,  and  which,  being  new,  was 
eyed  with  suspicion.  Then,  too,  Leconte  de 
Lisle  was  calmly  anti-theistic.  The  bravado  of 
Marechal  is  boyish  in  comparison  to  his  grave 
disdain  of  things  celestial.  In  the  Formes  bar- 
bares  there  are  Unes  that  startle  and  coerce,  lines 
in  which  the  horrible  is  expressed  with  such 
colour  and  yet  with  such  austerity  that  the  reader 
shudders  as  he  reads  and  admires  as  he  shudders. 
Beside  them,  the  declamations  of  that  dissolute 
Greuze  of  literature,  Alfred  de  Musset,  sound 
cracked  and  thin — like  a  man's  laughter,  as 
Mr.  Swinburne  has  it,  heard  in  hell. 

The  Pohnes  tragiques  are  not  as  satisfactory  as 
are  the  others.  They  are  made  up  of  a  dozen 
or  more  recitals  which  have  much  to  do  with  the 
shedding  of  blood,  a  few  ballads,  villanelles,  pan- 
toums  and  sestines,  together  with  a  bar  or  two  of 
pure  harmony. 

Leconte  de  Lisle  is  the  Goya  of  verse,  and  yet, 
through  a  delicious  contradiction,  one  of  the 
most  noteworthy  characteristics  of  his  work  is  its 
constant  evocation  and  suggestion  of  the  beau- 
tiful.    No  other  modern  poet,  except  perhaps 


2 1 6         The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

Mr.  Swinburne,  has  shown  a  better  acquaintance 
with  the  road  to  Paphus.  And  it  would  be  a 
task  full  of  charm  to  follow  him  from  the  jungles 
of  the  Indian  peninsula  to  the  cool  lakes  of 
Norway,  to  fan  Leilah  and  kiss  Glauc^.  Unfor- 
tunately, the  purpose  of  these  pages  will  not 
permit  of  such  pleasant  digressions,  and  the 
beautiful  must  be  neglected  that  the  poet's  anti- 
theism  may  be  the  more  quickly  understood. 
By  way  of  introduction,  a  momentary  examina- 
tion of  the  poem  Qain  will  not,  it  is  imagined, 
cause  any  after  reproach  of  time  misspent. 

The  scenario  is  simple  and  audacious.  The 
son  of  Elam,  Thogorma  the  seer,  a  captive  among 
the  Assyrians,  dreams  of  a  night  in  the  mysterious 
ages  when  the  voice  of  God  echoed  through  the 
universe,  and  in  his  dream  he  sees  Henokhia, 
the  city  of  giants,  in  whose  highest  tower  is  the 
tomb  of  Cain."  Cain's  descendants  are  wending 
their  way  homewards  from  the  chase.  Thogorma 
sees  them  disappear  in  the  immense  orb  of  the 
ramparts,  while  night,  bringing  a  vague  terror 
and  dumb  dread,  mantles  the  great  stairways 
that  turn  in  red  broad  spirals  to  the  winds.  He 
hears  the  roar  of  lions,  chained  on  the  ascending 
steps,  and  beneath  the  porticos  the  clamours 
of  crocodiles  rise  from  the  reservoirs.  Then, 
abruptly,  from  the  confines  of  the  outlying  desert, 
a  spectre,  loosed  from  Gehenna,  surges  through 
the  shadows,  and  Thogorma  hears  the  spirit 
anathematise  Cain  and  all  his  race. 


A  Poets  Verdict.  217 

Cain  awakened,  stands  upright  in  the  granite 
sepulchre  where  for  ten  centuries  he  had  slept 
with  his  face  to  the  sky.  His  eyes,  haunted  by 
one  supreme  remembrance,  contemplate  through 
the  preceding  epochs  the  vanished  days  when 
the  world  was  young ;  and  with  his  thoughts  rich 
with  the  memory  of  the  earth's  primal  innocence 
and  beauty,  he  calls  to  the  phantom  to  be  silent 
and  narrates  his  sombre  history.  Conceived 
while  his  parents  were  labouring  under  the  divine 
malediction,  his  mother,  Eve,  swooning  in  the 
brambles,  gave  birth  with  a  shriek  of  horror  to 
Jehovah's  victim,  to  him  who  was  Cain.  Nursed 
with  tears,  his  boyhood  knew  no  smile.  What 
had  he  done,  he  wondered,  to  be  punished  too  ? 
And  so,  later,  in  the  knowledge  of  his  exile  he 
accosts  the  angel  on  guard  at  the  gates  of  Eden, 
and  learns  that  on  the  morrow  he  is  to  know 
the  reason  of  his  birth.  On  the  morrow  the 
reason  is  made  apparent.  Jehovah  arms  his  hand 
against  Abel,  and  incites  him  to  kill  the  brother 
whom  he  tenderly  loved. 

Here  ends  Cain's  account  of  his  life ;  but  im- 
mediately, in  his  awakened  thirst  for  vengeance, 
he  prophesies  that  when  Jehovah  is  wearied  with 
the  world  and  shall  seek  by  means  of  the  deluge 
to  destroy  it,  he,  Cain,  will  save  the  ark — which 
the  poet  represents  as  constructed  in  spite  of 
Jehovah — whereupon  man,  no  longer  brave,  but 
cowardly  and  envious,  will  rise  from  the  flood 
with  its  mud  in  his  heart.  Cain,  the  avenger, 
continues : 


2 1 8  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

"  Dieu  triste,  Dieu  jaloux  qui  derobes  ta  face, 
Dieu  qui  mentais,  disant  que  ton  oeuvre  etait  bon, 
Mon  souffle,  6  Petrisseur  de  I'antique  limon, 
Un  jour  redressera  ta  victime  vivace. 
Tu  lui  diras  :  Adore  !    EUe  repondra  :  Non  ! 


Afin  d'exterminer  le  monde  qui  te  nie, 
Tu  feras  ruisseler  le  sang  comme  une  mer, 
Tu  feras  s'acharner  les  tenailles  de  fer, 
Tu  feras  flamboyer,  dans  I'horreur  infinie, 
Pres  des  buchers  hurlants  le  gouffre  de  I'Enfer 

Mais 


Je  ressusciterai  les  cites  submergees, 

Et  celles  dont  le  sable  a  convert  les  monceaux : 

Dans  leur  lit  ecumeux  j'enfermerai  les  eaux : 

Et  les  petits  enfants  des  nations  vengees, 

Ne  sachant  plus  ton  nom,  riront  dans  leurs  berceaux  I 

J'effonderai  des  cieux  la  voute  derisoire. 

Par  dela  I'epaisseur  de  ce  sepulchre  bas 

Sur  qui  gronde  le  bruit  sinistre  de  ton  pas, 

Je  ferai  bouillonner  les  mondes  dans  leur  gloire : 

Et  qui  t'y  cherchera  ne  t'y  trouvera  pas. 

Et  ce  sera  mon  jour !     Et  d'etoile  en  etoile, 
Le  bienheureux  Eden  longuement  regrette 
Verra  renaitre  Abel  sur  mon  coeur  abrite; 
Et  toi,  mort  et  cousu  sous  la  funebre  toile. 
Tu  t'aneantiras  dans  ta  sterilite." 


Apart  from  the  wonder  and  majesty  of  the 
language,  and  apart,  too,  from  the  intuition  which 
in  earlier  stanzas  enabled  the  poet  to  call  again 
into  being  the  life  of  the  past,  Qain,  on  a  first 
reading,  seems  to  be  merely  a  work  of  cultured 


A  Poets  Verdict  219 

and  harmonious  blasphemy,  and,  indeed,  so  far 
as  the  blasphemy  is  concerned,  nothing  more 
vehement  has  been  penned  since  ^schylus ;  but 
yet  on  a  re-reading  Qain  is  found  to  be  little  else 
than  an  allegory  of  the  protestation  of  the  intel- 
lect against  the  unintelligible,  a  revolt  at  the 
mystery  of  pain. 

This  protestation,  which  is  as  old  as  philo- 
sophy, and  which  in  recent  years  seems  to  have 
increased  in  volume  and  significance,  has  been 
conveyed  by  Leconte  de  Lisle  in  other  poems  with 
great  originality,  and  with  particular  power  in  the 
parable  of  the  Corbeau.  Through  this  poem,  as 
through  Qain^  there  is  a  running  accompaniment 
of  muffled  discontent,  which  in  other  verses  finds 
a  clear  and  decided  note.  Something  of  this 
same  dissatisfaction  was  expressed  by  de  Vigny 
and  Alfred  de  Musset,  and  yet  in  their  case  one 
is  inclined  to  fancy  that  the  grievance  was  less 
reasoned  than  instinctive ;  they  were  at  odds,  so 
to  speak,  with  the  inevitable ;  life  failed  to  hold 
what  it  had  seemed  to  promise,  and  in  conse- 
quence their  complaints  were  more  or  less  per- 
sonal. But  in  Leconte  de  Lisle  there  is  no 
evidence  of  personal  disappointment,  and  nothing 
that  can  be  construed  as  the  outcome  of  an  in- 
dividual grievance.  It  is  a  part  of  his  doctrine 
that  an  expression  of  pleasure  or  pain  deforms 
the  human  visage,  that  the  poet's  correct  attitude 
is  the  one  which  most  nearly  approaches  the 
impassibility  of  the  statue,  and  it  is  this  theory 
which  he  has  carried  into  his  work. 


2  20  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

It  is  difficult  to  say  to  what  category  of  anti- 
theism  Leconte  de  Lisle  belongs.  His  pantheism 
is  too  evident  to  permit  of  his  being  called  a 
materialist,  and  yet  his  materialism  is  so  marked 
that  it  is  difficult  to  suspect  him  of  any  other 
sympathies  with  the  ideal  than  those  which  are 
purely  poetic.  He  is  too  aggressive  for  an  agnos- 
tic, and  yet  there  are  moments  when  he  might 
be  taken  for  a  positivist.  Perhaps  it  will  be 
safest  to  say  that  he  is  a  theoretic  pessimist,  a 
denomination  which  is  broad  enough  to  include 
any  of  the  others,  and  at  the  same  time  is  ser- 
viceable in  conveying  the  exact  shade  of  his 
thought. 

The  pessimism  which  is  manifest  in  the  verse 
of  Leconte  de  Lisle  has  nothing  of  Renan's 
serenity,  and  none  of  the  calculations  of  Von 
Hartmann.  In  his  case  it  is  the  formal  protest 
against  the  enigma  'of  grief  which  characterises 
the  philosophy  of  the  earliest  thinkers,  but  one 
which  is  entirely  free  from  the  shackles  with 
which  they  delayed  the  hope  of  ultimate  eman- 
cipation. It  is  not  that  the  idea  of  absorption 
in  Brahm,  or  the  extinction  in  Pari-Nirvana,  is 
disagreeable  to  him ;  on  the  contrary,  they  are 
dreams  through  which  he  lovingly  trails  his  verse, 
but  they  are  dreams. 

"  Pleurez,  contemplateurs !    Votre  sagesse  est  veuve 
Vi9nou  ne  siege  plus  sur  le  lotus  d'azur." 

That  of  which  he  seems  best  convinced  is  the 
irremediable  existence  of  what  apparently  has  no 


A  Poefs  Verdict.  221 

reason  for  being.  History  is  little  else  than  the 
tale  of  an  uninterrupted  shudder ;  chronicles  of 
private  life  are  merely  accounts  of  combats  that 
individuals  have  waged  with  fate ;  and  Leconte 
de  Lisle,  who  is  a  patient  student,  has  noted 
compassionately  in  both  the  persistence  of  the 
law  of  evil.  He  should  not,  however,  be  con- 
sidered a  follower  of  Schopenhauer  j  the  majority 
of  his  poems  were  pubUshed  before  the  Welt  ah 
Wille  und  Vorstellung  had  crossed  the  Rhine; 
moreover,  Schopenhauer  did  not  invent  pes- 
simism \  Kapila  was  as  much  occupied  with  pain 
as  was  that  Emerson  in  black;  indeed,  it  is 
curious  to  note  that  the  first  metaphysician  as 
well  as  the  latest  of  great  poets  are  agreed  that 
life  is  an  affliction,  and  it  is  also  curious  to  note 
that  the  tendency  of  modern  thought  is  to  an 
agreement  with  their  views. 

The  soul,  whose  immortality  Robespierre  de- 
creed in  the  law  known  as  that  of  the  i8th 
Floreal,  year  IT.;  the  soul,  which  all  antiquity, 
Plato  included,  accorded  to  beasts,  but  whose 
possession  Christianity  has  limited  to  man ;  the 
soul,  which  is  reported  to  come  no  one  knows 
whence,  and  to  depart  no  one  knows  whither, 
has  for  Leconte  de  Lisle  a  purely  verbal  existence. 
Robespierre,  it  is  true,  knew  nothing  about  primi- 
tive man;  but  Leconte  de  Lisle  does,  and  he 
knows,  too,  that  a  gorilla  to  which  a  soul  is 
refused  to-day  is  not  a  whit  more  elevated  than 
was  man  in  the  sylvan  age — in  that  age,  in  fact, 
when  he  had  no  other  weapons  than  the  branches 


222  The  A  natomy  of  Negation . 

which  he  tore  from  a  tree.  And  if  a  soul  be 
refused  to  primitive  man,  at  what  epoch  was 
the  gift  bestowed?  Is  it  a  result  of  evolution, 
or,  as  certain  theologasters  have  asserted,  is  it 
naturally  one  with  the  body,  and  only  separable 
and  capable  of  immortality  through  the  influence 
of  grace  divine?  The  last  century  combatted 
these  theories  with  logic.  Leconte  de  Lisle  has 
at  his  disposal  not  alone  the  logic  of  yesterday, 
but  the  science  of  to-day,  and  to  him  the  soul  is 
a  phantom  evoked  by  the  conscience. 

"  If  you  do  not  believe  in  a  soul  and  in  a  future 
life,"  said  some  one  to  Goethe,  "what  do  you 
consider  to  be  the  object  of  the  present?"  To 
which  Goethe,  with  Olympian  egotism,  answered 
tersely,  "  Self- improvement."  One  may  fancy 
that  to  Leconte  de  Lisle  the  object  of  life  is  none 
other.  He  was  born  in  the  Isle  de  Bourbon 
something  over  sixty  years  ago,  and  came  to  Paris 
when  quite  young.  From  his  early  home  he 
brought  little  else  than  memories  of  the  beauty 
of  Nature  and  the  invincible  immensity  of  her 
forces,  memories  that  have  since  served  as  frames 
and  backgrounds  to  his  verse.  In  Paris  he  fol- 
lowed the  developments  of  science,  and  studied 
history,  religions  and  life.  From  them  he  learned 
that  man  has  two  antagonists,  himself  and  the 
exterior  world ;  he  found,  too,  that  man  is  a  prey 
to  influences  which  mould  him  to  their  profit,  and 
that  humanity  had  aggravated  its  misfortunes  by 
inventing  explanations  which  it  termed  beliefs. 
Since  then,  in  the  quietest  ways,  he  has  passed 


A  Poefs  Verdict.  223 

his  hours  in  satiating  that  vague  curiosity  which 
besets  even  the  most  indifferent,  and  in  con- 
vincing himself  not  only  of  the  nothingness  of 
creeds,  but  of  the  nothingness  of  life.  Life,  he 
says : 

"  La  vie  est  comme  I'onde  ou  tombe  un  corps  pesant : 
Un  cercle  etroit  s'y  forme  et  va  s'elargissant, 
Et  disparait  enfin  dans  sa  grandeur  sans  terme. 
La  Maya  te  seduit,  mais,  si  ton  coeur  est  ferme, 
Tu  verras  s'envoler  comme  un  peu  de  vapeur 
La  colere,  I'amour,  le  desir  et  la  peur, 
Et  le  Monde  illusoire  aux  formes  innombrables 
S'ecroulera  sous  toi  comme  un  monceau  de  sables." 

Gibbon,  who  was  fond  of  fine  paragraphs, 
declared  all  religions  to  be  equally  true  to  the 
vulgar,  equally  false  to  the  philosopher,  and 
to  the  statesman  equally  useful.  But  Gibbon 
omitted  the  poet;  and  to  such  an  one  as  Leconte 
de  Lisle  no  religion  can  be  true,  if  for  no  other 
reason  than  that  there  is  no  criterion  of  truth ;  no 
religion  can  be  wholly  false,  for  every  religion  has 
enjoyed  an  hour  of  undeniable  actuality;  and 
no  religion  can  be  deemed  useful  if  the  need  of 
it  has  disappeared.  To  his  thinking,  religions 
have  served  their  purpose.  Compounded  of 
fables  more  or  less  absurd,  and  of  ethics  more 
or  less  wholesome,  in  their  obscure  origins  they 
were  intended  to  be  explanations  of  natural 
phenomena  with  which  to-day  we  are  better 
acquainted.  As  to  Christianity,  it  is  to  Leconte 
de  Lisle  an  artistic  creation,  powerfully  conceived, 


224  1^^^  Anatomy  of  Negation, 

venerable  in  its  antiquity,  and  one  whose  place 
is  now  marked  in  the  museum  of  history. 

It  has  been  objected,  that  should  this  view  be 
accepted,  no  one  would  turn  to  the  Bible  for 
instruction,  and  as  a  consequence  the  gateways 
to  immorality  would  be  opened  wide.  Now 
Plato  said  that  we  should  esteem  it  of  the  greatest 
importance  that  the  fictions  which  children  first 
hear  should  be  adapted  in  the  most  perfect 
manner  to  the  promotion  of  virtue.  There  are, 
however,  not  a  few  grave  thinkers  who  have 
asserted  that  the  Bible  is  inapt  to  serve  such  an 
end.  Admittedly  the  morality  which  is  displayed 
in  the  Synoptic  Gospels  is  admirable,  but  it  is 
sometimes  forgotten  that  it  is  an  integral  part  of 
the  teaching  of  Socrates  and  the  Socratics.  M. 
Havet  has  shown  its  sweetest  precepts  flowing 
from  their  lips.  In  other  portions  of  the  Bible 
there  are  verses  that  exalt  the  spirit  like  wine ; 
there  are  delicacies  of  thought  and  felicities  of 
expression  that  both  soothe  and  charm ;  but  one 
must  needs  be  a  paradoxist  to  claim  either  as  an 
aid  to  the  promotion  of  virtue.  Beside,  as  has 
been  hinted  in  earlier  pages,  morality  is  more 
a  question  of  temperament  than  of  instruction. 
For  that  matter,  we  are  most  of  us  well  aware 
that  the  instruction  sometimes  defeats  its  aim. 
Mr.  Froude  relates  that  when  St.  Patrick  preached 
the  gospel  on  Tarah  Hill,  the  Druids  shook  their 
heads.  The  king,  Leoghaire,  marked  their  dis- 
approval wonderingly,  and  asked,  "Why  is  it 
that  that  which  the  cleric  preaches  seems  so 


A  Poefs  Verdict.  225 

dangerous  to  you  ?"  "  Because,"  they  answered, 
"  he  preaches  repentance,  and  the  law  of  repent- 
ance is  such  that  a  man  shall  say,  *  I  may  com- 
mit a  thousand  sins,  and  if  I  repent  it  will  be  not 
worse  with  me;  I  shall  be  forgiven;  therefore  will 
I  continue  to  sin.'"  Leconte  de  Lisle  has  there- 
fore put  the  Bible  reverently  aside,  and  in  looking 
back  through  the  dreams  from  which  it  came 
and  into  the  visions  which  it  has  evoked,  he  has 
murmured  with  the  sadness  of  the  tender-hearted : 

"  O  songe,  o  desirs  vains,  inutiles  souhaits, 
Ceci  ne  sera  point,  maintenant  ni  jamais." 

There  is  no  help  there,  nor  is  there  any  else- 
where. The  Orient  is  asleep  in  the  ashes  of  her 
gods.  The  star  of  Ormuzd  has  burned  out  in 
the  skies.  On  the  banks  of  her  sacred  seas, 
Greece,  hushed  for  evermore,  rests  on  the  divine 
limbs  of  her  white  immortals.  In  the  sepulchre 
of  the  pale  Nazarene,  humanity  guards  its  last 
divinity.  Every  promise  is  unfulfilled.  There 
is  no  light  save  perchance  in  death.  One  torture 
more,  one  more  throb  of  the  heart,  and  after  it 
nothing.  The  grave  opens,  a  little  flesh  falls  in, 
and  the  weeds  of  forgetfulness  which  soon  hide 
the  tomb  grow  eternally  above  its  vanities.  And 
still  the  voice  of  the  living,  of  the  just  and  of  the 
unjust,  of  kings,  of  felons  and  of  beasts,  will  be 
raised  unsilenced,  until  humanity,  unsatisfied  as 
before  and  yet  impatient  for  the  peace  which 
life  has  disturbed,  is  tossed  at  last,  with  its  shat- 
Q 


226  The  A  natomy  of  Negation. 

tered  globe  and  forgotten  gods,  to  fertilize  the 
furrows  of  space  where  worlds  ferment. 

On  this  vista  the  curtain  may  be  drawn. 
Neither  poet  nor  seer  can  look  beyond.  Nature, 
who  is  unconscious  in  her  immorality,  entrancing 
in  her  beauty,  savage  in  her  cruelty,  imperial  in 
her  prodigality,  and  appalling  in  her  convulsions, 
is  not  only  deaf,  but  dumb.  There  is  no  answer 
to  any  appeal.  The  best  we  can  do,  the  best 
that  has  ever  been  done,  is  to  recognise  the  im- 
placability of  the  laws  that  rule  the  universe,  and 
contemplate  as  calmly  as  we  can  the  nothingness 
from  which  we  are  come  and  into  which  we  shall 
all  disappear.  The  one  consolation  that  we  hold, 
though  it  is  one  which  may  be  illusory  too,  con- 
sists in  the  belief  that  when  death  comes,  fear 
and  hope  are  at  an  end.  Then  wonder  ceases  ; 
the  insoluble  no  longer  perplexes ;  space  is  lost ; 
the  infinite  is  blank;  the  farce  is  done. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

In  addition  to  the  authorities  cited  in  the  text, 
the  writer  desires  to  express  his  indebtedness  for 
facts  and  suggestions  derived  from  the  follow- 
ing works :  "  Hindu  Philosophy,"  Davies ;  "Bud- 
dhism" (Hibbert  Lectures),  Rhys-Davids;  "Sacred 
Books  of  the  East,"  edited  by  Max  Miiller ;  "Hin- 
duism," Monier- Williams ;  "  Buddha,  sein  Leben, 
u.  s.  w.,"  Oldenburg ;  "  Traduction  du  Tao-te- 
King,"  Stanislas  Julien;  "Le  Genie  des  Reli- 
gions," Quinet;  "Geschichte  des  Materialismus," 
Lange ;  "  Pyrrhon,"  Waddington ;  "  La  Religion 
Romaine,"  Boissier ;  "  Histoire  des  Origines  du 
Christianisme,"  Renan ;  "  Histoire  Naturelle  des 
Religions,"  Veron;  "  Doctrines  Sociales,"  Guyot; 
"  Histoire  du  Diable,"  R^ville ;  History  of  Ra- 
tionaUsm,"  Lecky ;  "  La  Renaissance,"  Marc- 
Monnier  ;  "  L'AUemagne,"  Heine ;  "  Le  Mate- 
rialisme,"  Janet;  "Auguste  Comte  et  la  Philo- 
sophie  Positive,"  Littre  ;  "  Diderot,"  Scherer ; 
"  Memoires  pour  servir  h  I'Histoire  de  la  Philoso- 
phic," &c.,  Damiron ;  "  Le  Roi  Voltaire,"  Hous- 
saye;  "Les  Contemporains,"  Lemaitre;  "Histoire 
du  Christianisme,"  Leconte  de  Lisle;  "History  of 
Philosophy,"  Lewes ;  "  Dictionnaire  des  Sciences 
Philosophiques." 


^J^ 


LONDON : 

PRINTED  BY   C.   GREEN  AND  SON, 

178,   STRAND. 


18=5340       ^\^ 


RETURN  TO:      CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 
198  Main  Stacks 

LOAN  PERIOD     1 
Home  Use 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS. 

Renewals  and  Recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  the  due  date. 
Books  may  be  renewed  by  calling  642-3405. 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW. 

JUL  05  2000 

- 

FORM  NO.  DD6                       UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
50M                                         Berkeley,  California  94720-6000 

U.  C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CD 


Sfi35E7EM